UNIVERSITY OF MUMBAI

Restructured & Revised Syllabus under

Credit based Semester and Grading System
for

Master of Management Studies (MMS)

Semester I & II

2 Years full-time Masters Degree Course

in Management

(Effective from the academic year 2016 – 2017)

Title
Name of the Programme: - MASTER OF MANAGEMENT STUDIES (MMS)
Nature of the Programme: - MMS (Master of Management Studies) is a 2 year
Full time Master’s Degree course of University of Mumbai.

Eligibility Criteria
as per the directives of Directorate of Technical Education, Government of
Maharashtra

Preamble
We see a kind of Education inflation in India. This means that a particular
qualification which served a purpose at one time or is supposed to fulfill is no longer
perceived to be enough in today’s times. It requires an additional degree or
certification to become truly employable. Hence, it becomes important to bring
relevance and constant innovation in curriculum, pedagogy, emphasis on ‘learning by
doing’ so as to make students future ready and employable. MMS kind of
programmes have to take into account this reality. It needs to metamorphose into an
Application oriented programme.

Secondly, let us refer to a section of young people and particularly those who have
reached at the higher education level. They have access to much more information
than their previous generations. Free content through the internet, open source
knowledge, new media platforms has led to higher level of exposure for the youth.
Hence the MMS classroom can no longer be a place just for knowledge
dissemination. It needs to help the youth to go into the depth of matters, make
meaning out of available information, learn problem solving in whichever domains
they are inclined to and yet be holistic in their thinking due to the interconnections
and interdependencies in the world. One must also be mindful that independent
decision making must be encouraged for students at the Post graduate level. This
means that students at this stage must chart their professional career while being
lifelong learners. This process begins during the programme itself and hence the
MMS now needs to offer a plethora of optional subjects which are chosen by the
students as per their own abilities and aspirations. This will help them to sharpen their
focus early on.
Thirdly, in India low cost innovation, offerings for different demographics, emerging
markets in rural / tier 2 or 3 towns / urban lower classes are changing the business
landscape. Management education has to gear up to nurture people to create new
opportunities in this situation.

Another point of relevance is that professional management is now required in other

arenas too like social entrepreneurship, public governance and in running voluntary
organisations. This renders the scope of the MMS to be more broad-based now.

Along with employability, entrepreneurship must be a thrust area for management

graduates. The MMS programme must thus prepare potential entrepreneurs to base
their ventures on solid offerings for sustained greatness. They also need to be warned
and shielded from the temptations of riding on a perceived wave.

The future of management and business can be sustained only if business is carried
out in an ethical and responsible way. Sustainable development is no longer a choice
but the only way of taking mankind forward. Sustainable development is not an
isolated subject. It needs to be the underlying theme in every domain and practice.

Disciplines are merging in the new economy. Changing values, beliefs, attitudes are
causing a new social order. All this impacts industry and redefines industry. The
MMS programme needs to help people to navigate through this reality.

The restructured and revised curriculum for MMS is developed considering the
current industry needs in terms of skill sets demanded under new business
environment. It also endeavours to align the programme structure and course
curriculum with student aspirations and corporate expectations.
Need for Revision and Restructure of MMS Curriculum
Revision is a learning process. As Donald Norman points out in Things That Make Us
Smart, Human intelligence is highly flexible and adaptive, superb at inventing
procedures and objects that overcome its own limits. The real powers come from
devising external aids that enhance cognitive abilities. To serve our students with
developmental needs, a review of the developmental curriculum and institutional
structure were needed in order to determine whether the developmental areas reflect
recognized best practices. The developmental areas are defined as courses or services
provided for the purpose of helping underprepared college students attain their
academic goals.

The Current Scenario

1. Changing global facets of businesses and economies
2. Dynamism in industry practices and evolution of technology
3. Emergence of new businesses and business practices
4. Thrust on Application oriented and experiential learning
5. Expectations of Key stakeholders viz. Students, Industry and Academicians

This has led to

Gaps in Current Curriculum

1. Lack of specialized in – depth knowledge in a specific domain.
2. Lack of thrust on current management practices.
3. Absence of cross-functional skills and holistic thinking.
4. The challenge is to become a place, where leadership is promoted and nurtured
with a long-term vision.
5. B-schools must be creative and introduce innovative courses for the overall
development of the students.
Objectives for New Curriculum
The MMS programme prepares a student for a career in diverse sectors nationally as
well as globally. The MMS programme facilitates absorption & application of
knowledge in theory and practice across multiple functional areas of management and
enables students to adopt an integrated approach towards real life situations and
circumstances.

The Objectives of New Curriculum are

1. To thrive in complex reality and to acquire a systemic understanding of what
organizations are, how they work and how they can interact effectively with their
commercial, social and physical environment
2. To nurture and develop higher consciousness, cognitive flexibility by developing
a strong base to build professional career and to channel that knowledge into a
targeted career direction
3. To Change mindset of the Learner and to develop well trained leaders and
managers who are responsible citizens.
4. Incorporate some flexibility for institutes to teach new and contemporary
curriculum for greater employability of their students.
5. Make the course attractive for large number of students to specialize in the
existing domains and other attractive new domains like education management,
corporate law and consultancy streams.
6. Institutions should also inculcate multitasking abilities amongst students, learning
foreign languages and advanced IT knowledge so that they can perform better in
the chosen field nationally and internationally
7. Providing more flexibility to individual Institutes for introducing
courses/electives.

The goal is aimed at to imbibe and enhance the following skill sets
1. Exposure to Global practices
2. Application of technology and enhancement of technological skills
3. Peer based learning and team work
4. Experiential Learning (Learning by Action and Application)
5. Team building basics and its orientation
With the breadth and depth of our core and electives, students can take a multi-
disciplinary approach or delve deeply into a single area.

Highlights of the New Curriculum

1) additional choices in electives from 1st semester
2) Providing the much needed flexibility to individual Institutes to carve a niche for
themselves
3) Reduction in the number of subjects in all semesters to enable students to delve
deep into the domain specialization subjects and utilize the time for employment
oriented training for their employability.
4) Commencement of Specializations from 3rd Semester.
5) Augmentation in the number of electives starting from 2nd semester to provide
greater flexibility and choice from the career perspective.

Structure of the Revised MMS Curriculum

The courses under the revised structure and curriculum fall under two categories of
Core (common for all specializations), and Electives (choice for students within
specializations) leading towards super specialization. The electives component will
provide flexibility and allow the institutes to provide some initiatives in new courses,
coaching and mentoring process to nurture professional competencies. List of elective
courses allows flexibility for institutes to teach courses keeping in mind industry
needs and student’s profile so as to enable them to position themselves based on their
areas of expertise.

The essence of this structure is to encourage students to “think like a mountain”,

starting with a broad canvas to assimilate knowledge from all facets of management
and meticulously move towards acquisition and practice of excellence in a specific
and desired domain of expertise.
Learning Pedagogy
1. Foundation Course is the cornerstone of the MMS program. It is offered before
the commencement of MMS programme to acquaint with the basics of the course.
2. The first semester is the foothill, where the odyssey begins. A common base of
knowledge essential for all management professionals. The first semester shall be
consisting of 8 subjects - 5 (five) core and 3 (three) elective from the bunch of 10
subjects.
3) Having cleared the foothills, students in the second semester endeavour to attain
further skill sets through an integrated frame work, which guides them towards
their desired field through subtle introduction of relevant subjects. The second
semester would consist of eight subjects of which 5 subjects would be core
subjects and 3 subjects would be electives from the bunch of 10 subjects.

Teaching Pedagogy
Teachers are expected to impart knowledge along-with traditional teaching through
new and innovative pedagogical approaches.

Some of these techniques are: -

Reading, Group Discussions, Lectures, Role plays, Field Work, Workshops,
Counseling Sessions, Watching Educational and Informative Videos, Assignments,
Quizzes, Tests, Live Projects, Case Studies, Presentations, Simulations, Industrial
Visits, Participation in academic and extra – curricular activities, inculcation of
industry specific skills and training & development sessions.
 UNIVERSITY OF MUMBAI , MUMBAI
Masters in Management Studies - Semester I (CBGS)
with effect from Academic Year 2016-17

CORE
Teaching Hours Assessment Pattern
No. of No. of Duration
Sr. Semester
Subject Sessions Sessions of Continuous Total of No of
No. End
of 90 90 minutes Assessment Marks Theory Credits
Examination
minutes per week Paper
1 Perspective Management 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3hr 4
2 Financial Accounting 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3hr 4
3 Business Statistics 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3hr 4
4 Operations Management 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3hr 4
5 Managerial Economics 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3hr 4

3 ELECTIVES OUT OF 10
1 Effective and Management Communication 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3hr 4
2 Business Ethics 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3hr 4
3 Ecommerce 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3hr 4
4 Organizational Behaviour 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3hr 4
Introduction to Creativity and Innovation
5 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3hr 4
Management
6 Foreign Language (Other than English) 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3hr 4
7 Negotiation and Selling Skills 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3hr 4
IT Skills for Management and Technology
8 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3hr 4
Platform
9 Information Technology for Management 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3hr 4
10 Personal Grooming / Personal Effectiveness 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3hr 4
Total No of Credits 32

UA: University Assessment IA: Internal Assessment

 Proposed Revision for MMS Syllabus wef AY 2016-17 (Batch 2016-18)
Semester I

Sr. Sr.
Core Electives (Any 3)
No. No.
1 Perspective Management 1 Effective and Management Communication
2 Financial Accounting 2 Business Ethics
3 Business Statistics 3 Ecommerce
4 Operations Management 4 Organizational Behaviour
Introduction to Creativity and Innovation
5 Managerial Economics 5
Management
6 Foreign Language (Other than English)
7 Negotiation and Selling Skills
IT Skills for Management and Technology
8
Platform
9 Information Technology for Management

10 Personal Grooming / Personal Effectiveness

Note:
All subjects / papers for Semester I will be internally assessed by the institute. The Criteria
1
for the same is given below
a) Attendance and Class Room Participation 10 Marks
b) Minimum 3 criteria to be picked up from the below given list
Mid term Test (Min 1)
Group Presentations
Role Plays
Case Studies
Assignments
Projects
Quizes

Institute will have the discretion to select minimum 3 (three) subjects or more from given
2
list of 10 subjects. Total 32 credits has to be obtained.

Any new elective proposed to be introduced by the Institute, apart from electives listed in
the new syllabus, need to take prior approval from Board of Management Studies of the
3 University in writing outlining the details of the course with learning objectives, learning
outcomes, detailed syllabus, teaching learning plan and course evaluation procedures
atelast 6 months in advance before the commencement of the semester.
PROGRAM : MMS

Semester : I - Core
Title of the Subject / course : Perspective Management
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration in Hrs : 40

Learning Objectives
1 To explain the relationships between organizational mission, goals, and objectives
2 To comprehend the significance and necessity of managing stakeholders
To conceptualize how internal and external environment shape organizations and their
3 responses
To develop critical thinking skills in identifying ethical, global, and diversity issues in
4 planning, organizing, controlling and leading functions of management
5 To Understand organizational design and structural issues
To understand that citizenship involves taking conscious steps for societal advancement
6 at individual level and organizational level

Prerequisites if any
Connections with
Subjects in the current or
Future courses

Module
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
Fundamentals for personal Lecture, interaction,
and organisational success discussion.Examining
Fundamentals of personal success stories The student will be able to look at
1 leadership through videos of multiple perspectives that impact
industry pioneers business and life.
followed by
discussion
Management: Science, Self-study,
Theory and Practice – The Discussion, Quiz
Evolution of Management To demonstrate empirical
Functions of Management understanding of various
Nature and purpose of organizational processes and
2
Planning behaviors and the theories
Objectives, Strategies, associated with them
Policies and Planning
Premises – Decision
making – Global Planning
Managing your career and
understanding The student will be able to
organisational dynamics: demonstrate leadership behaviours
- Leadership functions and which will be three pronged:
3 Discussion
corresponding skills leading self, leading others and
required leading for change and impact.
- Choosing the right
positions
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
- Special dilemmas of
early career
- Landing stretch
assignments
- Building a network of
relationships
- Challenges faced by the
minority
- Developing ethical
judgment
- Assessing your career
Managing in adversities / Case Study The Student will explore different
4 Management of crisis approaches and their consequences
during crisis management
Social Responsibility, Discussion, Case
To understand the role of
Ethics and Sustainable study, Group work,
managers and citizens in society
5 Development Movie, Student
Presentation, Debate
on MBA Oath
Mind control and spiritual Literature Reading, The Student will learn ways of
6 Quotient Discussion staying positive and having a
healthy mind
Role and Responsibilities Caselets, role plays
To understand the roles and
of a Manager, Effective and discussions
7 functions of managers at various
and Ineffective Managerial
(entry, middle and the top) levels
styles
Difference between Literature reading The student will understand the
management and and Discussion behavior, skills and mindset of a
8
leadership, Understanding manager and of a leader.
Level 5 Leadership
Strategic Management – Discussion, Student
Definition, classes of Presentations, Case
decisions, levels of study
decision, Strategy, Role of The Student will understand
9 different Strategists, various concepts and examples
Relevance of Strategic related to Strategic Management
Management and its
benefits, Strategic
Management in India
Change Management Discussion, Movies, The Student will learn about the
10 Case study various steps to be followed to
bring about change
Total Quality Management Discussion, Quiz The Student will understand the
11
concepts and examples of TQM
Text books

1 Principles and Practices of Management by DrKiranNerkar and Dr Vilas Chopde

2 Principles of Management – Davar
3 Essentials of Management – Koontz &Weihrich
4 Strategic Management – V S P Rao& V Hari Krishna

Reference books
1 The Leader Within – DreaZigarmi, Michael O’Connor, Ken Blenchard, Carl Edeburn
2 The Action-Centred Leadership – John Adair
3 Good to Great – Jim Collins
4 Leadership – Rudolph Guliani
5 The Mind and its Control – Swami Budhananda
6 Management – a competency building approach – HeilReigel / Jackson/ Slocum

Assessment

Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
PROGRAM: MMS

Semester : I - Core
Title of the Subject / course : Financial Accounting
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration in Hrs. : 40

Learning Objective

1 To understand the basic concepts and fundamentals used in financial accounting.

2 To learn all the intricacies of corporate financial statements.

Prerequisites if any
Connections with This subject will provide basic knowledge of accounting which will be useful
Subjects in the current or and required for the subjects in the area of finance in the upcoming terms
Future courses

Module
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
Introduction to Accounting Lecture and
Meaning and necessity of accounting discussion Clarity and understanding of the basic
1 Accounting cycle concepts of accounting and financial
An overview of Financial Statements – statements
Income Statement and Balance Sheet
Introduction and meaning of GAAP, IFRS Theoretical
and Ind AS discussion
Important Accounting Standards and
Ability to apply the principles and
Concepts used in accounting explanation
2 concepts of accounting in preparing the
Concepts related to Income Statement and
financial statements
Balance Sheet
Accounting Equation and its relation to
accounting mechanics
Theoretical Ability to execute the accounting process-
Accounting mechanics and process
discussion Recording- Classifying and Summarizing.
3 leading to preparation of Trial Balance and
and Understanding the use of accounting
Financial Statements
exercises software
Preparation of Financial Statements with Theoretical
Adjustment - ‘T’ form and vertical form of discussion
financial statements and Detailed and in depth understanding of all
4 Detailed discussion and understanding of problem the items in the corporate financial
various items in Schedule III solving statements
Preparation of Corporate Financial
Statements and Notes to Accounts
Theoretical Understanding the principles of revenue
Revenue recognition and measurement
discussion recognition and ability to distinguish
Capital and revenue items
and between revenue and capital income and
5 Treatment of R & D expenses
exercises expenditure and their treatment in
Preproduction cost
corporate financial statements
Deferred revenue expenditure etc.
Sr. Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
Theoretical
discussion Understanding different methods of
6 Fixed Assets and Depreciation Accounting and depreciation and their impact on
problem profitability and asset valuation
solving
Theoretical
discussion Understanding the concepts of inventory
7 Evaluation and accounting of Inventory and valuation and their effect on profit and
problem cost of goods sold.
solving
Problems
and
Ability to prepare a statement of changes
Fund Flow Statement exercises
8 in financial position with respect to
Cash Flow Statement with
working capital and cash flow.
theoretical
discussion
Corporate Financial Reporting – Reading of Assignment
Annual Report, Presentation and analysis of discussion
Ability to read Annual Reports,
audit reports and directors report. (Students
9 Presentation and analysis of audit reports
should be exposed to reading of Annual
and directors’ report
Reports of companies both detailed and
summarized version)
Theoretical Understanding basic cost concepts and
10 Basics of Cost Accounting
discussion ability to prepare a simple cost sheet
Theoretical Understanding the difference between
11 Ethical Issues in accounting discussion errors and frauds; creative accounting and
the Corporate Governance Report.

Text Books

1 Financial Accounting for Management – Dinesh D Harsolekar

2 Financial Accounting –Text and Cases – Dearden and Bhattacharyya
3 Accounting- Text and Cases – Robert Anthony, david Hawkins and Kenneth Merchant

Reference Books

1 Financial Accounting - Reporting & Analysis – Stice and Diamond

2 Full Text of Indian Accounting standard – Taxmann Publication
3 Financial Accounting for Managers – T.P. Ghosh
4 Financial Accounting – R. Narayanaswamy

Assessment

Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
PROGRAM: MMS

Semester : I - Core
Title of the Subject / course : Business Statistics
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration in Hrs. : 40

Learning Objectives
1 To know statistical techniques
2 To understand different statistical tools
3 To understand importance of decision support provided by analysis techniques
4 To appreciate and apply it in business situations using caselets, modeling, cases and projects
5 To understand Managerial applications of Statistics

Prerequisites if any Basic Mathematics

Connections with Operations Research, Economics, Research Methodology, Quantitative
Subjects in the current Techniques, Project Management, Financial Management, production and
or Future courses operations management,

Module
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
Problem solving, cases
Revision of Data Learner will be able to apply these
demonstrating typical uses
Representation, Central basic concepts in business situations,
1 of mean, mode median,
Tendency and Dispersion Analyse charts graphs to analyse
Use of Microsoft Excel,
Kurtosis and Skewness business situations
available software
Probability- Axioms, Addition
and Multiplication rule, Types of Solving problems and
Understand the uncertainty in
2 probability, Independence of Caselets,
business situations as probability
events, probability tree, Bayes’ Writing short cases
Theorem
Concept of Random variable,
Probability distribution,
Problem solving ,
Expected value and variance of Understand decision under risk, use
Creating decision tree,
3 random variable, conditional of conditional expectation as basis
cases
expectation, Classical News for comparison
Paper boys problem(EMV,
EVPI)
Use of distributions in Quality
Probability distributions Problem solving, Microsoft
4 control, Six sigma and process
Binomial, Poisson, Normal excel, cases
control
Problem solving, Microsoft
5 Sampling distribution Importance of Central limit theorem
excel
Estimation- Point estimation , Problem solving, Microsoft Understand Confidence interval as
6
Interval estimation Excel way of hypothesis testing
Hypothesis testing- students t, Problem solving, Microsoft
7 Use in research
Chi square, Z excel, cases
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
Analysis of variance- one way, Problem solving, Microsoft
8 Use in research
two way excel, cases
Correlation and regression Problem solving, Microsoft
9 Understand Model building
Analysis and significance excel, cases

Text books

1 Statistics for Management Richard Levin , David Rubin, Prentice Hall of India
2 Statistics for Managers Levine, Stephen, Krihbiel, Berenson, Pearson Education
3 Complete Business Statistics Aczel Sounderpandian, Tata McGraw Hill

Reference books

1 Statistics for Business and Economics Newbold, Carlson, Thorne, Pearson Education
Anderson, Sweeney, Williams,
2 Statistics for Business and Economics Cengage Learning
Albright, Winston, Zappe, Thomson
3 Data Analysis and Decision Making

Assessment

Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
PROGRAM: MMS

Semester : I - Core
Title of the Subject / course : Operations Management
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration in Hrs. : 40

Learning Objectives
1 To expose a student of Management to operations principles.
2 To understand basic operating principles in product and service industry
To be able to apply different analytical techniques of operations Management in different industry
3 sectors like hotel, hospital, mall, BPO, Airlines, manufacturing, consulting etc.

Prerequisites if any Exposure to MS-excel

Connections with Subjects
in the current or Future Manufacturing Resources planning and control, Quantitative models in
courses Operations, Operations analytics, Operations applications and cases

Module
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No
Introduction to Operations
Management, applications in product Understand the basic concepts and
1 Lecture, examples
and service industry, use of learn how to apply the same.
competitive advantage
2 Process analysis in Industry Lectures, cases Understand the physical processes
Understand characteristics of
3 Facility location Lecture, examples
equipment, machines and workflow
Understand characteristics of
4 Facility layout Lecture, examples
equipment, machines and workflow
Understand how, when, what and
Inventory Management, EOQ,ABC Lecture, examples,
5 how much to order, stock and cost
analysis, Discount policy cases
implications
Understand capacity utilization,
Capacity and introduction to Lecture, examples,
6 overall production planning and
aggregate planning, PPC cases
control
Lecture, examples,
7 Basics of MRP Understand concept of dependency
cases
Sequencing techniques Understand and implement optimal
8 Lecture, examples,
ordering of jobs
Introduction to Service Operation lecture, examples, Understand application of operation
9
management cases to services
lecture, examples Understand measurement of time
10 Work study and method study
management
Understand quality and control
methods, understand sources of
11 QC and SQC lecture, examples variation and identify them on charts,
process improvement
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No
ISO systems, Value engineering and Understand global standards, cost
12 lecture
analysis reduction
Introduction to supply chain Understand basic concept of supply
13 Lecture
management chain
Cases and presentation

Text books

1 Theory & Problems in Production & Operations Management- S N Chary, Tata McGraw Hill
2 Production & Operations Management -Kanishka Bedi , Oxford University Press

Reference books

1 Production and Operations Management-S N Chary, Tata McGraw Hill

2 Production and Operations Management- Chunawalla & Patel, Himalaya Publishing
3 Operations Management for competitive advantage-Chase & Jacob, McGraw-Hill/Irwin

Assessment

Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
 PROGRAMME : MMS

Semester : I - Core
Title of the Subject / : Managerial Economics
course
Course Code :

Credits : 4 Duration in Hrs : 40

Learning Objectives

To enable the students to understand both the theory and practice of Managerial
1 Economics,
2 To ensure that the students are in a position to appreciate the finer nuances of the subject.
To help the students in applying the knowledge so acquired in policy planning and
3 managerial decision making.

Prerequisites if any Nil

1) This would be a pre-requisite to the second semester paper on
Business Environment, which mainly deals with
Connections with macroeconomic issues, and,
Subjects in the current 2) Both Managerial Economics and Business Environment
or Future courses papers also constitute the base for studying Strategic
Management, which is a University paper in the third
semester.

Module
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No
Introduction to Managerial
Economics:
The meaning, scope and
methods of Managerial The students should be able to
Economics, Dominic Lecture& case decipher, analyse and apply the
1
Salvatore model of study theory and practice of Managerial
application of Economics to Economics
business decision making.
Scarcity, choice & production
possibility curve.
Students develop an understanding
Consumer Behavior- I:
of a businessman need to locate
Demand, types of demand,
various factors affecting demand of
factors affecting demand &
Lecture& case his product and plan marketing &
2 demand function. Making of
study business strategies accordingly.
linear demand function &
Students develop an understanding
linear demand curve. Law of
of the practical application of law
demand. Consumer’s surplus
of demand.
Consumer behavior – II:
Students develop an understanding
Concept of elasticity of Lecture& case
3 of the various concepts and its
demand and its significance study
applications.
for a businessman. Types of
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No
Elasticity – Price Elasticity of
Demand, Income Elasticity of
Demand, Cross elasticity of
demand & Promotional
Elasticity of Demand,
Demand forecasting –
features, significance &
methods
Supply – concept of supply,
Students should understand the
factors affecting supply& the
analytics of supply and demand and
law of supply
Lecture & case its various uses.
4 Determination of equilibrium
studies
price :effects of changes in
demand & supply on
equilibrium price
Production Function: Student should get an holistic
Lecture and a
5 Concept, Isoquant &Isocost understanding of production
case study
analysis economy.
Laws of returns to scale,
6 economies & diseconomies of
scale
Revenue Analysis, Cost Students will follow the
7 analysis and break even Lecture relationship between costs,
analysis revenues, profits and losses
Types of markets: perfect
Students will learn about the
competition, monopoly,
Lectures & case intricacies of the various market
8 oligopoly & monopolistic
study forms and their impact on the
competition – features and
economy and business.
price determination
Types of markets: perfect
Students will learn about the
competition, monopoly,
Lectures & case intricacies of the various market
9 oligopoly & monopolistic
study forms and their impact on the
competition – features and
economy and business.
price determination
Pricing practices: Factors
affecting pricing decision.
Marginal cost pricing, mark
Awareness of students about
10 up pricing, transfer pricing, Lectures & cases
various pricing practices.
product line pricing, price
skimming and penetration
price.
• Profit management
• Role of profits in a market
economy
• Nature and measurement of Students learn about the role of
11 Lecture
profit, profit policies profit in business.
• The hypothesis of profit
maximization and it's
alternatives
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No

• Demand for capital

• Supply of capital
• Capital Rationing
Students should realize the
• Capital Budgeting, Net
importance of the different methods
12 Present Value(NPV), Lecture
of capital budgeting as a tool of
Internal Rate of
project management.
Return(IRR).
• Appraising - the
profitability of projects

Students should realize the

importance of the different methods
13 Presentations by students
of capital budgeting as a tool of
project management.

Text books

1 Managerial Economics in a Global Economy by Dominick Salvatore

2 Managerial Economics by Suma Damodaran
3 Microeconomics for Business by Satya P Das

Reference books
Economics by Paul Samuelson and Richard Nordhaus : Indian Adaptation, 19th
1 Edition
2 Managerial Economics by Milton Spencer and Louis Siegelman
3 Managerial Economics: Concepts and Cases by Mote, Paul and Gupta

Assessment
Internal 40
Semester end 60
PROGRAM : MMS

Semester : I - Elective
Title of the Subject / course : Effective and Management Communication
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration in Hrs : 40

Learning Objectives

In all social behavior, communication is essential in building and maintaining human

1
relationships.
In business, communication is essential for the smooth and efficient conduct of day-to-day
2
transactions/activities.
In recent years the importance of communication has greatly increased as a result of the
3 growing complexity of businesses, as also the impact of rapid industrialization,
globalization and the advent of modern technologies.
English being globally the language of Management, those with good communication skills
4
in English enjoy a distinct advantage in their work and careers.

Decent working knowledge of the English language ( including

Grammar) is a must, keeping in mind that most
business/management transactions in India and internationally are
Prerequisites if any conducted in the English language.
English is globally the most widely spoken language and it is the
Connections with accepted language of the business world. It is the medium of
Subjects in the current or instruction for this course, hence it impacts every subject and future
Future courses courses.

Module

Sr. Content Activity Learning outcomes

No.
1 Introduction and Theory of 2 sessions Historical background and the
Communication: nature, function & (3 hrs) development of communication;
scope; The 7 Cs of communication Importance and role of
communication in everyday life
2 The communication Process: 2 sessions Mechanics behind the
classification , components and models (3 hrs) communication process,
of communication; difficulties experienced in
Problems in communication (Filters) communication
3 Channels of communication: Formal 2 sessions Different types of
v/s Informal, Upward, Downward, (3 hrs) communication, impedance due
Horizontal, Grapevine; to extraneous factors called
Barriers to communication. “barriers”
4 Verbal and Non-verbal 2 sessions Important non-verbal parameters
communication: Listening, Kinesics, (3 hrs) in communication
Paralanguage, Proxemics
5 Essentials of effective verbal 2 sessions (3 How to make your
communication: Voice modulation, hrs) communication effective and
Tone, Pitch,Knowledge and self attractive
confidence
Sr. Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
6 Meetings: Types; purpose. 2 sessions (3 Communication in groups,
Group Discussions: Do’s and Don’ts; hrs) guidelines to improve
Committees: Types, Advantages and performance/effectiveness in
disadvantages, effectiveness. group interactions
7 Public Speaking: Preparation, Attire, 2 sessions (3 How to become a convincing
Posture and Delivery techniques hrs) and forceful public speaker
8 Written communication: Business 2 sessions (3 Ways to achieve impressive and
letters, Types, Essentials, Format, hrs) meaningful written
common errors. communication
e-mail: format, language and courtesy,
common errors.
9 Report Writing: Types of Reports, 2 sessions (3 Correct and effective Report-
requirements, format hrs) writing techniques
10 Communication and Culture: 4 sessions (6 Understanding cultural diversity
Intercultural sensitivities, Business hrs) and Business etiquette with
etiquette when dealing with people foreign clients
from different nationalities.
12 Impact of modern Technology on 2 sessions (3 Methods of effective audio-
Business Communication: the hrs) visual communication
paperless office, use of modern devices
13 Cases, sample communications and 2 sessions (3 Experiential learning through
exercises, audio-visual presentations hrs) audio-visual means

Text books

1 Singh Nirmal, “Business Communication : Principles, Methods & Techniques,” Deep &
Deep Publications, Delhi.
2 Krishna Mohan & Meera Banerji, “Developing Communication Skills,” MacMillan.
Murp
3 Murphy, Hildebrandt & Thomas, “Effective Business Communications,” McGraw Hill.
4 Taylor & Chandra, “Communication for Business: A Practical Approach,” Pearson
5 Mukherjee Hory Sankar, “Business Communication: Connecting at Work”, Oxford
University Press, 2013.

Reference books

Doctor & Doctor, “Business Communication,” Sheth Publishers.

1
2 Raman & Singh, “Business Communication,” Oxford University Press.
3 Madhukar R. K., “Business Communication,” Vikas Publishing House
McKay, Davis and Fanning, “Communication Skills,” B. Jain Publishers Pvt Ltd, New
4 Delhi.

Assessment

Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
PROGRAM : MMS

Semester : I - Elective
Title of the Subject / course : Business Ethics
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration in Hrs : 40

Learning Objectives

To have an in-depth knowledge of the issues concerning Morals, Values, Ideologies and
1 Ethics in personal, professional and business lives
To prepare the budding managers and entrepreneurs to develop themselves into better
2 corporate citizens
To imbibe into students the importance of fair transactions, ethical conduct and
3 conscientious decision making
4 To expect an Integrity-driven work place scenario from students
To ensure sustainability as a compulsive tool of driving Organisational Vision and
5 Mission
To have a balance between the Theoretical and practical aspects of Ethics in general
6 and Ethics in business in particular.

A thorough understanding of the amalgam of Class Room and

Prerequisites if any Work place driven learning of business studies.
1. Perspective Management
Connections with 2. Ethos in Indian Management
Subjects in the current or 3. Corporate Social Responsibility
Future courses 4. Organisational Behaviour

Module

Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
Ethics : Types, Characteristics
Need, Theories, Merits and Discussion,
Limitations. Text Book, Getting to know of the basis and
1
Moral disintegration in Electronic basics of Ethics
contemporary times and need for Presentations
it to be controlled.
Role and Features of Business.
How Business and Ethics are to Discussion,
The compulsive connection
be conjoined used integrally to Text Book,
2 between Business and Ethics. How
each other. Merits of using Ethics Electronic
does it help the Business.
in Business.Chanakya and Gandhi Presentations
philosophy.
Theory of Ethics.Management of
Ethics - Ethics analysis [ Hosmer
3, Discussion,
model ]; Ethical dilemma; Ethics Strong knowledge of the theory and
4 Text Book,
in practice - Ethics for managers; written material on Ethics, Integrity
& Electronic
Role and function of Ethical and Ideologies
5 Presentations
managers- Comparative ethical
behaviour of managers; Code of
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
ethics; Competitiveness,
organizational size, profitability
and ethics; Cost of Ethics in
Corporate ethics evaluation.
Business and Ecology /
Environmental issues in the
Discussion,
Indian context and case studies. Importance and respect for
Text Book,
6 Green Judicial Activism, Green Ecological Environment. Green
Electronic
Tribunal , Legislations
Presentations
Economic & Environmental
Sustainability
Discussion,
Compliance and Legal Aspects
Text Book,
of Ethics
Electronic
Presentations,
General and Business Ethics in Knowledge and respect for Law
Seminar by
particular. and natural justice in business.
7, Legal Experts
Political and Legal Environment. Appreciating the role and
8 / NGOs,
Indian Constitution and Ethics, importance of respecting the tenets
Special
Indian Legal framework, of Natural Law in Business.
Session by
Competition Law, Indian Culture
experts in
and Values, Concept of Karma,
Business and
Dharma and Good Conduct
Law fields.
Environment of Ethics
Economic Environment.
Economic Growth and Business.
Relationship between Profitability
and Ethics.
Discussion,
Role of Chambers of Commerce
9, Text Book, Role of Government, Trade Bodies,
& Industry in furthering the cause
10 Electronic Economy in Business Ethics.
of Ethical aspects of Business.
Presentations
FICCI, CII, IMC etc.
Ethics in International Scenario,
Ethics and Globalisation,
Etiquettes and International
mores.
11 Corporate Governance and Discussion,
Ethics Text Book,
Electronic
Code of Conduct, Citizen’s Presentations
Charter, Employee Welfare,
Labour Legislations and
Privileges, Collective Bargaining,
Fair Wage, Sexual Harassment at
Workplace, Vishaka V State of
Rajasthan guidelines, Future of
Governance in Business.

12 Live Case Studies, Projects,

Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
& Presentations, Submission by
13 Students in Consultation with
Industry and Academic Faculty
mentors

Reference books
1 S. A. Sherlekar, Ethics in Management, Himalaya Publishing House.
2 Chandrashekhar, Ethics
3 Chakraborty, Business Ethics

Text books

1 W. H Shaw, Business Ethics

2 Satheesh Kumar, Corporate Governance
3 Hosmer and Richard, The Ethics of Management

Assessment

Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
Semester : I - Elective
Title of the Subject / : Ecommerce
course
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration in Hrs : 40

Learning Objectives
1 To understand the Introduction to Electronic Commerce: Meaning, nature and scope
2 To understand the Business to Consumer E-commerce Applications
3 To Understand Business to Business E-Commerce and applications
4 To analysis the Electronic Payment Systems and Order Fulfillment
5 To focus on the Security Issues in E-Commerce

6 To understanding the Management Challenges and Opportunities of E- Commerce:

Prerequisites if any Basic understanding of E- Commerce

Will connect conceptual framework to
Connections with Subjects in the Management Challenges and Opportunities of E-
current or Future courses Commerce to the business

Module
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
Introduction to Electronic
Commerce: Meaning, nature and
scope;
Channels of e - commerce;
Business applications of
e -commerce;
Global trading environment and
adoption of
e-commerce.
1. To understand basic concepts
Business Models of E-commerce
1 Lecture of online business
and Infrastructure; B2B, B2C, B2G
2. To know insides of
and other models of e-commerce;
Ecommerce
Applications of e-commerce to
3. To know how technology
supply chain
helps bridging gaps in
management; product and service
business
digitization; Remote
servicing,procurement, and online
marketing and advertising E-
commerce ,resources and
infrastructure planning
Business to Consumer E-commerce
Applications: Cataloging; Order Lecture &
2
planning and order generation; Cost cases
estimation and pricing; Order
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
receipt and accounting; Order
selection and prioritization: Order
scheduling, fulfilling and delivery,
Order billing and payment
Management; Post sales services.
Business to Business E-Commerce:
Need and alternative models of
B2B e - commerce; Using Public
and private computer networks for
B2B trading: EDI and paperless
trading: characteristic features of
EDI service arrangement; Internet
3 Lecture
based EDI; EDI architecture and
standards; Costs of EDI
infrastructure; Reasons for slow
acceptability of EDI for trading; E-
marketing – Traditional web
Promotion: Web counters; Web
advertisements.
Electronic Payment Systems and
Order Fulfillment: Types of
payment systems - e-cash and
currency servers, e-cheques, credit
cards, smart cards, electronic purses Lecture
4
and debit cards; Operational, credit and cases
and legal risks of e - payment, Risk
management options for e -
payment systems; Order fulfillment
for e –commerce.
Security Issues in E-Commerce:
Security risks of e-commerce-Types
and sources of threats; Protecting
electronic commerce assets and
intellectual property; Firewalls;
Client server network security; Data
and message security; Security
tools; Digital identity and electronic
signature; Encryption approach to
5 e-commerce security. Salient
provisions for Security and Privacy,
; Legal and Regulatory
Environment for e-commerce, cyber
laws in India and their limitations
Taxation and e -commerce;
Management of Risk: Introduction,
Introduction to Risk Management,
Disaster Recovery Plans, Risk
Management Paradigm
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
Management Challenges and
Opportunities of E- Commerce:
New Business Model, Required
6
Changes in Business Processes,
Channel Conflicts, Ethical issues in
e –commerce.
7 Case Studies and Presentations.

Text books
Electronic commerce – A managerial perspectives Efraim Turban , David King , Jae
1 lee

Reference books
1 CIO magazine- www.cio.com
2 Technology Forecast- Price Waterhouse Coopers
3 McKinsey Quarterly- www.mckinseyquarterly.com
"XML Web Services Professional Projects" Authors:
4 GeetanjaliArora&SaiKishorePublisher: Premier Press ISBN: 1931841365
"Service-Oriented Architecture: A field Guide to Integrating XML and Web Services"
5 Author: Thomas ErlPublisher: Prentice Hall ISBN: 0-13-142898-5

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester
end 60%
PROGRAM : MMS

Semester : I - Elective
Title of the Subject / course : Organizational Behaviour
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration in Hrs : 40

Learning Objectives

To provide students understanding how and why people behave in organizations as they do,
1 either as individuals or in groups and how their behaviours affect their performance and
performance of the organization as a whole.
to provide understanding how to effectively modify their behaviour through motivation and
2 leadership for enhanced performance. And also to provide understanding about related
concepts such as Org. Structure, Design and Culture.
3 To help students to understand human behaviour in organizations and equip them to enhance
their performance as well as performance of the people reporting to them.

Prerequisites if any
Connections with Subjects in
the current or Future courses

Module
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
Introduction to OB Understand the nature and scope of
organizational behavior at individual,
1 Lecture
group, organizational and societal
levels
Personality: Meaning and Lecture Comprehend the meaning and
Determinants of Personality determinants of personality and the
2
effects of perception, attitude and
values on work
Perception, Attitude and Value Lecture Understand the concepts of group
3 dynamics, team effectiveness , team
roles and conflict management
Motivation Concepts : Motives Lecture Distinguish between the various
4 theories of motivation and their
application in organizations
Group Behaviour and Group Lecture Define the concept of leadership and
5 Dynamics distinguish between a number of
different leadership theories
Organisational Design: Structure, size, Lecture Identify the different bases of power;
technology and discuss how individuals and
6
groups use power in organizations

Leadership: Concepts and skills of Lecture Understand the impact of

7 leadership organizational culture and structure
on organizational behavior
Organisation Development Lecture Define the concept and practice of
8
change management and
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
organizational development; with an
analytical insight related to
application of interventions
strategically.
Understanding of the Concept of
Defence Mechanism; Types of
Enhanced understanding of the
Defence Mechanism; Role of Defence
behavior of superiors, peers and
Mechanism in Personality, Perception Video &
9 subordinates especially in problem
& Attitude; Significance & Relevance Role Play
situations and the ways to deal with
of Defence Mechanism for
them more effectively.
Interpersonal Relations and Group
Dynamics
10 Case Studies and Presentations

Text books

1 Any textbook of Psychology of undergraduate course (only for Defence Mechanism)

2
3

Reference books
1 Understanding Organizational Behavior – Udai Pareek
2 Organizational Behavior – Stephen Robbins
3 Organizational Behavior – Fred Luthans
4 Organizational Behavior – L. M. Prasad (Sultan Chand)
5 Organisational Behaviour – Dipak Kumar Bhattacharya – Oxford Publications
6 Organisational Behaviour – Dr Chandra sekhar Dash – International Book House Ltd
7 Organisational Behaviour – Meera Shankar – International Book House Ltd
8 Management & Organisational Behaviour – Laurie Mullins – Pearson Publications
9 Organisational Behaviour, Structure, Process – Gibson – McGraw Hill Publications
10 Organisational Behaviour – McShane – McGraw Hill Publications

Assessment

Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
PROGRAM : MMS

Semester : I - Elective
Title of the Subject / course : Introduction to creativity & Innovation Management
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration in Hrs : 40

Learning Objectives
To make students aware of their own creative potential and the various ways that each one can
1
contribute to innovation in an organization context
2 To learn tools and techniques for creativity and Innovation
3 To appreciate the importance and impact of innovation in todays business context
4 To understand the process of innovation
5 To understand the various issues related to managing innovation in an organization context

Prerequisites if any
Connections with
Subjects in the current or
Future courses

Module
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
 Students realize that every one is
inherently creative – and they need to
What is creativity and
Lecture/ small in- nurture this creativity
1 innovation - importance and
class exercises  Students understand the difference and
impact
relationship between such terms as
creativity, invention , innovation etc
Students are exposed to various tools and
approaches to stimulating creativity and
innovation. Some of these could include –
2, 3 Workshop style
Tools for Creativity Viewing from Multiple (stakeholder
&4 activities
perspective), Lateral Thinking, 6 Thinking
Hats, Brainstorming, Use of Analogies and
metaphor, Problem reframing etc
Students are now familiar with the various
concepts and vocabulary related to
Basic concepts of
innovation – such as incremental innovation,
5 Innovation,Types of Lecture
4Ps of innovation, Disruptive innovation ,
Innovation
Innovation in products, processes,
experiences, business model etc
Students begin to appreciate how
innovations have taken place over the past
several decades – the historical perspective
Historical perspective on
sensitizes them to the various drivers and
6 innovation in products, Lecture
factors which led to or deterred these
processes, business etc
innovation. These could include but not
limited to laws, government initiatives in
terms of policy and R&D spends, technology
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
available, etc. They also learn about various
milestones – and realize that a timeline
based study of any industry could help
identify triggers/opportunities for innovation
–
Lecture/video eg
IDEO’s Shopping
cart video/ small
 Student learns the importance of each
in-class exercise to
stage of the innovation process and how
help students
to work through each stage
actually
Over view of the Innovation  The stages understood include
7,8 experience the
process contextual inquiry/ immersive study,
innovation process
insight development, ideation , concept
– from observation
to ideation, development, prototyping , validation
concept
development,
prototyping etc
Students understand how various leading
innovative companies such as IDEO, Apple,
Innovation processes and
Samsung, 3M, Google etc innovate and
9 practices in Highly Lecture/Discussion
develop a comparative understanding of
Innovative companies
their approach , tools and techniques and
processes for innovation
 Students understand the basic concept of
culture , the elements of and the unique
Developing an Innovation attributes of a culture for innovation
10 Lecture
culture  Students realize the barriers to
innovation in an organization context
and how these could be overcome
Lecture/ case
Students develop and understanding of the
/examples to
various problems faced in managing an
Managing an Innovation highlight
11 innovation project in an organizational
project challenges faced in
context and how can it be managed
managing
effectively as a project
innovation
 Students realize how Innovation can
provide a competitive advantage
 Students become familiar with strategic
innovation methods/ frameworks used
at a strategic level such as Blue Ocean
12 Strategy, Scanario planning ,
Strategic innovation Lecture
and Osterwalder’s Business Model Canvas
Management
13 etc
 Students realize how innovation can help
in creating Intellectual property which
can be create entry barriers for
competition
 Students also become familiar with the
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
challenges of evaluating innovation
either for recognition or funding
14 Presentations & Case Studies/
15 Presentations & Case Studies/

Text books

1 Innovation management – Besant and Tidd

2 Innovation and Entreprenuership – Besant and Tidd
3 Ten Rules of Strategic Innovation – Vijay Govindrajan

Reference books
1 Ten Faces of Innovation – Tom Kelly
2 Design Lead Innovation by Prof Sten Ekman et all
3 Edward DeBono – books related to Lateral thinking, 6 thinking hats
4 The Innovator’s Dilema – Clayton Christensen
5 Business Model innovation by Osterwalder
6 The Art of Innovation – Tom Kelly

Assessment

Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
PROGRAM : MMS

Semester : I - Elective
Title of the Subject / course : Foreign Language (Other than English)Chinese
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration in Hrs : 40

Learning Objectives

China is the world’s fastest growing economy and hasbecomes the factory of the world, also
the world’s supply chain and logistics is heavily focused towards China. China being one
of the few countries in the world which has not adopted English it becomes imperative to
1 learn Chinese to enable business dealings with the country.
Many multinationals have invested in China, because of the cheap labor and other such
comprehensive factors available here we can take the example of Apple which
manufactures most of its phones in China There is hardly any country that does not have
2 business dealings withChina. Thereforethe advantage of learning this language is huge.
The course should be able to enable basic communication in Chinese so that one can
3 understand simple Chinese words and phrases
To be able to use Chinese in everyday situations such as greeting a person asking for
4 directions in short to be able to interact in a simple manner.
5 Carry out simple conversations with Chinese people.
Read and write simple phrases in pinyin (spelling Chinese words with the western alphabet)
Read signs written in Chinese and be able to read simple notices documents and articles
6 written in Chinese
Understand the elements of Chinese characters and evaluate the advantages as well as
limitations of a pictographic writing system in contrast with western writing systems
Understand the construction of Chinese characters recognizing approximately 120 Chinese
7 characters as well as the radicals
Reflect on cultural differences and similarities between Indian and Chinese societies, for
example with regard to housing and family relationships and gender roles as well as
8 treatment of minorities and the elderly.

Prerequisites if any none

Connections with Subjects in the
current or Future courses none

Module
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
 Course introduction.
1sessions Preparatory foundation to be
 Chinese pronunciation and the five tones.
1 3 hours able to progress towards
 Chinese sentence structure and grammar.
each learning the language
 Simplified Chinese characters and Pinyin Able to converse in
Romanization system. rudimentary Chinese
 Greeting and Introducing each other. 2 sessions Example
2  Meeting family members. of 3 hours (你好! !How do you do?)
 The verbs 姓 (xìng), 叫 (jiào), 是 (shì) Able to make simple
and有 (yǒu). inquiry
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
 The adverbs 不 (bù), 也 (yě), 都 (dōu).
 The particles 的 (de). (你是哪国人？Where
 Usage of 二 (èr)/两 (liǎng). do you come from?)
 Questions ending with 吗 (ma) and 呢
(ne), questions pronouns.
 Measure words.
Routine and everyday aspects
 Dates & Time – taking someone out to eat on
his/her birthday and inviting someone to
dinner.
 Hobbies – Talking about hobbies and would
you like to play ball?
 Visiting friends – visiting a friend’s home and
at a friend’s house.
Asking Directions
Direction and Location Words
Direction and Location Words Have a high comfort level if
Comparative Sentences with 3sessions visiting China or if
3
没(有) (méi{yǒu}) of 3 hours entertaining Chinese visitors
to India
3 那么(nàme) Indicating Degree
4 到(dào) + Place + 去(qù) + Action
Going to Chinatown
Seeing a Doctor
Seeing a Movie
Turning Down an Invitation
Renting an Apartment
Traveling to Beijing
Checking In at the Airport
Arriving in Beijing
 The adverbs还 (hái) and 才 (cái).
 The particles吧 (ba) and 了 (le).
 The conjunction 那么 (nàme).
 The modal verb 想 (xiǎng).
 The preposition 在 (zài).
 Numbers (0, 1–100).
 Dates and time. 2 sessions
4 Word order in Chinese. Learn to write simple words
3 hours
 Alternative questions, affirmative + negative
(A-not-A) questions, questions with 好吗 (hǎo
ma).
 去 (qù) + action.
 Verb + object as a detachable compound.
一下 (yíxià) and 一点儿 (yìdiǎnr) moderating
the tone of voice
covers the following topics:
2 session
5 开学, 宿舍，在饭馆儿，买东西, 选课. Construct simple sentences
3 hours
 Adverbs 真 and 难道.
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
 Dynamic particle 了.
 Preposition 至于.
 The 是…的… construction.
 除了…以外; 再说; 得很; 那(么).
 一 + v; 又adj/verb, 又adj/verb.
 Emphatic 是; 无论…, 都…
 Conjunction 于是; adj/v+是+adj/v,
可是/但是…再, 又, and 还 compared.
 要么…, 要么….
 Also connecting sentences, existential
sentences, conjunctions, topic-comment
sentence structure, resultative compliments.
 Words and phrases include 恐怕 (I’m afraid; I
think perhaps), 差不多 (about; roughly), 一般
(generally speaking), 不怎么样 (not that great;
just so-so), 这(就)要看…(了) (that depends
on...) , 比如(说) (for example), …什么的
(…Etc.), (要) 不然 (otherwise), 非…不可
(have to; must), 受不了 (unable to bear), 不过
(but), 这样 (in this way
having students learn to write traditional or
2 session Be able to write simple
6 simplified characters progressing to simple
3 hours paragraphs or articles
paragraphs and essays
 Geography, climate, people. Important to be able to
 Ethnicities, religion, government. 1 session understand and respond to
7
 Chinese culture & Business etiquette. 3 hours cultural differences and
 Cultural differences & sensitivities respect them

Text books
1 Integrated Chinese, Level 1, Part 1, Textbook ( website http://ic.cheng-tsui.com/)
2 Integrated Chinese, Level 1, Part 2, Textbook
Integrated Chinese, Level 1 Part 1 Character Workbook, 3rd Edition (Simplified &
3 Traditional)

Reference books
New Practical Chinese Reader 2 Dvd (Only) (English And Chinese Edition)Jan 1,
1
2005by Liu Xun
Practical Audio-Visual Chinese 1 2nd Edition (Book+mp3) (Chinese Edition)
2
Oct 1, 2008by Guo Li Tai WAN Shi Fan Da XueGuo Yu Jiao XueZhongXin
Colloquial Chinese: The Complete Course for Beginners (Colloquial Series)2nd
3
Edition ISBN-13: 978-0415434157 ISBN-10: 0415434157

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
PROGRAM: MMS

Semester : I - Elective
Title of the Subject / course : Negotiation & Selling Skills
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration in Hrs : 40

Learning Objectives

The module will sensitize the students to the concepts and importance of Negotiations &
1
Selling for all functions of Management.
2
The module is designed to introduce the students to the basic elements of the selling
The module will give the students a broad understanding regarding different models used
3
for effective selling and negotiations.
It also creates awareness among the students about the basic qualities, traits and skills that
4
they need to imbibe to be an effective management professional.

Prerequisites if any
Connections with
Subjects in the current or
Future courses

Module

Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
Meaning, Definition & Importance of
Developing basic understanding
1 Negotiation in Management, Types of
of students related to Negotiation.
Negotiation
Understanding Negotiation
Framework including Legal Aspects, Providing deeper insight
2
Negotiation Process, Skills of a relatedto Negotiation framework
Negotiator
Negotiation Models (BATNA, Dyad, Familiarizing students
3 ZOPA, 9 Grid) & Strategies, with basics of models in
Understanding Barriers to Agreement negotiation and strategies
Introducing students to
Introduction to Marketing & Selling understand the difference
Role Play on
4 Concepts & Traits of a Successful between Marketing and
Negotiation
Salesperson Selling and giving them
useful tips for succeeding in Sales
Introducing students to
understand the difference
Understanding Successful Selling
5 between Marketing and
Process & Models (7 Steps Model)
Selling and giving them useful
tips for succeeding in Sales
Creating awareness about
Customer Focussed Selling, Art of
6 importance of customer in selling
Persuasion
process
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
Selling to Various Stakeholders such Guest
Familiarizing students with
as Dealers, Suppliers, Vendors, Session with
7 different approaches required
Channel Partners, Superiors, industry
For selling different stakeholders
Subordinates, Team- Mates & Peers experts
Familiarizing students with
Selling to Customers – B2C, B2B, different approaches required
8 C2C, Products, Services, Intangibles for selling to different segments
& Projects of customers.

Guest
Creating awareness about
Session with
9 Strategic Selling for Start-ups challenges and opportunities
industry
available in Start-ups domains
experts
To enhance effectiveness of a
Body Language for Negotiation & Role Plays on Salesperson by understanding
10
Selling Selling Clues provided by body
language.
11 Case Studies and Presentations

Activity: In addition to classroom teaching, the Teaching-Learning process may combine the use of
role plays, audio-visual films/aids, and management exercises with individual student, and or in
team considering appropriate cases or case-lets in the field of business domain wherever applicable.

Text books

1 The Essentials of Negotiation – Harvard Business School Press

2 Negotiations Selling by Sameer Kulkarni – Excel Books
3 Negotiation & Selling by R. K. Srivastava – Excel Books

Reference books
1 Organizational Behavior by Fred Luthans (9th edition)
2 Managing Conflict & Negotiation by B. D. Singh – Excel Books
3 Getting to Yes by Roger Fisher & William Ury –Random House
4 Negotiation Handbook by P. J. Cleary – Printice Hall of India
5 ABC’s of Selling Skills by Charles M. Futrell – McGraw Hill
Sales Management Analysis and Decision Making by Thomas Ingram & Raymond
6
LaFarge – Published by DRYDEN
How to Handle Conflict & Confrontation by Peg Pickering – Natl Seminars
7
Publications

Assessment

a) Internal 40% 40 Marks continuous assessment

b) Semester End Examination 60% 60 Marks theory paper of 3 hours duration
PROGRAM: MMS

Semester : I - Elective
Title of the Subject / course : IT Skills for Management and Technology Platform
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration in Hrs : 40

Learning Objectives
To have the basics practical skills of information Technology( i.eHardware -
1 Software , Database, Networking, Communication Technology )with its application
and usage.

Basic understanding of IT Skills for

Prerequisites if any
Management and Technology Platform
Will connect and have application of
Connections with Subjects in the
information technology and technology platform
current or Future courses
skills

Module
Sr
No. Content Activity Learning outcomes
1 To, understand the conceptual
background of Hardware - Software –
(Systems Software, Application
Software and Packages )
Introduction and Fundamentals of
operating system- Windows,
Unix/Linux.
Introduction and knowledge of Internet
operations. World Wide Web ,
Emerging communication technologies Lecture
2 Introduction to Software Packages &
practical knowledge of
Microsoft Word
Microsoft Excel – Formulas, Graphs,
Basis statistical formulae. 1. To know data
Microsoft Power Point – Creating analysis and database
effective presentations management with
Microsoft Access - Introduction to Microsoft Excel
DBMS concepts, creating a database, 2. To know management
Basic queries. of data using
Tally – Journal Entry, Ledger posting, Microsoft Access
Preparation of Balance Sheet 3. To know how to
Emerging technology of office prepare interactive
Automation systems business presentation
Lab Sessions of Document
Preparation & Presentation Skills Lecture & cases
3 Practical hands on experience of
Internet and Web Technology Lecture
 Internet Technology
Understanding Websites
Understanding Domain Names &
Domain Extensions Web Server & Web
hosting
Web Designing ,Home page designing
Website Content designing, Joomla,
query, knowing & Adding Payment
Gateways, Web Hosting,
Mobile Technology & Business
On-line Business Mechanism
Hands on experience of Emerging
communication technology
Lab Sessions

4 Case Study and Practical Exercises

With Lab Sessions Lecture and cases

Text books
1 Work-study by ILO

Reference books
1 Rajaraman, V. (2004). Introduction to Information Technology.PHI.
Turban, Rainer and Potter (2003). Introduction to information technology.John Wiley and
2 sons
3 Sinha, P.K., PritiSinha (2002). Foundation of computing.BPB Publications.
4 Ram, B. (2003). Computer Fundamentals. New Age Publication

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
PROGRAM: MMS

Semester : I - Elective
Title of the Subject / course : Information Technology for Management
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration in Hrs : 40

Learning Objectives
To understand the significance of information technology , conceptual framework of
1 networking, communication technology, database etc. for individual & business
management
To understand role , impact and emerging trends of information technology for
2 management and its application at individual ,organizational level society and similarly for
business alignment.

Basic understanding of Information Technology for

Prerequisites if any management
Will connect conceptual framework of Information
Connections with Subjects in the Technology for Management at individual and
current or Future courses organizational level.

Module
Sr.
No. Content Activity Learning outcomes
1 Historical perspective of information
technology and business. Lecture
2 Functioning of computer hardware and
software components, characteristic from
user and buyers perspectives. Lecture & cases
3 Introduction and conceptual framework of
networking & Telecommunication,
components of networking,
LAN/WAN/MAN, network topologies, and
various option of networking for business,
various medium of communication,
physical and cable less ( dial up, leased
line, satellite , V- SAT, DSL Lines , fiber
optics) Lecture
5 Role and emerging trends of information 1. Learning of basic
technology concepts and
Overview of concept such as ERP,SCM, components of IT
CRM, database management, DBMS 2. Learning different
Data warehousing, Business intelligent, application of
knowledge Management, E- Commerce, E- computer and IT in
Business, M- Commerce, business
Digital Business , E-governance. Lecture and cases 3. Application of It
6 Impact of information on business, business across the
alignment across the function and sectors industries
and society Lecture & Cases
7 Case study and presentation Lecture & Cases
Text books
1 Information Technology for Management by Rainer , Porter and Turban.
2 Introduction to information technology byRajaramman.
3 Information technology for Management DrChandrahaunschavan& B lal

Reference books
1 E- Business: road map for success, Ravi Kolkata and Marcia Robinson.
2 Competitive strategic by Michael Porter
3 Electronic commerce – A managerial perspectives Efraim Turban , David King , Jae lee
4 Principles of information Systems by ralph stair & George Reynolds

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
PROGRAM: MMS

Semester : I - Elective
Title of the Subject / course : Personal Grooming / Personal Effectiveness
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration in Hrs : 40

Learning Objectives

1 Identify personal thinking habits and their impact

2 Understand and address the barriers to personal effectiveness
3 Apply clear and effective communication skills
4 Develop effective time management skills and the ability to cope with stress

Prerequisites if any
Connections with
Subjects in the current or
Future courses

Module
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
Know yourself (Your Values,
1 Know Yourself – Self Discovery
Abilities and Goals)
Identify influences of their attitudes
Developing a Positive Attitude and towards success, achievement, and
2
Values disappointment both in personal and
professional lives
Enhancing corporate and social
Grooming - Corporate Etiquette and
3 Image, learning grooming basics
Manners
and personal hygiene management
An understanding of the key role
listening plays in the ability to solve
4 The Art of Listening problems, work effectively with
customers, and be a valuable team
member.
Using body language to increase
5 Body Language
your personal impact
Ability to communicate
6 The Art of Speaking competently in groups and
organizations
Augment skills related to this
7 GD and PI Skills important dimension of the
selection process in organizations
Organize and present information
8 Written Business Communication
for maximum impact and clarity
Understand and write a functional
resume , versus a chronological
9 CV. and Resume writing
resume, writing cover letters
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
Enhance capabilities to lead and
10 Working in Groups and Teams succeed and for that you need to be
a good team player
Identify typical time-wasters and
11 Time Management
create solutions to overcome them
Ability to deal with stress and
12 Stress Management
pressure effectively
How to develop a personal
13 Career Planning
development plan

Text and Reference books

1 Super Self: Doubling Your Personal Effectiveness by Charles Given

2 The 3 Pillars of Personal Effectiveness by TroelsRichte
The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People: Powerful Lessons in Personal Change
3 by Stephen R. Covey
4 Personality Development and Soft skills by BarunMitra

Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
 UNIVERSITY OF MUMBAI , MUMBAI
Masters in Management Studies - Semester II (CBGS)
with effect from Academic Year 2016-17

CORE
Teaching Hours Assessment Pattern
No. of No. of
Sr. Duration
Subject Sessions Sessions of Continuous Semester End Total No of
No. of Theory
of 90 90 minutes Assessment Examination Marks Credits
Paper
minutes per week
1 Marketing Management 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3hr 4
2 Financial Management 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3hr 4
3 Operations Research 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3hr 4
4 Business Research Methods 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3hr 4
5 Human Resource Management 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3hr 4

3 ELECTIVES OUT OF 10
1 Legal & Tax Aspects of Business 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3hr 4
2 Cost & Management Accounting 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3hr 4
3 Business Environment 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3hr 4
4 Ethos in Indian Management 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3hr 4
5 Corporate Social Responsibility 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3hr 4
6 Analysis of Financial Management 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3hr 4
7 Entrepreneurship Management 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3hr 4
8 Management Information Systems 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3hr 4
9 Developing teams & Effective leadership 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3hr 4
10 Intellectual Capital and Patenting 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3hr 4
Total No of Credits 32

UA: University Assessment IA: Internal Assessment

 Proposed Revision for MMS Syllabus wef AY 2016-17 (Batch 2016-18)
Semester II

Sr. Sr.
Core Electives (Any 3)
No. No.
1 Marketing Management 1 Legal & Tax Aspects of Business
2 Financial Management 2 Cost & Management Accounting
3 Operations Research 3 Business Environment
4 Business Research Methods 4 Ethos in Indian Management
5 Human Resource Management 5 Corporate Social Responsibility
6 Analysis of Financial Statements
7 Entrepreneurship Management
8 Management Information System
9 Developing teams & Effective leadership
10 Intellectual Capital and Patenting

Note:
All subjects / papers for Semester II will be internally assessed by the institute. The
1
Criteria for the same is given below
a) Attendance and Class Room Participation 10 Marks
b) Minimum 3 criteria to be picked up from the below given list
Mid term Test (Min 1)
Group Presentation
Role Plays
Case Studies
Assignments
Projects
Quiz

Institute will have the discretion to select minimum 3 (three) subjects or more from
2
given list of 10 subjects. Total 32 credits has to be obtained.

Any new elective proposed to be introduced by the Institute, apart from electives listed
in the new syllabus, need to take prior approval from Board of Management Studies of
3 the University in writing outlining the details of the course with learning objectives,
learning outcomes, detailed syllabus, teaching learning plan and course evaluation
procedures atelast 6 months in advance before the commencement of the semester.
PROGRAM : MMS

Semester : II - Core
Title of the Subject / course : Marketing Management
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration in Hrs : 40

Learning Objectives

This coursework is designed to introduce the student to the basic elements of the
1 marketing management terms, implementation of studied term in the industry and
related process.
The scope of marketing management is quite broad and the students will be exposed to
2 the marketing concepts that will enable them to acquaint with contemporary marketing
practices.
This module is to learn the art and science of choosing target markets and getting,
3 keeping and growing customers through creating, delivering, and communicating
superior customer value.
This module will give the student a very broad understanding of what marketing is all
4 about and the vital role that it plays in every organization, every department and every
specialization.
The module will help the student to identify and solve many business problems by
5
using a marketing perspective, as a universal concept.

Prerequisites if any
Connections with
Subjects in the current or
Future courses

Module
Sr.
Content Activity* Learning outcomes
No.
Students will develop basic
Introduction to Marketing Concept
understanding of concepts in
Evolution of Marketing from
1 the marketing with respect
Production to Sustainability &
to historical development of the
Customer Orientation
subject
Understanding the Basics:
Concept of Need, Want and Demand Making students familiar with the
Concept of Product and Brand Fundamental concepts and
2 Business Environment in India vocabulary or practices from
Demand States & Marketing Tasks business perspective in the
Company Orientation towards the Organization.
Market Place
Understanding of the
Marketing Environment :
Marketing environment to help
Marketing Environment and
3 students to compare various
Evaluation of Market Opportunities
opportunities available in various
like Services, Rural & International
sectors.
Market Research & Marketing To familiarize students with
4
Information Systems and Demand various concepts related to
Sr.
Content Activity* Learning outcomes
No.
Forecasting and Market Potential market research and its
Analysis utility.
Helping students to focus on
Important issues related to
Consumer Buying Process & success in consumer buying
5
Organizational Buying Behaviour behavioural process vis a vis
organizational buying
behaviour process.
Pillars of Marketing - Market Imparting knowledge of
6 Segmentation, Target Marketing, various important marketing
Positioning & Differentiation concepts.
Various practices related to
Marketing Mix and Product Decisions
7 The important aspects of
– Product Life Cycle, & Brand
marketing in decision Making
Understanding mechanism
8 New Product Development Process of developing a new product
related process
To understand the pricing
dynamics being practiced by
9 Pricing Decisions
the organizations in different
Sectors
Distribution Decisions – Logistics & Understanding of operational issues
10 Channel Decisions (Retail, E- in order to support marketing-
commerce, etc.) process
Promotion Decisions – Integrated To familiarize students with
Marketing Communications Concept: various concepts related to
11 Advertising, Sales Promotions, Public Communication Design
Relations, Direct Marketing; Process in effective marketing
Communication Tools practices
To understand the important
aspects direct marketing in
12 Personal Selling & Sales Management
the Changing circumstance with the
help of latest development
Overview of Marketing Strategies:
BCG, Ansoff, GE, Shell Model, Porter To make students understand basics
13 Generic Model, 5 Forces Model, PLC, of various models and their
7s Model of Marketing, A Little application in their field of work
Model, Value Chain Model
14 Case Studies and Presentations

*Activity: In addition to classroom teaching, the Teaching-Learning process may combine the use
of role plays, audio-visual films/aids, and management exercises with individual student, and or
in team considering appropriate cases or case-lets in the field of business domain wherever
applicable.
Text books

Marketing Management (A South Asian Perspective) by Philip Kotler, Kevin Lane Keller,
1 Abraham Koshy & Mithileshwar Jha, Pearson Education
2 Marketing Management by R. Varshney, S. Chand
3 Marketing Management by Rajan Saxsena, Tata McGraw Hill

Reference books
1 Basic Marketing by Jr., William Perreault, Joseph Cannon and E. Jerome McCarthy
Marketing Management – Planning, Implementation and Control by V.S. Ramswamy and
2 S. Namakumari, McMillian
3 Business Marketing Management by M. Hutt, Cengage Learning

Assessment

a) Internal 40% 40 Marks continuous assessment

b) Semester End Examination 60% 60 Marks theory paper of 3 hours duration
PROGRAM: MMS

Semester : II - Core
Title of the Subject / course : Financial Management
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration in Hrs. : 40

Learning Objective

1 To gain in-depth knowledge of corporate finance and understand the functions of finance management.
2 Students should learn to analyze corporate financial statements and other parts of the annual report.

Prerequisites if any Knowledge of financial accounting

Connections with
Subjects in the current or This will work as the basic subject for the elective subjects coming in the second
Future courses year

Module
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
Objective of financial management Lecture
Functions and decisions of financial management and Understanding the basic concepts
1 Indian Financial system - Functions of the financial theoretical of corporate finance and Indian
system; Financial Assets; Financial markets; discussion financial system
Financial intermediaries; Regulatory system
Lecture,
Financial performance analysis using Ratio exercises Ability to analyse the financial
2
Analysis and statements of companies using ratios
assignment
Working Capital Management - Estimation and Lecture, Ability to calculate the working
Financing exercises capital requirements; analyse
3 Inventory Management and case working capital policies and
Receivables Management discussion understanding operating and cash
Cash Management cycle
Financial Planning and Forecasting Lecture
Meaning and importance of financial planning and
Ability to prepare pro-forma
Approaches to financial planning exercises
4 financial statements and calculate the
Preparation of Pro-forma Income Statement and
EFR
Balance Sheet
Computation of external financing requirements
Investment (Project) identification, feasibility Lecture,
Ability to use various evaluation
analysis with sensitivities, constraints and long exercises
techniques like NPV, IRR, PI,
5 term cash flow projection and case
payback period etc. for evaluating
Capital Budgeting and Investment Decision discussion
capital expenditure decision
Analysis
Theoretical Understanding the features and
6 Sources of Finance - Short Term and Long Term discussion characteristics of various financing
options
Theory of capital structure: Net income approach; Lecture Understanding different capital
7 Net operating income approach; MM approach; and structure theories and the impact of
Traditional approach exercises D/E ratio on EPS
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
Capital Structure Planning and Designing capital Lecture
Ability to design the optimal capital
8 structure based on EBIT and EPS/MPS approach and
structure
Factors affecting capital structure exercises
Capital Structure Planning and Leverage Analysis: Lecture
Ability to calculate DOL, DFL and
9 Operating, financial and total and
DCL
Capital Structure Planning and cost of capital exercises
Dividend Policy: Factors affecting dividend Lecture
Understanding the impact of
policy decision; and
10 dividend payout ratio and retention
Dividend decision models; Walter model; Gordon exercises
ratio on company’s financial position
model; MM approach

Text Books

1 Financial Management – M.Y. Khan and P.K. Jain

2 Financial Management – Prasanna Chandra

Reference Books

1 Financial Management – I. M. Pandey

2 Principles of Corporate Finance – Myers and Brealey
3 Fundamentals of Financial Management – James Van Horne
4 Financial Management: theory and practice – Brigham Eugene F; Ehrhardt, Michael C.

Assessment

Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
PROGRAM : MMS

Semester : II - Core
Title of the Subject / course : Operations Research
Course Code : For Office use
Credits : 4 Duration in Hrs : 40hrs

Learning Objectives

1 To know optimizing techniques

2 To understand its use in decision making in business
3 To Identify and develop operational research model from realsystem
4 To appreciate the mathematical basis for business decision making

Statistics for management, Operations and production

Prerequisites if any management, economics
Connections with
Subjects in the current or
Future courses Project Management, Quantitative Techniques,

Module
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
Linear Programming-
Use of Solver/ similar Understand application in
Formulation, Solution by
software for decision business.
1 graph, Simplex, Duality,
making, cases in various Data Envelopment Analysis as
post optimality and
scenarios of management extension of LPP model
Sensitivity Analysis
Use of Solver/ similar
Understand special cases of
Transportation problem software for decision
2 LPP and apply in appropriate
with special cases making, cases in various
situation
scenarios of management
Use of Solver/ similar
Understand special case of LPP
Assignment Problem with software for decision
3 and apply in appropriate
special cases making, cases in various
situation
scenarios of management
Use of Solver/ similar
Game theory- Zerosum software for decision Understand Competitive
4
games making, cases in various environment of business
scenarios of management
Use of Solver/ similar
Decision Theory- Under
software for decision Understand project
5 Risk, Uncertainty,
making, cases in various management techniques
decision tree
scenarios of management
Use of Solver/ similar
Waiting lines model- Understand queue model as a
software for decision
6 (M|M|1):(FIFO|∞|∞) with measure of performance of
making, cases in various
cost implication system
scenarios of management
Simulation- queue In want of assumptions of the
Create models in
7 system, inventory and model a working system can be
Microsoft Excel
demand simulation created
Text books

1 Operation Research – AN introduction- HamdyTaha, Prentice Hall Of India

2 Quantitative Techniques in Management -N D Vohra, Tata McGraw Hill
3 Operations Research Theory and Applications- J K sharma, Macmillan Business books

Reference books
1 Principles of Operations Research –Wagner, Prentice Hall of India
2 Operations Research- Hilier, Liberman, Tata McGraw HIll
3 An introduction to Management Science – Anderson Sweeney Williams, Cengage Learning

Assessment

Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
PROGRAM : MMS

Semester : II
Title of the Subject / course : Business Research Methods
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration in Hrs : 40

Learning Objectives
To understand the importance of research and various methods that researcher used to
1 investigate problems
2 Applying Modern Analytical tools for Business Management Decisions
3 To derive strategies from the research
4 To understand the challenges in collecting the data collection and analysis
5 To interpret the data to make meaningful decisions.

Prerequisites if any
Connections with
Subjects in the current or
Future courses

Module
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
Meaning of research; Types of research-
Exploratory research, Conclusive research;
Introduction to
1 Lecture The process of research; Research
Research
applications in social and business sciences;
Features of a Good research study.
Defining the Research problem; Management
Decision Problem vs Management Research
Research Problem Problem; Problem identification process;
and Formulation of Components of the research problem;
2 Lecture
Research Formulating the research hypothesis- Types of
Hypotheses Research hypothesis; Writing a research
proposal- Contents of a research proposal and
types of research proposals.
Meaning of Research Designs; Nature and
Classification of Research Designs;
Exploratory Research Designs: Secondary
Resource analysis, Case study Method, Expert
3 Research Design Lecture opinion survey, Focus group discussions;
Descriptive Research Designs: Cross-
sectional studies and Longitudinal studies;
Experimental Designs, Errors affecting
Research Design
Classification of Data; Secondary Data: Uses,
Advantages, Disadvantages, Types and
Primary and
4 Field Work sources; Primary Data Collection:
Secondary Data
Observation method, Focus Group
Discussion, Personal Interview method
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
Types of Measurement Scales; Attitude;
Attitude Classification of Scales: Single item vs
5 Measurement and Lecture Multiple Item scale, Comparative vs Non-
Scaling Comparative scales, Measurement Error,
Criteria for Good Measurement
Questionnaire method; Types of
Questionnaire Questionnaires; Process of Questionnaire
6 Lecture
Design Designing; Advantages and Disadvantages of
Questionnaire Method
Sampling concepts- Sample vs Census,
Sampling vs Non Sampling error; Sampling
Design- Probability and Non Probability
Sampling design; Determination of Sample
size- Sample size for estimating population
Sampling and Data Case Study and mean, Determination of sample size for
7
Processing SPSS / Excel estimating the population proportion
Data Editing- Field Editing, Centralized in
house editing; Coding- Coding Closed ended
structured Questions, Coding open ended
structured Questions; Classification and
Tabulation of Data.
Descriptive vs Inferential Analysis,
Descriptive Analysis of Univariate data-
Analysis of Nominal scale data with only one
Univariate and possible response, Analysis of Nominal scale
8 Bivariate Analysis SPSS Lab / Excel data with multiple category responses,
of Data Analysis of Ordinal Scaled Questions,
Measures of Central Tendency, Measures of
Dispersion; Descriptive Analysis of Bivariate
data
Concepts in Testing of Hypothesis – Steps in
testing of hypothesis, Test Statistic for testing
hypothesis about population mean; Tests
concerning Means- the case of single
Testing of Analyzing
9 population; Tests for Difference between two
Hypotheses Primary Data
population means; Tests concerning
population proportion- the case of single
population; Tests for difference between two
population proportions.
Chi square test for the Goodness of Fit; Chi
Analyzing square test for the independence of variables;
10 Chi-square Analysis
Primary Data Chi square test for the equality of more than
two population proportions
Lecture and Completely randomized design in a one-way
Analysis of
11 Analyzing ANOVA; Randomized block design in two
Variance
Primary Data way ANOVA; Factorial design
Types of research reports – Brief reports and
Research Report
Detailed reports; Report writing: Structure of
12 Writing and Ethics Lecture
the research report- Preliminary section, Main
in research
report, Interpretations of Results and
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
Suggested Recommendations; Report writing:
Formulation rules for writing the report:
Guidelines for presenting tabular data,
Guidelines for visual Representations.
Meaning of Research Ethics; Clients Ethical
code; Researchers Ethical code; Ethical Codes
related to respondents; Responsibility of
ethics in research
Presentation /
13 PowerPoint
Report

Text books
1 Business Research Methods – Cooper Schindler
2 Research Methodology Methods & Techniques – C.R.Kothari
3 Statistics for Management – Richard L Levin

Reference books
1 D. K. Bhattacharya: Research Methodology (Excel)
P. C. Tripathy: A text book of Research Methodology in Social Science(Sultan
2 Chand)
3 Saunder: Research Methods for business students (Pearson)
4 Marketing Research –Hair, Bush, Ortinau (2nd edition Tata McGraw Hill)
Business Research Methods – Alan Bryman& Emma Bell – Oxford
5 Publications
6 Business Research Methods – Naval Bajpai – Pearson Publications

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
PROGRAM : MMS

Semester : II - Core
Title of the Subject / course : Human Resource Management
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration in Hrs : 40

Learning Objectives

1 To prepare a student for a career in industry and services.

To facilitate learning in modern concepts, techniques and practices in the management of
2 human resources
To expose the student to different functional areas of Human Resource Management to
3 enhance the effectiveness.

Prerequisites if any
Connections with
Subjects in the current or
Future courses

Module

Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
Human Resource Apply the theoretical and practical aspects of
Management human resource management to formulate
1 Lecture strategies that will enable organizations to
achieve both operational and strategic goals
related to the organization’s human capital.
Organization of Personnel Understand the scope of HRM and its
2 Lecture
Functions relationship to other social sciences
Manpower Planning Study the personnel function with respect to its
3 Lecture organization , polices and responsibilities in an
organization
Motivating Employees – Understand the importance and the process of
man power planning, the process of job
4 Lecture analysis, compare and contrast methods used
for selection and placement of human
resources.
Performance Appraisal Understand the application of the theories of
Systems motivation , explaining the difference between
5 Lecture internal and external equity in terms of
monetary and non-monetary rewards and
recognition
Training & Development – Discuss the importance and process of
6 Lecture performance management, organizational
strategic planning and succession planning.
Organisation Development – Describe the steps required to analyze needs ,
develop and evaluate an employee training and
7 Lecture
development programs in organizations
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
Management of Define the concept and practice of change
Organizational Change management and organizational development;
8 Lecture
with an analytical insight related to application
of OD interventions strategically
HRD Strategies for Long
9 Lecture
Term Planning & Growth
Case Studies and
10
Presentations

Text books

1 Human Resource Management – P.SubbaRao

2

Reference books
1 Personnel Management – C.B. Mammoria
2 Dessler: Human Resource Management(Prentice Hall India)
3 Personnel/Human Resource Management: DeCenzo& Robbins (Prentice Hall India)
4 D. K. Bhattacharya: Human Resource Management (Excel)
5 VSP Rao – Human Resource Management(Excel)
6 Dessler: Human Resource Management(Prentice Hall India)
7 Personnel/Human Resource Management: DeCenzo& Robbins (Prentice Hall India)
Gomez: Managing Human Resource (Prentice Hall India)
8
9 Human Resource Management – Dr P Jyothi and Dr D.N Venkatesh – Oxford
Publications

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
PROGRAM: MMS

Semester : II - Elective
Title of the Subject / course : Legal Aspects of Business & Taxation 100 Marks
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration in Hrs. : 40

Learning Objective

1 To learn about the important provisions of some of the important business laws
2 To get exposure to important provisions of Indian Income Tax Act and Indirect Taxes

Prerequisites if any None

Connections with Students in all the specialisations must have a minimum knowledge of important
Subjects in the current or business laws. The applications of law will be in many subjects they will study in
Future courses the second year

Module
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
Understanding the law and concepts of
Lecture and case parties to the contract, consideration and
1 The Indian Contract Act, 1872
law discussion other legal concepts related to a Contract

Understanding the meaning of sale of goods

Lecture and case and the rights and duties of vendor and
2 The Sales of Goods Act, 1930
law discussion consumer under the Act.

Understanding various negotiable

The Negotiable Instruments Act, Lecture and case
3 instruments available under the Act.
1881 law discussion
Understanding the rights and duties of
Lecture and case consumers under the Consumer Protection
4 The Consumer Protection Act, 1986
law discussion Act

Understanding the requirements of forming a

Lecture and case
5 The Companies Act, 2013 company under different categories and the
law discussion
importance of MOA, AOA and Prospectus.
Understanding the meaning and definition of
Introduction to IPR Laws
intellectual property, types of intellectual
a) The Copy Right Act, 1957 Lecture and case
6 property and the safeguards available
b) The Patents Act, 1970 law discussion
through law against violation of intellectual
c) The Trade Marks Act, 1999
property rights.
Understanding the framework of Indian
Indian Income-tax Act, The Finance
7 Lecture Income Tax Act with concepts of tax slabs,
Act
TDS, etc.
Conceptual
Computation of Total Income and Ability to compute the income tax and tax
discussion and
8 Determination of Tax Liability – liability of various assesses based on
practical problem
individuals and Companies different cases.
solving
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
Getting clarity on concepts of Indirect taxes,
manufacturing, excisable goods,
Lecture and case
9 Indirect Taxes – Central Excise Act classification of goods, valuation of goods
laws
and CENVAT

Understanding the scope and coverage of

Customs Act. Students should be clear about
Lecture and case
10 Indirect Taxes – Customs Act the types of customs duties and the
laws
classification and valuation of goods.

Understanding the difference between

Indirect Taxes – Maharashtra Value Lecture and case MVAT and State Sales tax and the tax slabs
11
Added Tax laws and exemptions in the Act.

Lecture and case Understanding the applicability of service tax

12 Indirect Taxes – Service Tax
laws and the tax slabs applicable.

Text Books
1 Legal Aspects of Business – AkhileshwarPathak
2 Students Guide to Income Tax – Monica singhania and VinodSinghania
3 Students Guide to Indirect Tax Laws – Monica Singhania and VinodSinghania

Reference Books
1 Legal Aspects of Business – David Albuquerque
2 Business Law for Managers – S.K. Tuteja
3 Business Law – N.D. Kapoor

Assessment

Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
PROGRAM: MMS

Semester : II – Elective
Title of the Subject / course : Cost and Management Accounting 100 Marks
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration in Hrs. : 40

Learning Objective

To understand the basic cost concepts and techniques of analyzing cost to have better management
1
control and decision making

Prerequisites if any
Connections with This subject would provide basic understanding of cost and cost accounting
Subjects in the current or which would help students in some of the advance subjects in all the disciplines in
Future courses the second year

Module
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No
Introduction to Cost and Management Accounting
Distinction and relationship among financial
Understanding the concepts
accounting, cost accounting and management Theoretical
1 related to Financial, Cost and
accounting discussion
Management Accounting
Role of Cost in decision making
Analysis and classification of cost
Understanding the difference
Elements of cost - Materials, Labour and
Discussion and between direct and indirect cost as
2 Overheads
Exercises well as apportionment and
Allocation and apportionment of overheads
allocation of cost
3 Preparation of Cost Sheet Exercises Ability to prepare the cost sheet
Introduction to different costing techniques; Theoretical Understanding the computation
4 Methods of costing – with special reference to job discussion and methods of cost under various
costing, process costing, services costing exercises costing methods
Marginal Costing and Cost-Volume-Profit
Theoretical Ability to make decisions using
Analysis, Marginal costing versus absorption
discussion and marginal cost concept and
5 costing, Computation of breakeven point, margin
problem calculate BEP and Margin of
of safety and P/V Ratio Differential Costing and
solving safety
Incremental Costing
Budgeting and Budgetary Control Ability to prepare various types of
Discussion and
6 Concept of budget, budgeting and budgetary budgets and analyze the functional
exercises
control, Types of budget as well as the master budgets
Discussion and Ability to set a benchmark and
7 Standard Costing and Variance Analysis
exercises calculate and analyze variances
Understanding various
Theoretical responsibility centres and different
8 Responsibility Accounting and Transfer Pricing
discussion transfer pricing methods for
setting interdepartmental price
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No
Understanding the concepts and
Activity Based Costing & Activity Based Discussion and
9 application of activity based
Management exercises
costing
Ability to calculate the selling
Discussion and
10 Target Costing price based on pre-determined
exercises
targets
Ability to calculate the cost of a
Discussion and
11 Lifecycle Costing product as it moves through the
exercises
various phases of its life cycle
Ability to trace the direct costs and
Discussion and allocate indirect costs to present
12 Environmental Costing
exercises information on social and
environmental costs and benefits
Discussion and Ability to set up a cost sheet for
13 Service Costing
exercises service industry.

Text Books

1 Cost Accounting for Managerial Emphasis – Horngren, Datar, Foster

2 Management Accounting – Robert Kaplan, Anthony A. Atkinson
3 Cost and Management Accounting – Ravi. M. Kishore

Reference Books

1 Management Accounting for profit control – I. W. Keller, W. L. Ferrara

2 Accounting & Finance for Managers – T P Ghosh
3 Management Accounting – Paresh Shah – Oxford Publications
4 Cost Accounting – Jawaharlal and SeemaSrivastava
5 Management and Cost Accounting – Colin Drury

Assessment

Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
 PROGRAMME :MMS
Semester : II
Title of the Subject / : Business Environment
course
Course Code :

Credits : 4 Duration in Hrs : 40

Learning Objectives

1 To sensitize the students to the multi-faceted environment of business.

to enable them to appreciate the finer nuances of the environment, and,
2
to improve their ability to operate effectively in the contemporary globalized world as
3 managers or entrepreneurs

Prerequisites if any Nil

1: It would also deal with macroeconomic issues, and, thus
become an essential sequel to Managerial Economics dealing
Connections with with microeconomics in Semester I, and,
Subjects in the current or 2: it would be an essential pre-requisite to the University paper
Future courses on Strategic Management in Semester III.

Module

Sr.
No Content Activity Learning outcomes
.
Business environment - definition, nature
The students should be able to
and scope, distinction between internal
1 Lecture decipher, analyse and understand
and external environment of business,
the environment of business.
limitations of environmental analysis.
The students should be able to
Socio-cultural environment of business: Lecture
decipher, analyse and understand
2 elements of culture, the impact of culture and a case
on business, multiculturalism study the environment of business.

Political environment of business: The The students should be able to

State and it's branches, political ideals Lecture decipher, analyse and understand
3 including liberty, equality, fraternity and and a case the environment of business.
tolerance. The politics of coalition study
governments
Regulatory environment of business, The students should be able to
including the need for effective decipher, analyse and understand
4 regulation and governance as well as the Lecture the environment of business.
ingredients of a good system of
regulation
Regulatory environment of business, The students should be able to
including the need for effective decipher, analyse and understand
5 regulation and governance as well as the Lecture the environment of business.
ingredients of a good system of
regulation
 The students should be able to
Ecological issues and sustainable
6 -- Do -- decipher, analyse and understand
development
the environment of business.

National Income: Growth and

development. Interconnectivity between
macroeconomic variables & Business Students should be able to
Cycles. understand the need for various
campaigns and also the impact of
7 Lecture
The concept of Inclusive growth changes in the various
macroeconomic variables on
Subsidies, JAM (Jandhan, Aadhar and economy as well as on business.
Mobile) and the "Make in India
Campaign”.

Students should be able to

understand the need for various
Money and Banking: including money
campaigns and also the impact of
8 supply, demand for money, credit Lecture
changes in the various
creation.
macroeconomic variables on
economy as well as on business

Central Banking and Monetary Policy:

Students should be able to
instruments of credit control, objectives
understand the various instruments
9 of monetary policy. Inflation: the Lecture
of credit control, and its impact on
concept, demand pull, cost push
economy and business.
inflation. Inflation & monetary policy

Students will develop

Budget, budgetary deficit, fiscal deficit Lecture
understanding about the Union
10 and fiscal policy: aims, objectives and and a case
Budget and its impact on the
efficacy. study
various sectors

Students should develop an

The LPG model (Liberalisation,
understanding of the opportunities
11 Privatization and Globalisation) : genesis, Lecture
& challenges of the policies relating
features, problems and prospects
to LPG with reference to business.

Students should develop a holistic

Balance of Payments. International trade
12 Lecture understanding of the external sector
blocks, IMF, IBRD, WTO.
as well as multilateral organization.

Students should develop a holistic

13 Presentations by students understanding of the external sector
as well as multilateral organization
 Text books

1 Economics by Paul Samuelson and Richard Nordhaus: Indian Adaptation, 19th edition
2 Indian Economy by Mishra and Puri
3 Macroeconomics for Management students by A. Nag

Reference books
1 Business Environment and Public Policy by R A Buchholz
2 Economic Survey by Ministry of Finance, Government of India - Different issues
3 World Development Report by the World Bank - different issues

Assessment

Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
PROGRAM : MMS

Semester : II - Elective
Title of the Subject / course : Ethos in Indian Management
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration in Hrs : 40

Learning Objectives

To sensitize students to Indian culture and value systems and the impact of this on
1 management thinking and action
To increase the level of awareness of the thought leadership emanating from India and
2 understand its relevance in modern times
To bring to focus importance of ethical and responsible behavior on the part of young
3 managers

Prerequisites if any
Connections with Subjects in
the current or Future courses

Module
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
What is Indian Prior study and group To understand the distinctive
1
Ethos ? discussions characteristics of the Indian ethos
To understand the role of human
Deriving values from ancient values and professional values in our
2 Values
scriptures decisions and everyday life and
business
To have an awareness of ways for
Learning from ancient Anger management and Stress
Management of
3 philosophies and spiritual Management.
Self
wisdom To know the concepts of ‘Total
Quality of the Mind’.
To know the basic tenets and
historical roots of the religions
To study the basic principles of followed by people in India.
different religions and their
similarities. To know the meeting
4 Religion
points/commonalities between
Case studies of modern day religions.
practices for diversity.
To appreciate diversity and pluralism
in organizations and society
The concept of Study the traditional To know the meaning of corporate
Dharma understanding of the concepts. dharma and corporate karma.
5
The concept of Modern business Case studies To understand the significance of
Karma revolving around these concepts Ethics as part of the Indian ethos.
To understand the relevance of
Study the principles and find
Kautilya’s Kautilya’s principles in terms of the
6 their modern relevance and
Principles role of the leader in today’s times
application
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
Study the leadership and
management preachings from To understand the responsibilities of
7 Leadership
the epics of Ramayana and leadership
Mahabharata
Social
To understand the essence of the
Responsibility,
Research on the traditional Trusteeship concept of Mahatma
Sustainable
importance of ‘Social Gandhi.
Development
8 Responsibility’ To understand modern day practices
Giving,
Case studies on Sustainable of sustainable development around
Trusteeship
Development the world.
concept of
Mahatma Gandhi
To understand and internalize the
The Constitution
concepts and meanings of the core
of India –
message in the Preamble and in the
Preamble of the
Discussion on current affairs / Fundamental Duties laid in the
Constitution,
9 episodes and approach towards Constitution. To objectively and
Fundamental
them progressively analyze current issues,
Duties mentioned
challenges and solutions affecting
in Chapter IV A -
today’s Indian society and Indian
Article 51 A
industry.

Text books
1 Management and the Indian Ethos by G. D. Sharma
2 Ethics, Indian Ethos and Management by S. Balachandran, K. C. R. Raja, B. K. Nair
3 Indian Ethos for Modern Management by G. R. Krishna
4 Indian Ethos and Values for Managers by N. M. Khandelwal

Reference books
1 Towards the optimal organizations (Indian Culture and Management) by Rayen Gupta
2 The seven spiritual Laws of Success by Deepak Chopra
3 Gandhi, CEO: 14 Principles to Guide & Inspire Modern Leaders by Alan Axelrod
4 My Experiments with Truth by M. K. Gandhi
5 The India Way by Peter Cappelli, Harbir Singh, Jitendra Singh and Michael Useem
6 Blending the best of the East and the West in Management education by SubhirChowdhury
India’s contribution to Management: Pravir Malik (Sri Aurobinds Institute of Research in
7 Social Sciences, pondicherry)
8 Vedic management by Krishna Saigal
9 Philosophies of Gandhi, Tagore and Kabir
10 Speeches by great Indians from history
11 Poems written by Rumi

Assessment

Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
PROGRAM : MMS

Semester : II - Elective
Title of the Subject / course : Corporate Social Responsibility
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration in Hrs : 40

Learning Objectives

1 A fundamental assumption of Ethics & Social Responsibility is that organizations exists

in uncertain, changing environment and continually confront new challenges and
problems. Managers must find solutions to these concerns if organizations are to
survive, prosper and perform effectively.

Prerequisites if any
Connections with
Subjects in the current or
Future courses

Module
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) – Case 1. To have a good
1.
Meaning and Scope Study understanding of the
Case different ways in which
2. CSR Models
Study CSR can be managed
Case effectively and integrated
3. CSR and Business Ethics throughout an organization
Study
Case and acquire the practical
4. Role of Institutions in CSR skills to develop, manage
Study
Environmental Aspect of CSR: and measure the impact of a
Environmental Issues for India and the CSR strategy.
Case 2. Understand the ways in
5. world(Global Warming, Waste Disposal &
Study which CSR interventions
Pollution) and CSR Efforts of Indian
Companies for mitigation of these problems can be planned,
CSR and Corporate Sustainability: implemented, monitored
Case and evaluated in an
6. Introduction to Sustainability; Sustainability
Study organization
and its Challenges
Case 3. Create an integrated
7. Global CSR approach to embed CSR
Study
Understanding Framework for Rating CSR: Case within the core business
8. and culture of an
Global Reporting Initiatives, ISO 26000 Study
organization
4. Comprehend the ways in
Case which CSR can make
9. Project on CSR meaningful contribution to
Study
a sustainable culture within
an organization
Text books

1 MadhumitaChatterji, Corporate Social Responsibility, Oxford University Press.

2 Krishnamoorthy : Environmental Management (Prentice – Hall India)

Reference books
Michael Blowfield and Alan Murray, Corporate Responsibility, Oxford University
1. Press.

Assessment

Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
PROGRAM: MMS

Semester : II - Elective
Title of the Subject / course : Analysis of Financial Statements
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration in Hrs. : 40

Learning Objective

To understand the advanced tools used in financial statement analysis and financial reporting. Students
1
should learn to do in-depth analysis of the performance of a company

Prerequisites if any Financial Accounting and Financial Management

Connections with
Subjects in the current or This subject will form the base for many advanced subjects in finance in the
Future courses second year

Module

Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
Economy-Industry-Company
Analysis
Top-down and bottom up approach
Different macro-economic variable Theoretical Understanding the macro factors
1
Inflation rate discussion affecting company’s performance
Interest rates
Commodities exchange rates and their
impact on equity markets
Cash Flow Analysis
Measuring operating / financing and
investing cash flows
Theoretical
Cash flows and life cycle state of a Ability to measure the financial health
2 discussion and
company of a company using cash flow analysis
problem solving
Cash flows and financial flexibility
(linkages to dividend policy and over
retention of profits)
Assessing Business Performance
Operational efficiency ratios (gross
profit, net profit margins and various
turnover ratios)
Liquidity rations – current ratio, acid
test ratio
Theoretical
Profitability ratios, valuation ratios Ability to measure the financial health
3 discussion and
EPS/ROE/ROCE/Total shareholder of a company using on ratio analysis
problem solving
returns, linkages between ROE &
ROCE & optimal capital structure and
determinants of PE multiple, price to
book value, EV/EBDITA multiple.
EVA, MVA
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
Industry Specific Ratios
Analysis of Performance of a FMCG
company Industry specific Ability to do the ratio analysis to
4 Analysis of performance of an IT assignments and measure the financial health of
company discussion companies in specific industry sectors
Analysis of performance of a banks
under CAMEL framework
Free Cash flows to Equity / Firm
Capitalization leasing expense and
R&D expenditure, correct treatment
for amortization expense and deferred
taxes Understanding the mechanism of
Theoretical
Measuring correct ROE & ROC after calculating cash flow and specific ratios
5 discussion and
adjusting for inter-corporate after considering some special items in
exercises
investments. Implication of the above financial statements
mentioned adjustments on
fundamental valuations / company
and PE or Price / Book Value or
EBDITA multiple.
Forecasting FCFE / FCFF and Problem solving and Ability to calculate the intrinsic value of
6
Security Valuation discussion the firm using FCFF and FCFE models
Valuation of a Company
Discounted cash flows
Understanding the concepts of company
7 Terminal value
valuation based on DCF approach
Equity value multiples

Financial Modeling
Key financial statements
Working capital schedule
Ability to create an integrated model for
Depreciation schedule, amortization
8 Lecture and exercises valuing a company based on different
schedule
variables using MS-Excel
Long-term items schedule
Building income statement, shooting,
completing the financial models.
Valuation in Practice
Valuation of a company in
manufacturing sector
Company specific Understanding valuation concepts and
Valuation of a company in service
9 discussion and techniques for different categories of
sector
assignments companies
Valuation of a start-up company
Valuation of e-commerce company
Valuation of a conglomerate company
Ability to calculate the intrinsic value
Pricing of Stock – Guiding for Lecturing and
10 and target market price of stock based
investment decision exercises
on various models.
Text Books

1 Principles of Corporate Finance – Myers and Brealey

2 Financial Management – M. Y. Khan and P. K. Jain
3 Financial Management – Prasanna Chandra

Reference Books

1 Fundamentals of Financial Management – James Van Horne

2 Financial Management and Policy Managerial Finance – E. F. Brigham & J. F. Houston

Assessment

Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
 PROGRAM : MMS

Semester : I – Elective
Title of the Subject / : Entrepreneurship Management
course
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration in Hrs : 40

Learning Objectives

1 To acquaint the students with both the theory and practice of Entrepreneurship,
2 to expose the sudents to the finer nuances of the subject, and,
3 to re-orient the outlook of students towards new business ventures and start ups and
also to help them to look at these as a possible career option.

Prerequisites if any Nil

1) Entrepreneurship Management would both supplement and
Connections with Subjects complement the knowledge gained after doing papers like
in the current or Future Businss Environment in the second semester, and,
courses 2) 2) it would also pave the way for studying papers like
Strategic Management (Semester III) and Project
Management (Semester IV).

Module
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
(A) Entrepreneurial Perspective :
• Concept of entrepreneur, To gain an understanding of
entrepreneurship and enterprise, entrepreneurship, as well as to
1 Lecture
advantages of entrepreneurship realise and harness the potential
• Nature and development of of new ventures and start ups.
entreprener and entrepreneurship
• opportunity -based
To gain an understanding of
entrepreneurship
entrepreneurship, as well as to
2 • social entrepreneurship Lecture
realise and harness the potential
• entrepreneurship by Dalits
of new ventures and start ups.
• technopreneurship
To gain an understanding of
entrepreneurship, as well as to
Gender bias and women Lecture and
3 realise and harness the potential
entrepreneurs a case study
of new ventures and start ups.

To gain an understanding of
Entrepreneurs, managers and entrepreneurship, as well as to
4 intrapreneurs : similarities and Lecture realise and harness the potential
differences of new ventures and start ups.

Innovation, creativity and Lecture and To gain an understanding of

5
entrepreneurship a case study entrepreneurship, as well as to
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
realise and harness the potential
of new ventures and start ups.

(B) The Entrepreneurial To gain an understanding of

Environment: entrepreneurship, as well as to
• Analysis of business opportunities realise and harness the potential
6 Lecture
in both the domestic and global
of new ventures and start ups.
economies, including the analysis of
PEST factors
• Quick-start routes to establish a To gain an understanding of
business (franchising, ancillarising entrepreneurship, as well as to
7 and asquisitioning) Lecture realise and harness the potential
• Support organisations for an of new ventures and start ups.
entrepreneur and their role
• Legal framework for starting a To gain an understanding of
business in India entrepreneurship, as well as to
8 • The Make in India Campaign, the Lecture realise and harness the potential
Digital India Campaign and the of new ventures and start ups.
opportunities for start ups in India
To gain an understanding of
(C) The Enterprise Launching : entrepreneurship, as well as to
Lecture and
9 • Product / Project identification realise and harness the potential
a case study
• Preparing a Business Plan of new ventures and start ups.

To gain an understanding of
• Business financing, including entrepreneurship, as well as to
10 venture capital finance and private Lecture realise and harness the potential
equity of new ventures and start ups.

To gain an understanding of
entrepreneurship, as well as to
• Managing early growth of business
Lecture and realise and harness the potential
11 • New venture expansion - strategies
a case study of new ventures and start ups.
and issues

• International variations in To gain an understanding of

entrepreneurship ( including cultural entrepreneurship, as well as to
12 and political differences) -- Do -- realise and harness the potential
• Indian Family Business: genesis, of new ventures and start ups.
features, issues and challenges
To gain an understanding of
entrepreneurship, as well as to
13 Presentations by students
realise and harness the potential
of new ventures and start ups.
 Text books

1 Entrepreneurship Management by P N Singh and J C Saboo.

2 Entrepreneurship by Rajeev Roy
3 Entrepreneurship by Robert Hisrich, Michael Peters and Dean Shepperd

Reference books
1 Beyond Entrepreneurship by James C Collins and William C Lazier
2 Dynamics of Entrepreneurial Development by Vasant Desai
3 Entrepreneurship Development in India by B Ghosh

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
PROGRAM: MMS

Semester : II – Elective
Title of the Subject / : Management Information System
course
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration in Hrs. : 40

Learning Objectives
To understand the basic concept data and information , Framework / structure and role of
1 Information and Information Systems for business
2 Determining Information Needs for an individual & Organization for decision making process.
To understand the requirement & analysis of MIS across the functions of the Management and
3 Sectors of the industry and business
4 To emphasis the Information System Development Process and Security /Privacy of MIS

Need & understanding of Management

Prerequisites if any Information System
Will connect conceptual framework to
Determining Information Needs for an
Connections with Subjects in the current or Organization/Individual managers for decision
Future courses making process

Module
S.no. Content Activity Learning outcomes
1 1. Role of Information system in
various organization
Basic Information concepts and 2. Sector wise application of
definitions Information System
Framework and role of Information and 3. Role of Information System in
Information Systems(IS) in an analyzing as well as decision
organization, system concept making process
Characteristics of Information and 4. To understand the application of
Organization with respect to MIS across the function and
organization form, structure , different industrial sector
philosophy, hierarchy etc Lecture
2 Types of Information System (IS)-
Transaction Processing System for
Operational Control, Management
Information System for
Management Control, Decision Support
System and , Executive Information
Systems for Strategic Management,
Knowledge Base Information System Lecture
(Artificial Intelligent/ Expert System) & cases
3 Determining Information Needs for an
Organization/Individual Manager,
Overview of use of data and Lecture
 Information , analysis of information,
Value of information for decision
making and decision making processes
etc
4 MIS across the functions of the
Management and Sectors i.e
Marketing Information Systems
Manufacturing Information Systems
Human Resource Information Systems
Financial Information Systems Lecture
Information System Required across the and
Sectors. cases
5 Strategic roles of IS
Use of Information for Customer
Bonding and Business Alliance
Breaking Business Barriers –Business
Processes Reengineering
Improving Business Quality – Creating
Virtual Company – Using Internet
Strategically
Building Knowledge and Creating
Company – Challenges of
Strategic of IS – Enterprise –wide
systems and E- Business
Applications for business & competitive
advantages
6 Managing information systems
Enterprise Management
Information Resource Management
Technology Management
IS planning methodologies – Critical
Success factors
Business Systems Planning – Computer
Aided Planning Tools.
7 Information System Development and
Security
Information System development
Process and Models
Sensitize students to the need for
information security, Concepts such as
confidentiality, Integrity and
Availability, Types of threats and risk,
overview of some of the manual,
procedural and automated controls in
real life IT environments. Computer
Crime –Privacy Issues
8 Case Studies and Presentations
Text books
1. Management Information System- Managing the Digital Firm , by Laudon and Laudon
2. Principal of Information System , by Ralph M. Stair and Georg Raynold

Reference books
1. O’Brien, James A Management Information Systems, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi,
2. Marvin Gore, Elements of Systems Analysis & Design, ,Galgota Publications.
3. MIS a Conceptual Framework by Davis and Olson
4. Analysis and Design of Information Systems by James Senn
5. Case Studies : Case on ABC Industrial Gases – Author : Prof PradeepPendse
6. Jessup &Valacich: Information Systems Today (Prentice Hall India)
7. Management Information Systems – M.Jaiswal&M.Mittal – Oxford Publications.

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
PROGRAM: MMS

Semester : II
Title of the Subject / course : Developing Teams and Effective Leadership
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration in Hrs : 40

Learning Objectives

1 Developing and managing a team

2 Understand how to adapt your leadership style to effectively lead and influence others
3 Strategies for coping with team challenges
4 Define your leadership philosophy and learn how to communicate it
5 Earning trust and building relationships
6 Leading virtual teams

Prerequisites if any Base knowledge of Management and HRM

Connections with
Subjects in the current or
Future courses Organizational Behaviour and Leadership Theories
Module
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
Types of Teams and Team Building
1 Team Building Role play
Stages
Role of leader in team Manage your team, your boss, and
2 Role play
development your colleagues more effectively
Art of using negotiations, power Influencing others from a position of
3 Case studies
and influence authority
Stress Management and Time Effective management of time and
4 Case studies
Management strategies to handle stress
Videos,
5 Leading Virtual Teams Strategies for leading a virtual team
Case studies

Text books
1 Management - Hellriegel, Slocum and Jackson
2 Leadership Theories - Composite
3

Reference books
1 Leadership – Warren Bennis
2 Organizational Behaviour – Ashwathapa
3 Personnel management – ArunMonappa

Assessment
Internal 40% - Tests, Assignments
Semester end 60% - Exam
PROGRAM : MMS

Semester : II - Elective
Title of the Subject / course : Intellectual Capital and Patenting
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration in Hrs : 40

Learning Objectives

To ensure the fact that students of Business and Managerial Studies are aware of the
1 concept and respect of Intellect and Intellectually driven properties.
2 To know and study about the concept and types of Intellectual Property Rights.
To understand and appreciate the need to honour and not infringe upon the Intellectual
3 Property Right of others.
To inculcate in the minds of the young managers, entrepreneurs and professionals, the
4 processes and patterns that are emerging in the field of Intellectual Property.
To encourage the business fraternity to develop new products, ideas, constructs and
5 properties on a continual basis.
To study, understand and acknowledge the trends across the globe in areas of Patenting
and Intellectual Property Rights especially in the areas where India is a major player viz.
6 Information Technology, Media, Automobiles and Education.

Suited better for students who have studies Sciences or Law till
Prerequisites if any their Graduation level but it certainly isn’t a limiting factor.
1. Understanding Innovation
2. Management for Technology
Connections with 3. Business Intelligence
Subjects in the current or 4. Information Technology Governance and Compliance
Future courses 5. Business-to-Business

Module
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
Introduction to the concept
of Intellect, Intellectual Class Room
To appreciate the meaning of
1 Property, Right, Duties Discussions, Media
Intellectual Property
and Intellectual Property Presentations
Rights.
Understanding of
Philosophical and Legal Class Room Understanding of the philosophical,
Concept of Intellectual Discussions, Case ideological and Legal framework as
2, 3
Property, Its importance, Studies, Media used in the context of Intellectual
characteristics, features, Presentations. Property.
impact.
The relationship between Business
The Economics behind Class Room and Intellectual Property Right and
Intellectual Property and Discussions, Case to appreciate the fact that the outlay
4
Intellectual Property Studies, Media incurred on protection of
Rights. Presentations. Intellectual Property isn’t a Cost but
an Investment for the Business
5, 6, Types of Intellectual Class Room Understanding the actual scope and
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
7, 8 Property, namely, Trade Discussions, Case extent of Intellectual Property.
Marks, Geographical Studies, Media Their connection with Business and
Indications, Copyright, Presentations, real the need to protect them to ensure a
Industrial Design. Their life case laws, congenial Business environment.
respective definitions, judicial
characteristics, interpretations.
importance, scope, Seminars, talks by
registration, infringement legal experts should
and protection. Indian be encouraged at this
Laws related to IPR. stage to understand
the statutory
compulsions of
Intellectual Property
Rights.
Class Room
Discussions, Case
Studies, Media
Presentations, real
life case laws,
judicial
Patent : Definition,
interpretations.
Importance, Development,
Seminars, talks by
Type, Features and
legal experts should
Essentials. Process of
be encouraged at this
Registration, Understanding the actual scope and
stage to understand
infringements : types, extent of Intellectual Property.
9, the statutory
Protection. Their connection with Business and
10,11 compulsions of
Licensing process : the need to protect them to ensure a
Intellectual Property
Software Licensing, congenial Business environment.
Rights. Also, have
General Licensing,
representatives of
Compulsory Licensing.
Organisations, R &
Indian Laws related to
D experts who have
Patent.
developed worked
on Patents in
particular and
Intellectual Property
Rights sphere in
general.
International Protocols,
Class Room
Conventions, Trends and
Discussions, Case Appreciating and Understanding the
12 Scenario of Intellectual
Studies, Media Global view of IPR
Property Rights. TRIPS,
Presentations.
GATT etc.
IP Management, Concept
Class Room
of IP Management, Management and Intellectual
Discussions, Case
13 Intellectual Property and Property. Monetisation and
Studies, Media
Marketing, IP asset Evaluating IP.
Presentations.
valuation
Text books

1 Indian Patents Act, Indian Copyright Act, Indian Trademarks Act, Indian Designs Act.
2 TRIPS Agreement
3 Cornish : Intellectual Property.

Reference books
1 Nair and Kumar : Intellectual Property Rights.
2 Narayanan : Patent Law
3 Saxena : Trade Related Issues of Intellectual Property Rights and Indian Patents Act.

Assessment

Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
MMS Revised Guidelines under Credit Based Semester and Grading System:
(10 point grading system)

EXAMINATION / ASSESSMENT AND GRADING

Semester wise performance assessment of every registered learner is to be carried out through
various modes of examinations. These include Internal Assessment and End Semester
Examination. Internal Assessment includes class tests, home assignments based on live
problems, course projects either in a group or individually. The modes of evaluation and
distribution of weightage for each of the assessments is given in the syllabus manual of the
programme. Normally weightage of Internal Assessment and End Semester Examination is 40
and 60 percentage respectively.

Mode of Assessment/Evaluation
Mode of Evaluation for Theory Course:-
The various modes of assessment used for rating learners’ performance in a theory course
include
1. Internal Assessment and End Semester Examination. Relative weightage for Internal
Assessment is typically 40 percent and will be evaluated by the faculty as per his/her
Teaching Learning Plan submitted at the beginning of the academic year.
2. The end semester examination will be held at the end of the Semester planned by the Institute
and the relative weightage for this would be 60 percent. It is normally of 3 hours duration and
will cover the full syllabus of the course. The end semester examination is mandatory. The
grade for theory courses can be awarded only after successful completion of both
Internal Assessment and End Semester Examination of the respective course.

Mode of Evaluation of Projects

If the performance of a student is to be evaluated through Project work for any course since for a
subject like “Creativity & Innovation” the Internal Examination OR End Term Examination
(written) may not be suitable method of evaluation then the project evaluation to be done as per
the following guidelines keeping the ratio of Internal and End term Examination intact to 40 and
60 respectively.

1
The learner (individual / Group) to be given a Project – (Problem or a situation) for which he
needs to Prepare the solution. This Project is to be graded, at the end of the respective semester.
The projects are supervised or guided, and need regular interaction (atleast once a week) with the
mentor/guide. Project group has to submit a project report and defend it in front of a panel of
examiners. Panel of examiners for Project evaluation will be appointed by Head of
Department/Institute. The project report will not be accepted if students fail to complete the
project successfully and submit on or before the deadline given for the project submission.. The
grade for Project can be awarded only after successful completion of Term Work and Oral
Presentation / viva-voce as per the schedule.

For Example, if a faculty wants to evaluate the learners’ performance through a project for 100
marks. He can devise the marks allocation as 40 marks for “the conceptual understanding of the
Topic, Introduction and methodology he wishes to adopt and 60 marks for the actual data
collected, usage of methodology he thought of , preparation and presentation of the report with
conclusions and presentation to the panelists.
Another example is a subject, “Developing Teams and Effective Leadership”. These skills
should be learnt by doing rather than by learning theory and writing examination. Therefore, an
institute offering this subject may evolve a suitable method of evaluation and break it into
internal and end semester evaluation.

Grading of Performance
Letter Grade and Grade Point Allocation
The Revised Credit and Grading System will be effective from the academic year 2016-2017 for
the Faculty of Management of University of Mumbai. In every Course, based on the combined
performance in all assessments, in a particular Semester as per the curriculum/syllabus, the
student is awarded a letter grade. These letter grades not only indicate a qualitative assessment of
the learner’s performance but also carry a quantitative (numeric) equivalent called the Grade
Point. The letter grades and their equivalent grade point applicable for MMS program are given
below:
A learner who remains absent in any form of evaluation/examination, letter grade allocated to
him/her should be AB and corresponding grade point is zero. He/She should reappear for the
said evaluation/examination in due course.

2
 Range of percentage of Letter Grade Performance SGPA / CGPA
Marks Grade Point Range
80 and above O 10 Outstanding 9.51 – 10
75-79.99 A+ 9 Excellent 8.51 – 9.50
70-74.99 A 8 Very Good 7.51 – 8.50
65-69.99 B+ 7 Good 6.51 – 7.50
60-64.99 B 6 Fair 5.51 – 6.50
55-59.99 C 5 Average 4.51 – 5.50
50-54.99 P 4 Pass 4.0 – 4.50
Below 50 F 0 Fail <4
Absent AB 0 Fail

SGPA/ CGPA Calculation

Semester Grade Point Average (SGPA)
The performance of a learner in a semester is indicated by a number called Semester Grade Point
Average (SGPA). The SGPA is the weighted average of the grade points obtained in all the
courses by the learner during the Semester. For example, if a learner passes five courses
(Theory/Projects etc.) in a semester with credits C1, C2, C3, C4 and C5 and learners grade points
in these courses are G1, G2, G3, G4 and G5 respectively, then learners’ SGPA is equal to:

C1G1 + C2G2 + C3G3 + C4G4 + C5G5

SGPA =
C1 + C2 + C3 + C4 + C5

The SGPA is calculated to two decimal places. The SGPA for any semester will take into
consideration the “F or AB” grade awarded in that semester. For example if a learner has failed
in course 4, the SGPA will then be computed as:

C1G1 + C2G2 + C3G3 + C4*ZERO + C5G5

SGPA =
C1 + C2 + C3 + C4 + C5

Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA)

An up to date assessment of the overall performance of a learner from the time s/he entered the
University of Mumbai is obtained by calculating a number called the Cumulative Grade Point
Average (CGPA), in a manner similar to the calculation of SGPA. The CGPA therefore

3
considers all the courses mentioned in the curriculum/syllabus manual, towards the minimum
requirement of the degree learner have enrolled for. The CGPA is calculated at the end of every
semester to two decimal places and is indicated in semester grade report cards.The CGPA will
reflect the failed status in case of F grade(s), till the course(s) is/are passed. When the
course(s) is/are passed by obtaining a pass grade on subsequent examination(s) the CGPA will
only reflect the new grade and not the fail grades earned earlier.

Example: Up to semester r a learner has registered for n courses, among which s/he has “F”
grade in ith course. The semester grade report at the end of semester r therefore will contain a
CGPA calculated as:

C1G1 + C2G2 + C3G3 + ….Ci*ZERO +…+ CnGn

CGPA =
C1 + C2 + C3…. + Ci + …+ Cn

Even if a learner has failed in a course more than once, the course will figure only once in the
numerator as well as the denominator. At the end of semester r+1 s/he has appeared for
examination for k number of courses including the ith backlog course and has cleared all the
courses including the backlog course, the CGPI at the end of this semester is calculated as,

C1G1 + C2G2 + C3G3 + ….Ci*Gi +…+ CnGn

CGPA =
C1 + C2 + C3…. + Ci + … + Cn

There will also be a final CGPA calculated which considers all the credits earned by the
learner specified for a particular programme.

Illustration of Computation of SGPA and CGPA

Computation of SGPA and CGPA
i. The SGPA is the ratio of sum of the product of the number of credits with the grade
points scored by a student in all the courses taken by a student and the sum of the
number of credits of all the courses undergone by a student, i.e
SGPA (Si) = Σ(Ci x Gi) / ΣCi
where Ci is the number of credits of the ith course and
Gi is the grade point scored by the student in the ith course.

4
ii. The CGPA is also calculated in the same manner taking into account all the courses
undergone by a student over all the semesters of a programme, i.e.

CGPA = Σ(Ci x Si) / Σ Ci

where Si is the SGPA of the ith semester and

Ci is the total number of credits in that semester.

iii. The SGPA and CGPA shall be rounded off to 2 decimal points and reported in the transcripts.
A Successful learner who has passed in all the courses of each Semesters i.e Semester I,
Semester II, Semester III and Semester IV shall be awarded grades as shown in the table
given below:

Grade Table: - Grade Allocation under 10 point grading scale in CBSGS.

Range of percentage of Letter Grade Performance SGPA / CGPA

Marks Grade Point Range
80 and above O 10 Outstanding 9.51 – 10
75-79.99 A+ 9 Excellent 8.51 – 9.50
70-74.99 A 8 Very Good 7.51 – 8.50
65-69.99 B+ 7 Good 6.51 – 7.50
60-64.99 B 6 Fair 5.51 – 6.50
55-59.99 C 5 Average 4.51 – 5.50
50-54.99 P 4 Pass 4.0 – 4.50
Below 50 F 0 Fail <4
Absent AB 0 Fail

5
 Example to illustrate the computation of SGPA and CGPA
Semester I

Grade Credits
Subject Marks Grade Ci*Gi SGPA
Point (Gi) ( Ci )
Sub-1 95 O 10 4 40
Sub-2 59 C 5 4 20
SGPA = 108/16
Sub-3 59 C 5 4 20
= 6.75
Sub-4 68 B+ 7 4 28
Credits Earned 16 108
Remarks: Grade: B+ Range 65-69.99

Semester II
Grade Credits
Subject Marks Grade Ci*Gi SGPA
Point (Gi) ( Ci )
Sub-1 60 B 6 4 24
Sub-2 65 B+ 7 4 28
SGPA= 120/16
Sub-3 66 B+ 7 4 28
= 7.50
Sub-4 80 O 10 4 40
Credits Earned 16 120
Remarks: Successful Grade: B+ Range65-69.99

Semester III

Grade Credits
Subject Marks Grade Ci*Gi SGPA
Point (Gi) ( Ci )
Sub-1 62 B 6 4 24
Sub-2 68 B+ 7 4 28
SGPA = 128/16
Sub-3 85 O 10 4 40
= 8.00
Sub-4 78 A+ 9 4 36
Credits Earned 16 128
Remarks: Successful Grade: A range 70-74.99

6
Semester IV
Grade
Credits
Subject Marks Grade Point Ci*Gi SGPA
( Ci )
(Gi)
Sub-1 89 O 10 4 40
Sub-2 63 B 6 4 24 SGPA = 96/12
Sub-3 72 A 8 4 32 = 8.00
Credits Earned 12 96
Remarks: Successful Grade: A range 70-74.99

Calculation of CGPA
SGPA Credits
Semester Si*Ci CGPA
(Si) ( Ci )
I 6.75 16 108
II 7.5 16 120 CGPA=
Grade: A
III 8 16 128 452/60
IV 8 12 96 = 7.53
Total Credits Earned 60 452 range70-74.99

Heads of Passing
Internal Assessment (IA) and End Semester Examination (ESE) should be two separate heads for
passing. E.g. 40 marks (IA), 60 marks (ESE). Passing standard will be 50% in each individually,
i.e 20 marks in (IA) and 30 marks in ESE.

3.6 Promotion of Learner and Award of Grades

A learner will be declared PASS and be eligible for Grade in M.M.S. course (Post Graduate
Programme) if a learner secures at least 50% marks separately in each head of passing as
mentioned above.

Report Card will contain only Grades and no numerical marks.

7
At the end of each Semester the Grade card which states the performance of the learner in that
Semester, is prepared and issued to the leaner. The Grade Card will contain the courses
undertaken by the learner, credits of each course, Grade obtained by the learner and SGPA /
CGPA in the format given by the University.

Carry Forward of Marks

In case of a learner who does not fulfill criteria mentioned in section 3.4 and fails in the Internal

Assessment and/or End Semester Examination in one or more courses:

• A learner who PASSES in the Internal Assessment but FAILS in the End Semester
Examination of the course shall reappear for the End Semester Examination of that course.
However his/her marks of the Internal Assessment shall be carried over and he/she shall be
entitled for grade obtained by him/her on passing.
• A learner who PASSES in the End Semester Examination but FAILS in the Internal
Assessment of the course shall reappear for the Internal Assessment of that course.
However his/her marks of the End Semester Examination shall be carried over and he/she
shall be entitled for grade obtained by him/her on passing.

Re-examination of Internal Assessment and End Semester Examination

Re-examination for Internal Assessment and End Semester Examination should be

completed, as per the schedule planned by the respective institutes, before the commencement of
next semester theory examination.
Example: A learner who is supposed to reappear for Internal Assessment or End Semester
Examination in semester-I course will appear for the re-examination before commencement of
End Semester Examination of semester -II. However, if a learner has to appear for the re-
examination for a subject in semester II then the examination should be conducted and the result
should declared by the institute before the examination forms for the semester III are sent to the
University.

8
Re-examination of Internal Assessment will be based on single examination having same marks
as of original assessment. A learner who supposed to reappear for Internal Assessment will be
given some work by the concerned teacher. The work assigned can be of the form of a course
project/ assignment problems/ test/ tutorials etc. A learner will do the submission of the assigned
work in the predefined period. Records should be maintained properly for all the re-examinations
as well as Internal Assessments.

Rules for Standard of Passing and Allowed to Keep Terms (ATKT)

1. Under the newly introduced credit based grading system of MMS programme, a learner in
order to pass has to obtain minimum 50% marks in aggregate consisting of minimum 50%
marks in each set of the examinations separately i.e. internal examination and external
examination, as per the standard of passing.
2. Learner(s), who do not obtain minimum 50% marks in subject(s)/paper(s)/course(s) either in
the internal assessment or in the external examination or both, shall be declared as “Fail” as
per the standard of passing of examination.
3. A learner failing in not more than two subjects/papers/courses in the Semester I exam shall
be allowed to keep terms in Semester II of the MMS programme.
4. A learner who has failed in more than two subjects/papers/courses in the Semester I exam,
shall not be permitted to proceed to Semester II of his/her first year MMS programme. He/
She will, however, be eligible to re – appear for the subjects in which he /she has failed in the
first semester by re – registering himself/herself in the supplementary examination to be
conducted by the institute.
5. A learner who has passed in both the semester examinations conducted by the institute i.e.:
Semester I and Semester II examinations shall be eligible for admission into Semester III of
the MMS programme.
6. A learner failing in not more than two subjects/papers/courses in the Semester III
examination shall be allowed to keep terms in Semester IV of the MMS programme.
7. A learner, who has failed in more than two subjects/papers/courses in Semester III, shall not
be permitted to proceed to Semester IV of his/her second year MMS programme. He/She
will, however, be eligible to re – appear in the subjects in which he /she has failed in the third
semester by re – registering himself/herself in the supplementary examination to be
conducted by the institute/university or both.

9
8. A learner who has passed in all of the semester examinations of MMS i.e Semester I,
Semester II, Semester III, Semester IV examinations shall not be allowed to re – register
himself/herself for improvement of his/her semester examination results.
9. A learner who has not appeared in the internal examinations conducted by the institute for
due to hospitalization shall as a special case be permitted to appear in those
subject(s)/course(s)/paper(s) in the supplementary examination conducted by the institute
after he/she furnishes a valid medical certificate certified by the rank of a civil surgeon or
superintendent of Government hospital to the satisfaction of the Principal/Director of the
institute.

SEMESTER EXAMINATIONS
The MMS degree programme under the new credit based grading system shall be of two years
duration consisting of Four (04) Semesters. The semester examinations for the Master of
Management Studies will be held at the end of every semester i.e at the end of Semester I, Semester
II, Semester III and Semester IV. The Semester I examination will be held in the Second half of the
academic year in which the learner was admitted (i.e November/December), Semester II examination
will be held in the first half of the calendar year (April/May), The Semester III examination will be
held in the Second half of the academic year (i.e November/December), Semester IV examination
will be held in the first half of the calendar year (April/May) respectively.

10
 UNIVERSITY OF MUMBAI

Restructured & Revised Syllabus under

Credit based Semester and Grading System
for

Master of Management Studies (MMS)

Semester III & IV

2 Years full-time
Masters Degree Course in Management

(Effective from the academic year 2016 – 2017)

 Proposed Revision for MMS Syllabus wef AY 2016-17 (Batch 2016-18)
Semester III
Sr.
Common subjects
No.
1 International Business
2 Strategic Management (UA)

FINANCE SPECIALIZATION

Sr. Sr.
Core Electives (Any 1)
No. No.
1 Financial Markets and Institutions 1 Banking and Financial Services Institutions
Corporate Valuation and Mergers
2 2 Investment Banking
& Acquisitions
Security Analysis and Portfolio
3 3 Wealth Management
Management
4 Financial Regulations 4 Infra and Project Finance
5 Derivatives and Risk Management 5 Strategic Cost Management

Summer Internship 6 Commodities Markets

7 Mutual Fund
8 Financial Modeling
9 International Finance

SYSTEMS SPECIALIZATION

Sr. Sr.
Core Electives (Any 1)
No. No.
Database Management System &
1 1 Cloud Computing & Virtualization
Data Warehousing
2 Enterprise Management System 2 Information System Security and Audit
3 Big Data and Business Analytics 3 Data Mining and Business Intelligence
4 Knowledge Management 4 IT Consulting
5 Software Engineering 5 Digital Business
Summer Internship 6 Software Project management
7 Governance of Enterprise IT & Compliance
8 Cyber Laws & Managing Enterprise IT Risk
 Proposed Revision for MMS Syllabus wef AY 2016-17 (Batch 2016-18)
Semester III
Sr.
Common subjects
No.
1 International Business
2 Strategic Management (UA)

HRM SPECIALIZATION

Sr. Sr.
Core Electives (Any 1)
No. No.
1 Training & Development 1 Personal Growth Laboratory
2 Compensation and Benefits 2 Global HRM
Competency Based HRM and Employee Branding and Employer Value
3 3
Performance Management Proposition
Labour Laws and Implications on
4 4 HR Analytics
Industrial Relations
HR Planning and Application of
5 5 O.S.T.D.
Technology in HR
Summer Internship 6 HR Audit
Employee Relations , Labour Laws and
7
Alternate Dispute Resolution

OPERATIONS SPECIALIZATION

Sr. Sr.
Core Electives (Any 1)
No. No.
1 Supply Chain Management 1 World Class Manufacturing
Business Process Re-engineering And
2 Operations Analytics 2
Benchmarking
Technology Management & Manufacturing
3 Service Operations Management 3
Strategy
Manufacturing Resource Planning
4 4 Strategic Operations Management
& Control
Industrial Engineering Applications &
5 Materials Management 5
Management
Summer Internship 6 TQM
7 International Logistics
8 Quantitative Models in Operations
9 Productivity Management
 Proposed Revision for MMS Syllabus wef AY 2016-17 (Batch 2016-18)
Semester III
Sr.
Common subjects
No.
1 International Business
2 Strategic Management (UA)

MARKETING SPECIALIZATION

Sr. Sr.
Core Electives (Any 1)
No. No.
1 Sales Management 1 Retail Management
2 Marketing Strategy 2 Rural Marketing
3 Consumer Behaviour 3 Marketing Analytics
4 Services Marketing 4 Digital Marketing
5 Product & Brand Management 5 Customer Relationship Management
Summer Internship 6 Marketing Research & Analysis
7 Event Management
8 Health Care Marketing
9 Distribution & SCM
10 Tourism Marketing
11 Marketing of Banking & Financial Services
 UNIVERSITY OF MUMBAI, MUMBAI
Masters in Management Studies - SEMESTER III (CBGS)
With effect from Academic year 2016-17

FINANCE

CORE
Teaching Hours Assessment Pattern
No. of Duration
No. of
Sr. Sessions Semester of
Subject Sessions Continuous Total No of
No. of 90 End Theory
of 90 Assessment Marks Credits
minutes Examination Paper (In
minutes
per week hours)
1 International Business 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
2 Strategic Management (UA) 27 2 40 IA 60 UA 100 3 4
Financial Markets and
3 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
Institutions
Corporate Valuation and
4 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
Mergers & Acquisitions
Security Analysis and Portfolio
5 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
Management
6 Financial Regulations 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
Derivatives and Risk
7 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
Management
8 Summer Internship - - - - 100 - 4
 UNIVERSITY OF MUMBAI, MUMBAI
Masters in Management Studies - SEMESTER III (CBGS)
With effect from Academic year 2016-17

FINANCE

1 ELECTIVES OUT OF 9
Teaching Hours Assessment Pattern
No. of Duration
No. of
Sr. Sessions Semester of
Subject Sessions Continuous Total No of
No. of 90 End Theory
of 90 Assessment Marks Credits
minutes Examination Paper (In
minutes
per week hours)
Banking and Financial Services
1 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
Institutions
2 Investment Banking 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
3 Wealth Management 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
4 Infra and Project Finance 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
5 Strategic Cost Management 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
6 Commodities Markets 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
7 Mutual Fund 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
8 Financial Modeling 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
9 International Finance 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
Total No of Credits 36

UA: University Assessment IA: Internal Assessment

 UNIVERSITY OF MUMBAI, MUMBAI
Masters in Management Studies - SEMESTER III (CBGS)
With effect from Academic year 2016-17

SYSTEMS

CORE
Teaching Hours Assessment Pattern
No. of Duration
No. of
Sr. Sessions Semester of
Subject Sessions Continuous Total No of
No. of 90 End Theory
of 90 Assessment Marks Credits
minutes Examination Paper (In
minutes
per week hours)
1 International Business 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
2 Strategic Management (UA) 27 2 40 IA 60 UA 100 3 4
Database Management System
3 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
& Data Warehousing
4 Enterprise Management System 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
5 Big Data and Business Analytics 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
6 Knowledge Management 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
7 Software Engineering 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
8 Summer Internship - - - - 100 - 4
 UNIVERSITY OF MUMBAI, MUMBAI
Masters in Management Studies - SEMESTER III (CBGS)
With effect from Academic year 2016-17

SYSTEMS

1 ELECTIVES OUT OF 8
Teaching Hours Assessment Pattern
No. of Duration
No. of
Sr. Sessions Semester of
Subject Sessions Continuous Total No of
No. of 90 End Theory
of 90 Assessment Marks Credits
minutes Examination Paper (In
minutes
per week hours)
Cloud Computing &
1 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
Virtualization
Information System Security
2 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
and Audit
Data Mining and Business
3 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
Intelligence
4 IT Consulting 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
5 Digital Business 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
6 Software Project management 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
Governance of Enterprise IT &
7 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
Compliance
Cyber Laws & Managing
8 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
Enterprise IT Risk
Total No of Credits 36

UA: University Assessment IA: Internal Assessment

 UNIVERSITY OF MUMBAI, MUMBAI
Masters in Management Studies - SEMESTER III (CBGS)
With effect from Academic year 2016-17

HRM

CORE
Teaching Hours Assessment Pattern
No. of Duration
No. of
Sr. Sessions Semester of
Subject Sessions Continuous Total No of
No. of 90 End Theory
of 90 Assessment Marks Credits
minutes Examination Paper (In
minutes
per week hours)
1 International Business 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
2 Strategic Management (UA) 27 2 40 IA 60 UA 100 3 4
3 Training & Development 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
4 Compensation and Benefits 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
Competency Based HRM and
5 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
Performance Management
Labour Laws and Implications
6 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
on Industrial Relations
HR Planning and Application of
7 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
Technology in HR
8 Summer Internship - - - - 100 - 4
 UNIVERSITY OF MUMBAI, MUMBAI
Masters in Management Studies - SEMESTER III (CBGS)
With effect from Academic year 2016-17

HRM

1 ELECTIVES OUT OF 7
Teaching Hours Assessment Pattern
No. of Duration
No. of
Sr. Sessions Semester of
Subject Sessions Continuous Total No of
No. of 90 End Theory
of 90 Assessment Marks Credits
minutes Examination Paper (In
minutes
per week hours)
1 Personal Growth Laboratory 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
2 Global HRM 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
Employee Branding and
3 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
Employer Value Proposition
4 HR Analytics 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
5 O.S.T.D. 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
6 HR Audit 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
Employee Relations , Labour
7 Laws and Alternate Dispute 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
Resolution
Total No of Credits 36

UA: University Assessment IA: Internal Assessment

 UNIVERSITY OF MUMBAI, MUMBAI
Masters in Management Studies - SEMESTER III (CBGS)
With effect from Academic year 2016-17

OPERATIONS

CORE
Teaching Hours Assessment Pattern
No. of Duration
No. of
Sr. Sessions Semester of
Subject Sessions Continuous Total No of
No. of 90 End Theory
of 90 Assessment Marks Credits
minutes Examination Paper (In
minutes
per week hours)
1 International Business 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
2 Strategic Management (UA) 27 2 40 IA 60 UA 100 3 4
3 Supply Chain Management 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
4 Operations Analytics 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
5 Service Operations Management 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
Manufacturing Resource Planning
6 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
& Control
7 Materials Management 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
8 Summer Internship - - - - 100 - 4
 UNIVERSITY OF MUMBAI, MUMBAI
Masters in Management Studies - SEMESTER III (CBGS)
With effect from Academic year 2016-17

OPERATIONS

1 ELECTIVES OUT OF 9
Teaching Hours Assessment Pattern
No. of Duration
No. of
Sr. Sessions Semester of
Subject Sessions Continuous Total No of
No. of 90 End Theory
of 90 Assessment Marks Credits
minutes Examination Paper (In
minutes
per week hours)
1 World Class Manufacturing 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
Business Process Re-Engineering
2 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
And Benchmarking
Technology Management &
3 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
Manufacturing Strategy
4 Strategic Operations Management 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
Industrial Engineering
5 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
Applications & Management
6 TQM 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
7 International Logistics 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
8 Quantitative Models in Operations 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
9 Productivity Management 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
Total No of Credits 36

UA: University Assessment IA: Internal Assessment

 UNIVERSITY OF MUMBAI, MUMBAI
Masters in Management Studies - SEMESTER III (CBGS)
With effect from Academic year 2016-17

MRKETING

CORE
Teaching Hours Assessment Pattern
No. of
Sessio Continu Semeste Duration
Sr. No. of Sessions
Subject ns of ous r End Total of Theory No of
No. of 90 minutes
90 Assess Examina Marks Paper (In Credits
per week
minut ment tion hours)
es
1 International Business 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
2 Strategic Management (UA) 27 2 40 IA 60 UA 100 3 4
3 Sales Management 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
4 Marketing Strategy 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
5 Consumer Behaviour 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
6 Services Marketing 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
7 Product & Brand Management 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
8 Summer Internship - - - - 100 - 4
 UNIVERSITY OF MUMBAI, MUMBAI
Masters in Management Studies - SEMESTER III (CBGS)
With effect from Academic year 2016-17

MRKETING

1 ELECTIVES OUT OF 11
Subject Teaching Hours Assessment Pattern
No. of Continu Semeste Duration
Sr. No. of
Sessions of ous r End Total of Theory No of
No. Sessions of
90 minutes Assess Examina Marks Paper (In Credits
90 minutes
per week ment tion hours)
1 Retail Management 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
2 Rural Marketing 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
3 Marketing Analytics 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
4 Digital Marketing 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
5 Customer Relationship Management 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
6 Marketing Research & Analysis 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
7 Event Management 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
8 Health Care Marketing 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
9 Distribution & SCM 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
10 Tourism Marketing 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
Marketing of Banking & Financial
11 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
Services
Total No of Credits 36

UA: University Assessment IA: Internal Assessment

Programme - Masters in Management Studies
Semester - III
COMMON SUBJECT
Semester : III-Core
Title of the Subject / course : International Business
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objectives
1. To develop a deep understanding of International Management
2. To develop the analytical ability of the student to attain an insight into International
Management contexts

Prerequisites if any Business Management

Connection with subjects in the International Marketing
current or future courses Strategic Management

Module
Sr. Content Activity Learning Outcome
No.
1. Introduction Lecture Understanding the scope of
 Objective international business
 Scope
 Perlmutter’s EPRG Model
2. Country Analysis http://atlas.cid.h Evaluating country attractiveness,
 PESTEL analysis arvard.edu impact on business models
 The Atlas of Economic Activity on
Complexity PESTEL of
 Porters Diamond emerging
 Country Risk analysis markets
Lecture
3. Cross Cultural Management Case/ lecture Understanding cultural
 Hofstede’s Cultural differences and impact on
Dimension business operations
 CAGE Framework Pankaj
Ghemawat
 Culture and Leader
Effectiveness: The
GLOBE Study
4. Mode of Entry Case / lecture Optimal way to enter a market
 Market/Country Entry
Strategic Alliances/- JV /
M&A
Sr. Content Activity Learning Outcome
No.
5. Investment Decisions Case / lecture International finance decisions
 Drivers of FDI – Special and impact on operations
emphasis on emerging
markets
 Offshore Banking
 Forex Management –
ADR-GDR’s- EU bonds
6. WTO Regional Trade Case / lecture Basics of WTO from the
Agreements perspective of a business manager
 Building Blocks of WTO
 Major agreements of WTO
7 Managing of Multinationals Cases / Multinational and subsidiary
 Organization Structure Lectures/Assign development and management.
-Matrix ment Impact of I-R model on
-Geographic subsidiary management.
-Product
 International HRM
-Expatriate Management
-Staffing of Subsidiaries
 Integration Response
Models
-Types of subsidiaries
-Control of subsidiaries
 Global manufacturing and
supply chain
- Optimizing of Supply
chain
- Offshoring V/S
Outsourcing

Text Books
1) International Business - Mike W. Peng; Klaus E. Meyer - Cengage Learning
2) International Business Environment, The: Text and Cases- J Stewart Black ; Anant K
Sundaram – Prentice Hall India
3) International Business –Charles W L Hill - McGraw Hill

Reference Books
1. International Management - Arvind V Pathak - TMH
2. The Cultural Dimension of International Business – Gary P Ferraro – Pearson
3. Multinational Management – John B. Cullen _ Thomson
4. International Business: Challenges and Choices - Alan Sitkin, Nick Bowen – Oxford
Press

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester-end 60%
Semester : III-Core
Title of the Subject / course : Strategic Management
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objective
1 To appreciate the role of Strategic thinking in changing business environment
2 To understand the process of Strategy Formulation, Implementation & Evaluation
3 Focus on application & decision making

Prerequisites if any
Students to refresh themselves on critical The subject provides knowledge about
concepts and models in the areas of wrt HR, corporate level strategies with cross
Marketing, Finance, Operations functional perspective. Hence basic
orientation of all relevant business disciplines
is appreciated

Module
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No
1 Introduction to Strategic Management Lecture and Familiarization with
and schools of Strategic formulation Case terminologies and processes of
and implementation & evaluation discussion Strategic Management
2 Globalization, addressing a VUCA Lecture and Understanding of Strategic
environment with a bottoms – up Case Management so as to enable
approach (Volatile, Uncertain, discussion the students shoulder
Complex and Ambiguous time) responsibilities in the ever
changing global arena
3 PESTEL & SWOT as tools for Lecture and Environmental scanning and
strategic formulation Case appreciation of external
discussion business environment for
effective strategy formulation
4 BCG matrix / GE matrix, 7S Lecture and SBU portfolio management
McKinsey models as tools for Case and strategic coherence
strategic formulation discussion
5 Ansoff matrix, Grand strategy as tools Lecture and Acquaintance with tools of
for strategic formulation Case strategic fit
discussion
6 Porter’s Generic strategies and Value Lecture and Understanding industry
chain Case analysis and sustainable
discussion competitive advantage
7 Internal Competences & Resources Lecture and Leveraging Sustainable unique
Core, Distinctive, Strategic & Case advantage with path
Threshold Competence, Competence discussion dependence
vs Capability, Resource Analysis ,
Value Chain Analysis, Strategic
Outsourcing
Core competence and synergy,
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No
Distinctive competencies, VRIO
analysis
8 Red – Blue - Purple Ocean strategy Lecture and Identifying strategic gaps in
Case the market and filling them
discussion with unique advantage
9 Competing in Global Markets: Lecture and Understanding organizational
Differences in Cultural, Demographic Case growth options, strategizing
and Markets, Multi Country and discussion and implementing them
Global competition concepts, Strategy
options
Competing in Emerging Markets

10 Mergers and Acquisitions, Strategic Lecture and Understanding non- financial

alliance & Joint Ventures, Vertical Case perspective and strategic
Integration, Offensive , Defensive discussion parameters in the globalized
Strategies, world
11 Strategy Evaluation and Control Lecture and Understanding of evaluation
Types of Control, Evaluation & Case and control processes to ensure
Control Criteria Pre & Post discussion effective implementation
Implementation
12 Change management and Turn – Lecture and Multi directional, innovative
around strategies Case ways of business growth,
discussion aligning organizational forces
to achieve desired objectives
13 Case studies & presentation

Texts Books
1. Pierce & Robinson, “Strategic Management: Formulation, Implementation & Control”,
9th Ed, Tata McGraw – Hill, N. Delhi
2. David Fred R, “Strategic Management: Concepts & Cases”, 10th Ed, Pearson – Prentice
Hall, N. Delhi
3. Thomson, Strickland, Gamble & Jain, “Crafting & Executing Strategy”, 14th Ed,
Tata McGraw – Hill, N.Delhi
4. Hit, Ireland, Hoskisson & Manikutty, “Strategic Management: A South – Asian
Perspective”, 9th Ed, Cengage Learning, Delhi

Reference Books:
1. Pierce & Robinson, “Strategic Management: Formulation, Implementation & Control”,
9th Ed, Tata McGraw – Hill, N. Delhi
2. David Fred R, “Strategic Management: Concepts & Cases”, 10th Ed, Pearson – Prentice
Hall, N. Delhi
3. Cherunilam Francis, “Strategic Management: A Book on Business Policy & Corporate
Planning”, Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai, 2008
4. Johnson & Scholes, “Explaining Corporate Strategy”, 6th Ed, Pearson Education, Delhi
5. Kachru Upendra, “Strategic Management: Concepts and Cases”, Excel Books, N. Delhi
6. Barney Jay, “Gaining & Sustaining Competitive Advantage”, 2nd Ed, Prentice – Hall, N.
Delhi
7. Patil Ashish, “Mergers & Acquisitions” SAAA Capital Pte. Ltd, Singapore
8. Renee Mauborgue, W. Chan Kim, Blue Ocean Strategy, Harvard Business Review, 2005
9. Gary Hamel, C.K. Prahalad, Competing for the Future, Harvard Business Review, 1994
10. Thomson, Strickland, Gamble & Jain, “Crafting & Executing Strategy”, 14th Ed,
Tata McGraw – Hill, N.Delhi
11. Nag A, “Strategic Management – Analysis, Implementation & Control”, - Vikas
Publishing House, 2011
12. Mintzberg Henry, “Strategic Safari”, 2009, Prentice - Hall Inc, New York.
13. Grant Robert, “Contemporary Strategic Management”, 6th Ed, Wiley India
14. Hit, Ireland, Hoskisson & Manikutty, “Strategic Management: A South – Asian
Perspective”, 9th Ed, Cengage Learning, Delhi
15. Wheelen & Hunger, “Strategic Management and Business Policy”, 8th Ed, Prentice Hall,
N.J.
16. Kazmi & Kazmi, “Strategic Management and Business Policy”, 4th Ed, Tata McGraw –
Hill, N. Delhi
17. Rajiv Gupte & Shailesh Kale, “Strategic Management in the age of Globalization”, 1st
Ed, Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai, 2007 (proposed)

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester-end 60%
Programme - Masters in Management Studies
Semester - III
FINANCE (CORE)

Semester : III-Core
Title of the Subject / course : Financial Markets and Institutions
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objectives

1 To understand different components of the Indian Financial system and their functions.
2 To comprehend various products issued through different financial institutions in the
primary and secondary markets.
3 To understand the fixed income market, the different instruments and concepts related
to it.

Prerequisites if any Financial Management.

Connections with International Business, International finance, Derivatives and Risk
Subjects in the Management and Commodities.
current or Future
courses

S. Content Activity Learning Outcomes

No
1 Indian financial system (IFS) Lecture Understanding Indian financial
Historical evolution of IFS. Different and system and its components
components of the financial system and classroom
their functions discussion
Financial markets - primary and
secondary markets; OTC and exchange
markets; and equity and debt markets.
2 The Role of the Central Bank – RBI Lecture Understanding the role of RBI
RBI’s monetary policy in its proper and in the IFS
perspective in the overall IFS. classroom
discussion
3 Stock Exchanges of the Country and Lecture Comprehension of SE
Primary Markets. and functioning and various
Evolution of stock exchange and their classroom products issued by different
role in shaping the financial scenario of a discussion financial institutions in
country. primary market of India
4 Secondary Markets Lecture Ability to understand different
Products involved in domestic and and financial products issued in
foreign markets, institutions involved, classroom domestic and foreign markets
stock and other exchanges, clearing discussion and the working of clearing
house mechanisms and clearing houses, broking houses, stock
corporation, broking houses and exchanges
portfolio management services.
S. Content Activity Learning Outcomes
No
5 Emerging Markets and Products Lectures Understand new markets,
Alternate finance products and players, and products and players
such as crowd funding, product to classroom
product finance, interest-free financial discussion
products, thematic indexes. s
6 Derivatives Lecture Ability to outline the basics of
Products-Forwards, futures, options and and derivative products available in
swaps, Exotic options. exercises financial markets
Financial market activities – speculation,
hedging and arbitrage.
7 Intermediaries Lecture Ability to comprehend the
Mutual funds, insurance firms and hedge and working of intermediaries
funds, commercial banks and investment classroom
banks. discussion
8 Fixed income securities Lecture Ability to understand different
Bond characteristics, bond types, coupon and concepts of fixed income
types, computation of different yields exercises securities
and bond price, relationship between
yield and price, floaters and inverse
floaters.
9 Fixed income securities Lecture Ability to understand and
Spot rates and forward rates, zero and compute different measures of
coupon yield curve, theories of term exercises risk of fixed income securities
structure of interest rates.
Fixed income risk measures: duration,
modified duration, convexity and price
value of basis point.
10 Foreign Exchange Markets Lecture General understanding of
and currency markets and its role
classroom in the financial system
discussion
Text Books
1 Bharati V. Pathak, The Indian Financial System-Markets, Institutions and Services.
2 Mishkin and Eakins, Financial Markets and Institutions.
3 L M Bhole and Jitendra Mahakud, Financial Markets & Institutions.
Reference Book
1 Fabozzi, The Handbook of Fixed Income Securities.
2 Anthony Saunders, Financial Markets and Institutions.
3 Meir Kohn, Financial Institutions & Markets.

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester-end 60%
Semester : III-Core
Title of the Subject / course : Corporate Valuation and Mergers &
Acquisitions
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objective

1 To understand the process and set of procedures to be used to estimate the value of a
company.
2 To learn to make strategic decisions in M&A to enhance a company’s growth.

Prerequisites if any Financial management, Financial markets and institutions .

Connections with Subjects SAPM, Investment banking and Venture capital and private
in the current or Future equity.
courses

Sr. Content Activity Learning

No. outcomes

1 Over view of valuation Lecture and Understanding the basic

Approaches to valuation, valuation classroom concepts of valuation and the
process, uses of valuation, information discussion interplay of factors affecting
needed for valuation, Judicial and valuation
regulatory overview.
2 Financial statements, leverage and Lecture and Understand the role of leverage,
working capital from valuation exercises working capital and ratios in
perspective. valuation
3 Calculation of valuation inputs Lecture and Ability to calculate the elements
Risk measurement, looking for exercises of risk, return and cash flows
relationships in data, cost of capital,
FCFF and FCFE, growth rates.
4 Discounted approaches to valuation Lecture and Overview of valuation using
1. Discounted Cash Flow Valuation problem discounted cash flow methods
a. Basics solving and ability to calculate the same
b. Estimating Inputs
c. Discount Rates
d. Growth flows
e. Growth Patterns
2. Dividend discount model
a. Constant growth model
b. Zero growth model
c. Two stage model
d. H model
e. Three stage model
Sr. Content Activity Learning
No. outcomes
5 Other Non-DCF valuation models Lecture and Understanding of different
1. Relative valuation model problem alternative methods used in
a. PE solving valuation
b. PEG
c. Relative PE ratio
d. Enterprise value multiples
e. Choosing the right multiples
2. Book value approach
3. Stock and debt approach

Special cases of valuation

1. Intangibles –Brand, Human valuation
etc
2. Real estate
3. Start up firm
4. Firms with negative earnings
5. Financial service companies
6. Distressed firms
7. Valuation of cash and cross holdings
8. Warrant and convertibles
9. Cyclical & non-cyclical companies
10. Holding companies
11. E-commerce firm
6 Option pricing applications in valuation Lecture and Understanding valuation of real
problem options with help of binomial
solving model and Black and Scholes
model
7 Writing a valuation report Lecture Understanding the guidelines to
be followed in valuation reports
8 Introduction to Mergers & Acquisitions Classroom Understanding the various
Types of restructuring, regulatory discussion forms of business restructuring,
considerations, takeover code, M&A the regulatory aspects and the
process. M& A process
9 M &A valuation and modeling Problem Ability to calculate the value of
Inputs to valuation model, Inputs from solving a company
due diligence and calculation of the value
of the company.
10 Deal structuring and financial Classroom Understand the different
strategies discussion methods of financing, payment
Negotiations, payment and legal and tax considerations and other
considerations, tax and accounting factors important for deal
considerations, financing of the deal. structuring
11 Alternative business restructuring Classroom Understanding the alternative
strategies discussion. business restructuring methods
Joint ventures, strategic alliances, for creation of shareholders
demergers or spin offs, split off, wealth
divestiture, equity carve out.
 Text Books

1 Prasanna Chandra , Corporate Valuation

2 Donald M.Depamphilis , Mergers, Acquisitions and other restructuring activities.
3 Damodaran, Valuation
4 Ashish Patil , Mergers & Acquisitions – The art of science

Reference Books

1 Damodaran , Investment Valuation

Palepu, Healy and Bernard, Business Analysis and Valuation Using Financial
2 Statements.
3 Sudi Sudarsanam , Creating Value from Mergers & Acquisitions.

Assessment

Internal 40%
Semester-end 60%
Semester : III-Core
Title of the Subject / course : Security Analysis and Portfolio Management
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objective

1 To understand the factors affecting the prices of different assets and to create an
optimum portfolio based on given risk conditions.
2 To understand the need for continuous evaluation and review of the portfolio with
different techniques.
3 To learn technical analysis to predict price movements based on indicators and
forecasting techniques.

This subject requires basic knowledge of Financial

Prerequisites if any
management, financial markets and institutions.
Connections with
Subjects in the current or Investment banking, Corporate valuation.
Future courses

Sr. Learning
Content Activity
No. outcomes

Lecture and
Understanding the basics of
1 Introduction to securities classroom
securities
discussion
Securities - Risk and return analysis
Types of securities, probability v/s
Lecture and Understand the risk return
2 absolute loss in risk management,
exercises analysis
volatility in prices, statistical tools for risk
calculation.
Efficient Market Hypothesis Lecture and Ability to calculate prices
3
Random walk theory, significance,usage. exercises using EMH
Ability to carry on company
Equity research and valuation
Lecture and analysis and valuation of
Sources of financial information, industry
4 problem equity shares
analysis, company analysis, valuation of
solving
equity shares.
Fixed income security analysis
Understand the fixed income
6 Systematic and unsystematic risk,
securities
warrants and convertibles, bond valuation
Indexing and Benchmarking
Creation of an index, adjusting for Lecture and
Ability of creating and
7 corporate adjustments in the index, problem
tracking index
tracking an index. solving
 Sr. Learning
Content Activity
No. outcomes
Technical analysis
Lecture and
Dow theory, types of charts. Japanese Ability to carry on technical
8 problem
candle stick patterns, chart patterns, analysis
solving
technical indicators.
Capital market theories
Ability to apply capital market
9 Capital asset pricing model, portfolio risk Lecture
theories
and return.
Factor models and arbitrage pricing
theory Classroom Understanding and applying
10
Factor based valuation models, Risk free discussion factor models and APT
arbitrage.
Investment decision theory Problem Understanding and applying
11
Timing, allocation, buy, hold, sell, short. solving investment decision theory
Portfolio theory
Construction and analysis, portfolio
Classroom Understanding and applying
12 optimization, portfolio management
discussion portfolio theory
strategies, portfolio performance
measurement.

Text Books

1 Prasanna Chandra , Security Analysis and Portfolio Management.

2 Donald E Fischer, Roland J Jordan, Security Analysis and Portfolio Management.

Reference Books

1 Steven Achelis , Technical Analysis.

2 John Murphy , Technical Analysis of Financial Markets.

Assessment

Internal 40%
Semester-end 60%
Semester : III-Core
Title of the Subject / course : Financial Regulations
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objective
1 To understand the regulations and its framework involved in financial system.
2 To learn major intricacies of financial regulations.

Prerequisites if any
Connections with subjects Financial markets and institutions and mergers and
in the current or future acquisitions.
courses

Sr. Content Activity Learning Outcome

No.
1. Introduction to Financial Regulations Lecture Understanding the financial
Need and significance of Indian financial and regulations framework and
system regulations, structure of financial discussion its significance in financial
regulations in India, global financial crisis system
– response of the Indian regulations.
2. Reserve Bank of India (RBI) Lecture, Clarity and understanding
Functions of RBI, credit control measures, conceptual the framework of various
qualitative credit control and quantitative discussion financial regulatory and
credit control, regulatory measures taken and statutory bodies
by RBI to facilitate financial inclusion. practical
case
Securities and Exchange Board of India examples
(SEBI): Introduction to SEBI Act (1992)
– powers and functions of SEBI.
3. Introduction to important SEBI Lecture, Clarity and understanding of
Regulations pertaining to Capital conceptual the regulatory framework
Market: discussion with respect to SEBI in
 Issue of Capital and Disclosure and regulating the capital market
Regulations (2009). practical
 SEBI (Prohibition of Insider Trading) case
Regulations – 2015. examples
 SEBI (Prohibition of Fraudulent and
Unfair Trade Practices Related to
Securities Market) Regulations – 2003.
 SEBI Substantial Acquisition and
Takeover Regulations – (2011).
 Mutual Fund: SEBI (Mutual Funds)
Regulations – 1996.
Sr. Content Activity Learning Outcome
No.
4. Insurance Regulatory and Development Lecture Understanding the
Authority (IRDA) and regulatory framework of
IRDA Act, Salient features of the IRDA practical IRDA and CCI
Act, 1999, IRDA (protection of policy case
holder interests) Regulations 2002, its discussion
duties, power and functions of authority.
Competition Commission of India
Concept of competition , development of
Competition Law, Competition Policy -
Competition Act, 2002 - Anti Competitive
Agreements, abuse of dominant position,
combination, regulation of combinations,
competition commission of India,
appearance before commission and
Appellate Tribunal, compliance of
Competition Law.
5. Foreign Exchange Management and Lecture Understanding the
Regulations and significance of FEMA and
Objectives and definitions under FEMA, practical foreign trade policy
1999,current account transactions and case regulations framework
capital account transactions, establishment discussion
of branch, office etc. in India, realization
and repatriation of foreign exchange,
authorized person, penalties and
enforcement, foreign contribution
(Regulation)Act, 2010.
6. Prevention of Money Laundering Lecture Clarity on money
Genesis, prevention of Money Laundering and case laundering concept and its
Act, 2002, concept and definitions, law regulation
various transactions, etc., obligations of discussion
banks and financial institution, KYC.
7. Regulatory framework for Lecture, Understanding regulatory
International Funds conceptual framework for international
Regulations framework for rising fund discussion funds and commodity
through: Global Depository Receipts and markets
(GDRs) and American Depository practical
Receipts (ADRs), External Commercial case
Borrowings. examples
Foreign Direct Investment Regulations:
Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) Policy.
SEBI (Foreign Portfolio Investors)
Regulations -2014, SEBI (Alternate
Investment Fund) Regulations – 2012.
8. Regulatory framework related to Credit Lecture Understanding the
Rating Agencies: and significance of regulating
SEBI (Credit Rating Agencies discussion the credit rating agencies
Regulations) – 1999.
Text Books
1. Siddhartha Shankar Shah , Indian Financial System and Markets.
2. Shashi K. Gupta and Nisha Aggarwal , Financial Services.
3. Guruswamy , Merchant Banking and Financial Services.

Reference Books
1. Madura , Financial Institutions & Markets.
2. Seth, P.R Kulkarni, Justice A.B , Banking Regulation Act (Commentary).
3. Guide to FEMA with Ready Reckoner and RBI Circulars .
4. Ramamurthy, RBI Act .
5. Ritika Garg and Bharat Agarwal ,Guide to Prevention of Money Laundering Act with
Rules and Notifications.
6. SEBI Manual, Taxmann.
7. Manual Khilnani , FEMA.
8. Taxmann , NBFC .
9. Dr Anil Kumar , Corporate Laws .

Assessment
Internal 40%
External 60%
Semester : III Core
Title of the Subject / : Derivatives and Risk Management
Course
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration in Hrs. : 40

Learning Objectives
1 To understand the concepts related to derivatives markets and gain in-depth
knowledge of functioning of derivatives markets.
2 To learn the derivatives pricing and application of strategies for financial risk
management.
3 To acquaint learners with the trading, clearing and settlement mechanism in
derivatives markets.

Prerequisites if any Financial management, mathematics and statistics.

Connection with subjects in SAPM, Corporate Valuation, Investment Banking,
the current or Future courses Commodity Markets and International Finance.

Sr. Content Activity Learning outcomes

No
1 Introduction to Derivatives Classroom Understanding the basics of
Economic functions of derivatives, discussion derivatives markets
application of derivatives – for risk
management and speculation (Leveraging),
basic terms and properties of options,
futures and forwards.
2 Forwards and Futures Classroom Understanding the process
Pricing and valuation - futures and discussion of pricing and valuation of
forwards, Risk management using futures, and forwards and futures
introduction to currencies, commodity and problem
interest rate futures. solving
3 Mechanics and Properties of Options Classroom Understanding mechanics of
Co-relation with underlying assets, discussion options and creating
boundary conditions for options, Put-call and synthetic options
parity and its interpretation, synthetic problem
options and risk free arbitrage. solving
4 Option Trading Strategies Classroom To understand pay off of
Directional strategies (Bull call spread, discussion/ each strategy
Bear put spread, Ladder, Ratio spreads), problem
Non-directional strategy (butterfly, solving/dra
condor), Volatility based strategies wing graph
(Straddle, Strangle, Calendar Spread), and live
Hedging strategies (Protective put, covered trading
call).
5 Introduction to Options Valuation Classroom Valuations of options and
Binominal Model for valuation, risk discussion creating scenario analysis
neutral probabilities and their and using Excel
interpretation, binomial model’s problem
application for American options where the solving
underlying pays the dividend, Black and
Scholes Model, log – normal distribution,
interpreting the B & S formula, seeing
options sensitivity to different variable.
6 Risk Management Classroom Understanding risk
Options sensitivity to the underlying, discussion assessment methods and
volatility, strike price, interest rate, time to Options Greeks
expiration. Scenario analysis. Risk
management using Greeks- Delta, Theta,
Vega and Gamma risks of options,
understanding options Greeks for various
trading strategies (volatility and directional
spreads), delta / dynamic hedging and
relating the cost of Delta.
9 Options Volatility Classroom Understanding volatility and
Historical and implied volatility, volatility discussion its relation to demand and
smile, term structure of volatility, some and supply of options
advance models of volatility estimation, problem
value at risk, historical simulation, model solving
building approach, stress testing and back
testing.
10 Trading, Clearing and Settlement in Classroom Understanding the process
Derivatives Markets discussion of trading, clearing and
Meaning and concept, SEBI guidelines, settlement
Trading mechanism, learning mechanism-
role of NSCCL, settlement mechanism,
types of settlement, accounting and
taxation aspect of derivatives trade.

Text Books
1 Redhead Keith, Financial Derivatives - An introduction to futures, forwards, options
and swaps
2 Yadav Surendra S, Jain PK, Foreign exchange markets: understanding derivatives
and other instruments
3 Hull John C. - Options, Futures and other derivatives

Reference Books
1 Bhaskar P Vijaya, Mahapatra B - Derivatives simplified: An introduction to risk
management
2 Bhalla V K - Financial derivatives (risk management)

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester-end 60%
Programme - Masters in Management Studies
Semester - III
FINANCE (ELECTIVES)

Semester : III-Elective
Title of the Subject / : Banking and Financial Services Institutions
course
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objectives
1 To understand different product and services provided by different financial institutions
in India.
2 To comprehend various fund-based and fee-based services provided by financial
institutions.

Prerequisites if any Financial Management

Connections with Commercial Banking, Financial Markets and Institutions,
Subjects in the current Investment Banking, Mutual funds and Wealth Management.
or Future courses

Module
S. Content Activity Learning Outcomes
No
1 Introduction to Financial Services Lecture and Understanding different
Asset/Fund based services classroom kinds of financial services
Fee based services. discussion available in Indian financial
institutions
2 Banking products and services Lecture and Comprehension of various
Loan-based services: retail loans, classroom services and products
corporate loans, treasury products, discussion available for retail and
housing finance, debt syndication, loan corporates by banks in India
securitization.
IT-based services: Internet banking and
mobile banking- innovation in banking
services.
3 Insurance products and services Lecture and Ability to understand
Concept, principles of insurance, types, classroom different insurance products
major products, market players. discussion and plans available in India
4 Mutual Fund Products Lecture, Ability to comprehend
Concept, types of mutual funds, other exercises and different mutual fund
schemes and investment plans, REITS, classroom products and plans available
costs involved. discussion in India
5 Leasing Lecture, Ability to understand
Concept and classification, exercises and concept of leasing and
significance and limitation, accounting, classroom leasing procedures followed
reporting and taxation financial discussion by various Indian financial
evaluation institutions
S. Content Activity Learning Outcomes
No
6 Hire purchase finance and consumer Lecture, Comprehension of hire
credit exercises and purchase financing and
Concept, accounting, reporting and classroom consumer credit financing in
taxation framework, financial discussion India
evaluation.
7 Factoring, forfeiting and bills Lecture, Ability to outline the
discounting exercises and factoring, forfeiting and bills
Concept, factoring and forfeiting classroom discounting schemes
services in India, bill discounting discussion
schemes.
8 Merchant banking services Lecture and Ability of paraphrasing the
Concept, merchant banking functions, classroom services involved in pre and
pre-issue management services, post- discussion post issue management
issue management services.
9 Venture capital financing Lecture and Ability of understanding
Concept, types of venture funds, classroom venture capital framework in
process of investment, investment discussion India
valuation, structuring a deal,
monitoring and follow-up.
10 Credit Rating Lecture and Outline the concept and
Concept, credit rating agencies and classroom process of credit rating in
their role, rating process and discussion India
methodology, rating symbols and
grades.

Text Book
1 M Y Khan, Financial Services.
2 Pratap Giri S , Investment Banking
3 Prashant Das and Divyanshu Sharma , Real Estate Finance in India

Reference Books
1 Khusboo Manoj, Financial Services, Centrum Press.
2 S Guruswamy, Essentials of Financial Services.
3 Williamson J Peter ,The Investment Banking Handbook

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester-end 60%
Semester : III-Elective
Title of the Subject / : Investment Banking
course
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objective:

The main objective of the course is to provide students with the necessary theoretical
1 and conceptual tools used in investment banking.
2 This course will provide an introduction and general understanding of investment
banking activities.
3 The final objective of this course is to show how corporate governance, ethics and legal
considerations factor into investment banking deals.

Prerequisites if any Financial Accounting, Financial Management with

special reference to Financial Statement Analysis.
Connection with Subjects in Financial Modeling, Corporate Valuation and Mergers
the current or Future Courses and Acquisition.

Module
Sr Content Activity Learning
No Outcomes
Introduction Lecture Clarity and understanding of
1 Concept, evolution of Indian investment and the basic concepts of
banking, regulatory framework, merchant discussion investment banking
banking v/s investment banking.
Investment banking and allied activity Lecture Understanding of core
2 Core functions- book building, and functions of investment
underwriting, merger and acquisitions and numerical banking
advisory, Asset management. problems
Market and security issuances Understanding the concept of
3 Introduction- equity and debt market, Lecture market intermediaries,
primary market investors, primary market and support service providers and
intermediaries and support services classroom regulatory provisions of
providers, General statutory provision for discussions market and security issuance
issuance of securities.
Domestic issue management Understanding the concept of
4 Introduction-eligibility for issue Lecture IPO, FPO and important
management, Initial public offer, Follow and provisions of ICDR
on public offer, Important terms and classroom
provisions of ICDR regulation on public discussions
offers.
Underwriting Lecture Understanding the concept of
5 Concept, underwriting in fixed and book and underwriting as well as
built offer, assessment of an issue for classroom underwriters services in IPO
underwriting. discussions process.
Sr Content Activity Learning
No Outcomes
Mergers and Acquisitions Lecture
6 Business strategy, basics of mergers and and Developing skills in
acquisition, concept of value in the discussion valuation in an M & A
context of merger and acquisition, setting
approaches to valuation in case of M & A,
selection of appropriate cost of capital for
valuation , shareholder value analysis,
exchange ratio base for computation, post-
merger integration process.
Buyback and delisting Understanding the buyback
7 Introduction to share buyback and Lecture and delisting process
delisting, pricing of share buyback, types and
of delisting-Voluntary and compulsory . discussion
Corporate Restructuring Understanding meaning,
8 Concept of corporate restructuring, rescue Lecture need and scope of corporate
and insolvency, revival, rehabilitation and and restructuring, models of
restructuring of sick units, securitization discussion restructuring, role of
and debt recovery, winding up and professionals in restructuring
corporate restructuring- external and process
internal.
9 Global capital market offers Lecture Understanding international
Introduction, international bond market, and bond markets, GDR and
depository receipts-ADR and GDR, discussion ADR and international
international regulatory framework. regulatory framework
Private placements Lecture Understanding the entire
10 Assessment of private placements-debt and framework of private
and equity, regulatory framework, discussion placements
transaction perspectives.

Text Books

1 Joshua Rosenbaum and Joshua Peatl, Investment Banking: Valuation, Leveraged

Buyouts and Mergers & Acquisitions.
2 Pratap Subramanyam, Investment Banking.

Reference Books

1 Pratap Giri S., Investment Banking.

2 Williamson J Peter , The Investment Banking Handbook.
3 H.R. Machiraju , Merchant Banking

Assessment

Internal 40%
Semester End 60%
Semester : III-Elective
Title of the Subject / course : Investment Banking
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Credits : 40

Learning Objective
1 To understand the basic concepts and fundamentals used in wealth management.
2 Capability to design appropriate portfolio for the investors based on their risk
appetite.

Prerequisites if any Financial Management

Connection with Subjects in Financial Markets and Institutions, SAPM
the current or Future Courses
Module
Sr
No Content Activity Learning outcomes
1 Introduction to Wealth Management Lecture and Clarity and
Meaning, scope, components, process of discussion understanding of the
wealth management, functions of investment basic concepts in wealth
advisor, independent advisors, wire house management
wealth managers, code of ethics for wealth
managers.
2 Need and expectations of clients Classroom Ability to apply the
Wealth management client categories discussion principles and concepts
mass affluent, high net worth individual, of wealth management
ultra high net worth, unified households,
software solutions for advisors, client on
boarding- profiling, financial planning, goal
setting, managing asset, controlling
liabilities, planning taxes, diversification, life
cycle management.
3 Investment planning Lecture and Understanding risk-
Types of investment risk return expectations discussion return trade off
versus risk appetite.
4 Wealth creating asset classes Lecture Detailed and in depth
Equity Investment: Sector exposure and and understanding
diversification, fundamental and technical discussion traditional asset classes
analysis, investment and speculation,
leveraging.
Debt Investment:
Deposits and debt securities, yields and
interest rate risk, concentration risk, passive
investments in debt.
5 Alternate assets Lecture Detailed and in depth
Gold, real estate, art, mutual fund, and understanding of
derivatives and structured funds, hedge funds discussion alternate asset class
and commodities.
 Sr
No Content Activity Learning outcomes
6 Portfolio modelling Classroom Understanding the
Portfolio modelling, monitoring tolerance discussion principles of portfolio
and rebalancing, substitution, portfolio and modelling and its
performance measurement, attribution and exercises practical use
reporting, portfolio management models,
pooled funds, technology absorption and use
of social media in wealth management and
advantages to investment advisors.
7 Insurance Planning Classroom Understanding the
Life insurance- types of policies, general discussion importance of insurance,
insurance, health insurance- mediclaim, and the various insurance
calculation of Human Life Value. exercises policies and ability to
calculate HLV
8 Retirement Planning Classroom Understanding the
Purpose and need, life cycle planning, wealth discussion concepts of retirement
creation- factors and principles, pre and post and planning and tax
– retirement strategies- tax treatment, various exercise implications
tax savings schemes, pension schemes,
annuities.
9 Estate planning Classroom Ability to prepare a will
Estate planning concept, types of will, discussion
requirements of a valid will, trust – and
deductions –exemptions. exercises

Text Books
1 Harold R Evensky , Wealth Management
2 Nalinipruva Tripathi , Wealth Management
3 S. K. Bagchi , Wealth Management

Reference Books
1 Herbert B Mayo , Investments-An Introduction,
2 S. Kevin , Portfolio Management
3 Suyash Bhatt , Wealth Management
4 V.K. Bhalla ¸Investment Management
5 Jones, Wiley , Investment: Principles and concepts

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester End 60%
Semester : III-Elective
Title of the Subject / course : Infra and Project Finance
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Credits : 40

Learning Objective

1 To learn different sources of project and infrastructure financing.

2 To understand regulatory framework, policies, procedures of project and infrastructure
financing.

Prerequisites if any Financial Management

Connections with Project Management, BFSI
subjects in the
current or future
courses

Module
Sr
No Content Activity Learning outcomes
1 Project planning Lecture Understanding of the basic
Generation and screening of project and concepts of project planning
idea, tools for identifying investment discussion
opportunity, corporate appraisal, project
rating index and sources of positive
NPV.
2 Project analysis Classroom Ability to apply the principles
Market and demand analysis, technical discussion and concepts of project
and financial analysis, legal and political and analysis – market demand,
analysis. explanation technical and financial
3 Social cost benefit analysis Lecture Detailed and in depth
Determination of economic life- and understanding of Social
inflation, investment and capital discussion Cost- benefit Analysis
budgeting, rationale for SCBA, UNDIO
approach, Little- Mirlees approach,
SCBA by financial institutions.
4 Project risk and return analysis Classroom Understanding the principles
Sources and measurement of risk, discussion of project risk and return
assessment of credit, cash and working and
capital risk , gestation periods and exercises
project rate of return, due diligence in
appraisal of infrastructure projects.
5 Sources of project financing Classroom Understanding the sources of
Lending schemes of financial discussion project finance and
institutions, venture capital- concepts, and application in right situation
functions and schemes, equity and debt exercises
special purpose vehicles and Viability
Gap Financing (VGF).
Sr
No Content Activity Learning outcomes
6 Infrastructure Development Classroom To understand how
Introduction, multiplier effects of discussion investment in infrastructure
infrastructure development on economic creates opportunities and
development of the nation. efficiencies in other sector
7 Public private partnership model Classroom Understanding the concepts
Concept, scheme and modalities of PPP, discussion of Public Private Partnership
Financial and Economic Appraisal of and Model
infrastructure Projects; PPP models like exercises
Build-operate-transfer (BOT), Build-
own-operate-transfer (BOOT), build-
own-operate (BOO), Build- lease-
transfer (BLT), Design-build-finance-
operate (DBFO), Design-build-operate-
transfer (DBOT) and Design-construct-
manage-finance (DCMF).
8 Due Diligence and Project Appraisal Classroom Understanding the due-
IRR,MIRR, NPV, Pay-Back period, discussion diligence process and various
Profitability Index. and techniques of project
exercises evaluation
9 Earned Value Analysis of project Classroom Understanding risk in project,
Risk management of infrastructure discussion risk analysis techniques and
projects, risk mitigation strategies. and ways to minimize risk using
exercises Earned value Analysis
10 Project Funding Classroom Understanding the role of
Sponsors, other equity providers, senior discussion various contractual parties in
debt providers, junior debt provider. and project funding
exercises
11 Loan syndication Classroom Ability to execute the loan
Loan origination, process, closing and discussion syndication process
foreclosure. and
. exercises
12 Debt restructuring Classroom Understanding the concepts
RBI guidelines, process and procedures. discussion of debt restructuring
and
exercises
13 Asset securitization Classroom Basic understanding of asset
Concept, types and advantages. discussion securitization
and
exercises
14 Regulatory framework Classroom Understanding the regulatory
SARFAESI Act, Land Acquisition Bill, discussion framework that affects
related provisions of Income Tax Act. project and infra finance
Text Books
1 Prasanna Chandra,Projects Planning, Analysis, Selection, Implementation & Review
2 Abhijit Dutta, Infrastructure Finance

Reference Books
1 M.R. Umarji, Securitization and Reconstruction of Financial Assets and enforcement
of security Interest.
2 Prabuddha K Das , PPP and Project Finance.

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester End 60%
Semester : III-Elective
Title of the Subject / course : Strategic Cost Management
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Credits : 40

Learning Objective

1 To understand the concepts and techniques in cost and management accounting.

2 To learn the application of cost and management accounting techniques in strategic
decision making.

Prerequisites if any Knowledge of Cost and Management Accounting.

Connections with
Subjects in the current or Strategic management.
Future courses

Module
Sr. Content Activity Learning outcome
No
1 Cost Management tools Classroom Detailed and in depth
 CVP analysis for decision making discussion/ understanding of various
 Lean Manufacturing and Quality Problem cost management tools
Control solving/exercis
 Life cycle costing es
 Kaizen costing,
 JIT & theory of constraints,
 BPR and bench marking,
 Flexible Manufacturing Systems
(FMS),
 Total Quality Management (TQM)
 Lean Costing
 Target Costing
2 Activity Based Costing Classroom Ability to identify activities
Nature of activity-based costing discussion/ in an organization and
(ABC), benefits and limitations of With problem assign the cost of each
ABC, limitation of volume -based solving activity with resources to
costing system, indicators of ABC, /exercises all products and services
activity hierarchies, cost drivers, according to the actual
designing an ABC system Activity- consumption by each.
based management, operational and Ability to prepare profit
strategic application of ABC, customer statement under ABC
profitability analysis. system
3 Lean costing Classroom Ability to apply lean
Concept, application to accounting discussion and costing methods to
process, lean performance problem accounting processes
measurements, financial reports for solving
lean operations.
Sr. Content Activity Learning outcome
No
4 Life- cycle costing Classroom Understanding and
Introduction, Life-cycle costing discussion and applying the concept of
analysis, importance of life-cycle problem life-cycle costing
costing to a utility, life-cycle costing solving
methodology, life-cycle cost
estimation.
5 Kaizen costing Classroom Understanding and
Concept, need, system. discussion and applying the concept of
case kaizen costing
discussions
6 Target costing Classroom Understanding and
Basics and meaning, phases in target discussion and applying the concept of
costing, streamlining the processes, numerical target costing
traditional cost system versus target exercises
costing.
7 Environmental costing Classroom Understanding and
Environmental costs- internal and discussion applying the concept of
external environmental costing
8 Strategic cost management Classroom Understanding the basic
Conceptual framework, environmental discussion concepts of SCM
influences on cost management
practices.
Pillars of SCM:
- Cost driver analysis.
- Strategic positioning analysis.
9 Value Chain Analysis and Long Classroom Understanding the
Term Cost Management. discussion concepts and recognizing,
Nature of value-chain analysis, which activities are the
activity analysis and linkage analysis, most valuable (i.e. are the
application of linkage analysis in cost source of cost or
reduction and value addition. Value differentiation advantage)
Engineering. to the firm and which ones
could be improved or
outsourced to provide
competitive advantage
10 Costing and Strategies Classroom Understanding strategy
Blue ocean and red ocean strategy, discussion implementation and its
Judo strategy, Edge strategy, Three impact on costing
box strategy.
Sr. Content Activity Learning outcome
No
11 Performance Evaluation Classroom Understanding the
Balance Score Card Concept, discussion/ concepts of Balance Score
prospective and limitations, With problem Card, benchmark costing ,
establishing objectives and solving/exercis how to prepare and analyse
performance measures in different es various functional budgets
perspectives of balance score card, and master budget.
productivity measurement and control, To apply performance
quality cost management and measures- ROI ,
reporting, Benchmarking and standard EVA,ROCE.
costing, Budgeting and Budgetary To conduct Cost- Benefit
control, Transfer Pricing, Triple Analysis
bottom line and sustainability,
Measuring performance ROI ,EVA,
ROCE, Cost Benefit analysis.
12 Cost Audit and Management Audit Classroom Understanding the
under Companies Act discussion concepts and difference
Inflation accounting, Goodwill between Cost Audit and
accounting, SOX audit, Energy and Management Audit.
Environmental audit, strategic To understand Inflation
assessment of cost and managerial accounting, Goodwill
performances, price fixation. accounting, SOX audit,
Energy and Environmental
audit
Note: Topics on Activity Based Costing, Life-Cycle Costing, Target costing and Environmental costing are to be discussed
at a higher level with more focus on applications since the basics of these topics have been covered in ‘ Cost and
Management Accounting’ in Semester-II.

Text Books

1 Vijay Govindarajan , Strategic Cost Management.

2 Horngren and Datar , Cost Management

Reference Books
1 Roert S. Kaplan and Anthony A Atkinson , Advanced Management Accounting
2 Bolcher Chen/Lin , Cost Management: A strategic Emphasis
3 Girish Jakhotiya ¸Strategic Financial Management
Assessment

Internal 40%
Semester End 60%
Semester : III –Elective
Title of the Subject / Course : Commodities Markets
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration in Hrs. : 40

Learning Objectives

1 To gain the knowledge of emergence of commodities markets and understand its

future.
2 To understand the dynamics of world commodities markets.
3 To understand the ecosystem of Indian commodities markets.
4 To acquaint learners with the trading, clearing and settlement mechanism in
commodities markets.

Prerequisites if any
Connection with subjects in the Derivatives Markets and Financial Markets &
current or Future courses Institutions

Module
Sr. Content Activity Learning outcomes
No
1 Introduction to Commodity Markets Classroom Understanding emergence of
History of commodities markets, physical discussion commodities markets and its
commodity markets in India (spot and future
forward), and commodity futures markets
in India, future prospects of Indian
commodity markets.
2 International Commodity Markets Classroom Understanding dynamics of
Dynamics of global commodity markets, discussion world commodities markets
international commodity exchanges.
3 Regulatory Framework of Indian Classroom Understanding ecosystem of
Commodities Markets discussion Indian commodities markets
Role of Government & other agencies in
strengthening commodities markets,
regulations relating to commodities
markets, Forward Contracts Regulation
Act, 1952 (FCRA), Forward Market
Commission (FMC), Securities Contract
Regulation Act, 1956 (SCRA), SEBI,
Agricultural Produce Market Commission
Act (APMC), Essential Commodities Act,
1955 (ECA), Prevention of Black-
marketing of supplies of Essential
Commodities Act, 1980 (PBMSECA),
Central Warehousing Corporation Act,
1962 (CWCA), Agricultural Produce
Grading and Marking Act, 1937
(APGMA), Standard Weights and
Measures Act, 1956 (SWMA).
Sr. Content Activity Learning outcomes
No
4 Trading on Indian Commodities Classroom Understanding trading,
Exchanges discussion clearing and settlement
Commodity futures trading on Indian mechanism
exchanges, trading on Indian commodity
specific regional exchanges, trading on
national level demutualized commodity
derivatives exchanges in India, trading on
national level demutualized commodity
spot exchanges in India.
5 Commodities Futures Pricing Live Understanding the arithmetic
Contango and backwardation, futures of market behind commodity
perishable goods, risk free arbitrage, cost prices and derivative prices
of carry. discussion
6 Currency and Commodities Arbitrage Classroom Understanding global
Arbitrage among international prices of discussion demand and supply for
precious metals. commodities
7 Commodities Options Classroom Understanding options and
Call, put, option strategies, synthetic discussion its use in strategies
options, implied volatility.
8 Risk Management and Hedging with Classroom Understanding Excel based
Options discussion scenario analysis and risk
Covered call and protective put strategies. management
option Greeks.
9 Information and Linkages Classroom Interdependence of equity,
Role of information in commodity discussion commodity and forex
markets, linkages between equity markets markets
and commodity markets, commodity
market scams.

Text Books
1 S P Das, Commodities Markets .
2 Gala, Guide to Indian commodity markets.
3 Bhambwani, A traders guide to Indian commodities market.

Reference Books
1 Neeraj Mahajan & Kavaljit Singh, A beginner’s guide to Indian commodity futures
markets

Assessment

Internal 40%
Semester End 60%
Semester : III –Elective
Title of the Subject / Course : Mutual Fund
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration in Hrs. : 40

Learning Objective

1. To get complete understanding of mutual fund industry.

2. Students should understand how mutual funds are marketed and how the schemes are
to be evaluated.
3. Students should get oriented to the legalities, accounting, valuation and taxation
aspects underlying mutual funds and their distribution.

Prerequisites if any Financial Management

Connection with subjects in the Financial Markets and institutions, Wealth
current or Future courses Management.

Module
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
Introduction Understanding the concepts of
Lecture
Investment avenues, concept and role of investing in mutual fund
and
1 mutual fund, comparison of mutual fund
classroom
with equity and bond instruments and
discussion
history of MF in India.
Different types of funds Lecture, Ability to select mutual fund
Scheme selection, expense ratio, income exercises schemes
2
ratio, portfolio turnover rate and and
transaction costs. assignment
Structure and key constituents of Lecture Understanding the MF Industry
mutual fund and and the players
3
Sponsor, trustees, AMC, custodians, classroom
depositories and distributors. discussion
Legal and regulatory framework Lecture Understanding the regulatory
AMFI, RBI and Companies Act. and framework
4
classroom
discussion
Net Asset Value Lecture, Ability to calculate NAV
5 Calculation of NAV, accounting, Exercises
valuation and tax implications.
Financial planning Ability to make financial plan
Lecture and
Overview of financial plan, financial and maximize the wealth of
6 And
planning strategies, asset allocation and investors
Exercises
wealth management.
Marketing of units Lecture Ability to market the financial
Selecting the right investment products and products
7
for investors, fund distribution and classroom
channel management practices. discussion
 Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
Portfolio management Lecture Understanding the risk and
Risk & return trade off and risk adjusted
and return theory and creating a
8
returns. classroom portfolio
discussion
Measuring fund performance Lecture and Using quantitative tools to
9 Benchmarking and quantitative measures Exercises measure the performance of
used for analysis. mutual fund
Protection of investors Lecture Understanding the investors’
RTI, customer grievances. and rights
10
classroom
discussion

Text Books

1. Sundar Sankaran , Indian Mutual Funds Handbook .

2. Rutherford Ronald K., The Complete Guide to Managing a Portfolio of Mutual
Funds .

Reference Books

1 Sen, Joydeep , Mutual Funds in India: Vehicle for Fixed Income Investments .
2 NCFM AMFI Book

Assessment

Internal 40 %
Semester end 60%
Semester : III Elective
Title of the Subject / : Financial Modelling
Course
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration in Hrs. : 40

Learning Objective

1 To develop excel proficiency.

2 To learn how to develop models in various areas of finance.

Prerequisites if any Financial Management

Connection with subjects Corporate Valuation, Mergers and Acquisitions and
in the current or Future Investment Banking.
courses

Module

Sr. Content Activity Learning outcomes

No.
1 Introduction to Financial Classroom To understand the concept
Modelling. session and and methodology of
Introduction to financial modes- computer lab financial modelling and
static vs dynamic models, need and session to strengthen concepts of
applications. Excel to be used in
Excel Proficiency modelling
Formatting of excel sheets, use of
excel formulae function, data filter
and sort, charts and graphs, table
formula and scenario building,
lookups, pivot tables.
2 Combining the Tools and Theory Classroom To understand the basic
into the model Session with lab tools of financial modelling
Define and structure the problem, session
define the input and output
variables of the model, decide users
of the model, understand the
financial and mathematical aspects
of the model, design the model,
create the Spread sheet, test the
model, protect the model, document
the model, maintain the model.
3 Financial Feasibility Model from Lecture with lab To understand the practical
Start to Finish session applications of basic
Inputs - assumptions, intermediate financial functions
statements, capital expenditure
statement, sources of finance and
debt servicing, production, income
and expense statements, working
Sr. Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
capital statements, depreciation
schedule, loan amortization.
Outputs - profit and loss statement,
balance sheet, cash flow, key ratios,
project IRR and equity IRR,
payback, sensitivity analysis,
summary of key results to top
management.
4 Project Finance Modelling Lecture with lab Learn the different aspects
Introduction, requirements, session and nuances required for
advantages project assessment,
risks- analysis and mitigation, planning and funding
financial model, inputs, sensitivity
and cost of capital, construction,
borrowing and output, preparing
projected financial statements
including cash flow, evaluating a
projects debt capacity and cash flow
waterfall, measuring expected rates
of return, sensitivity analysis.
5 Equity Research Modelling Lecture with lab To understand application
Prepare an income statement, session of Excel in equity research
balance sheet, cash flow statement, modelling
geographic revenue sheet, segment
revenue sheet, cost statement, debt
sheet, analyze revenue drivers
forecast geographic revenues,
segment revenues, geographic
revenues, cost statement, debt,
income statement, balance sheet,
cash flow statement.
performa adjustments, income
statement-compute margins,
balance sheet-compute ratios
cash flow statement projection,
valuation – discounted cash flow
method (DCF), valuation –relative
valuation (football field chart)
Valuation – assumptions for
valuation model, prepare valuation
model, prepare presentation sheets.
6 Report writing Lecture with lab To learn report writing
Initiating coverage, result update session skills
reports, events and other reports,
industry report.
7 Portfolio Optimization and Risk Lecture with lab To understand complex
Develop model based on two assets session portfolio allocation
portfolio, situations and the
Sr. Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
develop model based on more than importance of
two assets ( n assets) portfolio, diversifications understand
variance covariance matrix, creating BETA and its calculation
efficient frontier for asset allocation, based on real data
using solver to find minimum
variance portfolio and
optimal(market portfolio) in n asset
case, CML model, calculation of
beta based on data gathered from
any stock exchange.
8 Visual Basic Environment (VBE) Lab Sessions To understand how VBE
Understanding the basics of macros, can be used to enhance the
recording of macros. power of Excel

Text Books

1 C. Sengupta, Financial Modelling using Excel and VBA

2 Alastair L. Day, Mastering Financial Modelling in Microsoft Excel
3 Simon Beninga, Financial Modelling

Reference Books
1 Alistair L. Day, Mastering Risk Modelling.
2 Dr. Manu Sharma, Mergers and Acquisitions and Corporate Valuation- An Excel
Based Approach.
3 John D. Finnerty , Project Financing- Asset based financial Engineering.

Assessment

Internal 40 %
Semester end 60%
Semester : III Elective
Title of the Subject / : International Finance
Course
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration in Hrs. : 40
Learning Objective

1 To understand the dynamics underlying the global economic environment, trade

policies and barriers, cross-border flows of capital, risk profile of international
investors, ways of managing risk emanating from newer and unchartered sources of
risk and changing trade-off between desired return and risk with special reference to
the Indian economy, the US economy and the Euro-zone.
2 To learn the concepts and terminology related to fundamentals of international finance,
foreign exchange markets and arithmetic, currency and interest rate swaps, exchange
rate regimes, interest rate and purchasing power parity, balance of payments, historical
perspective on exchange rates, gold standard, Bretton Woods system, fixed and
fluctuating rate regimes, euro currency markets, international equity markets and
international debt markets.
3 To understand the regulatory framework for financing international operations

Prerequisites if any Financial Management

Connection with subjects Derivatives and Risk Management, International Business
in the current or Future and Financial Regulations.
courses

Module

Sr Content Activity Learning outcomes

No
1 Fundamentals of International Classroom To understand the basic
Finance session and concepts related to
Introduction to international finance, classroom international finance
balance of payment discussion
current account, capital account and
reserve account, determinants of demand
for and supply of currency, exchange rate
and factors affecting exchange rate,
current account deficit, balance of trade
and their implications on exchange rates.
2 International Economics Classroom To understand
Globalization, socialism and session international economics
communism, protected economies,
international grants, IMF .
3 International Monetary System Inputs Lecture with To understand the
Introduction, Barter System, Bimetallism lab session International Monetary
and Classical Gold Standard, Bretton System
Wood System, SDRs and Smithsonian
agreements, Fixed and Floating Rate
System , European Monetary System
Sr Content Activity Learning outcomes
No
4 Foreign Exchange Markets Lecture with Understanding of the
Exchange rate quotations, direct and classroom foreign exchange market
indirect rates, cross currency rates, discussions.
vehicle currency, spreads and calculation
of cross rates, settlements – cash, tom,
spot and forward., arbitrage, speculation
and trading, interest rate parity and
purchasing power parity, covered interest
rate parity in arbitrage, borrowing and
investment decisions, calculation of
forward rates through use of forward
schedules, annualized forward margin,
calculation of swap points.
5 Euro Currency Markets Lecture with To understand Euro
Origin and reasons for growth of Euro classroom currency market
currency markets, their characteristics discussions.
and components, Euro currency deposits,
loans, bonds and notes, Off shore
banking, tax havens.

6 International Equity Markets: Lecture with To understand

Global depository receipts and American classroom international equity
depository receipts, foreign currency discussions. market
convertible bonds, foreign direct
investments and foreign portfolio
investments, participatory notes.

7 International Debt Markets Lecture with To understand

Introduction, international bond markets classroom international debt
features of foreign bonds, features of discussions. market
euro bonds, risks in international bonds.

8 Currency Forward and Futures Lecture with To understand currency,

Forward and future contracts, non- classroom forwards and futures
deliverable forwards, currency futures discussions.
terminologies, pricing currency futures,
hedging, speculation and arbitrage with
forwards and futures.

9 Currency Options Lecture with To understand currency

Introduction, option terminologies, classroom options
options pay-offs, hedging with currency discussions.
options, range forward, zero cost collar,
participating forward, barrier options,
asian options
innovation in options.
Sr Content Activity Learning outcomes
No
10 Swaps Lecture with To understand swaps
Interest Rate Swaps and currency swap. classroom
discussions.
11 Capital Budgeting for International Lecture with To understand capital
Project Investment Decisions classroom budgeting appraisal
Calculation of DCF, Project IRR, NPV discussions. techniques in
and pay-back period, impact of transfer international project
pricing. investments
12 Risk Management Lecture with To understand risk
Management of risk in international classroom involved in global trade.
trade/ business operations. discussions.

Text Books

1 Jeff Madura , International Financial Management

2 Siddaiah , International Financial Management: An Analytic Framework.

Reference Books
1 Prakash G Apte , International Finance: A Business Perspective.
2 Moosa , International Finance: An Analytic Approach.

Assessment

Internal 40 %
Semester end 60%
Semester : IV – Elective
Title of the Subject / : Commercial Banking
Course
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration in : 40
Hrs.

Learning Objective

1. To understand the concepts and fundamentals of Commercial Banking,

2. To understand the Structure and growth of banking and various services rendered through
commercial banks.

Prerequisites if any Financial Management and Financial Markets and

Institutions, Investment Banking and BSFI.
Connections with Subjects in the current or
future courses

Sr.No. Content Activity Learning Outcome

1. Introduction to Commercial Banking Lecture Knowledge and understanding of
Banking structure, growth/history of and the history of Indian banking,
Indian banking, banking sector reforms. discussion banking sector reforms and
related areas
2. Banking Operations Lecture Understand basic schemes of
Retail liabilities, retails assets, KYC, and deposit and credit, dangers of
ALM and preventive vigilance. discussion money laundering and usefulness
of preventive vigilance
3. Banking products Lecture Understand types of credits - term
Fund based and fee based, term and loan and working capital and how
loan/working capital, appraisal process. discussion to appraise a credit proposal
4. Legal Aspects of Banking Lecture To understand important banking
Negotiable Instrument Act, Banking and laws
Regulation Act and RBI circulars. discussion
5. Rural Banking Lecture Understand measures taken
India's agrarian sector and banking, and towards financing priority sector
regional rural banks, priority sector and discussion schemes
micro-finance differentiated banks,
financial inclusion.
6. Study of Bank financial statement Lecture Understand how to evaluate a
Components of Balance Sheet and and bank's performance
Profit and Loss Statement, important discussion
ratios of bank performance- CAMEL
framework, composition of items
contributing to net profit.
7. IRAC Norms / NPA Management Lecture Understand intricacies of asset
Reasons, impact on banking and quality deterioration and impact
 performance and economy, measures discussion on banks
taken to minimize NPA.
8. Risk Management in Banks Lecture To know the various risks in
Credit, market and operational risks. and banking operations and tools of
discussion management of risks
9. Capital Adequacy Norms Lecture To be aware of significance of
Importance of capital for banks, Basel and capital adequacy regulation and
I/II/III and CAR. discussion impact on banks
10. Treasury Lecture Understand foreign exchange and
Role and functions of integrated and money market operations.
treasury. discussion
11. Asset Liability Management Lecture To understand importance of
Interest spread, NIM. and ALM and its impact on
discussion profitability
12. Regulatory Role of RBI Lecture To know the role and functions of
Functions of RBI, role of monetary and Central Banks in supervision and
policy, prudential norms. discussion control of commercial banks
13. Retail banking products Lecture To understand various banking
Housing loan, personal loan, automobile and products of retail banks
loan, education loan. discussion

Text Books

1 Indian Institute of Bank Management , Advanced Bank Management.

2 Vijayraghawan Iyengar, Introduction to Banking.
3 Raghu Palat , Retail Banking.

Reference books

1 Bharati V Pathak , The Indian Financial System.

2 Shri. S K Das, Tits Bits of General Banking.
3 Shri. S K Das , Tits Bits of General Advances and Financial Services.
4 Sukhvinder Mishra , Banking Law and Practice.
5 Indian Institute of Banking and Finance, Legal aspects of Banking Operations.

Assessment

Internal 40 %
Semester end 60%
Semester : IV- Elective
Title of the Subject / : Business Analytics
course
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objectives

1 To gain understanding of relevant statistical tools applicable for Business Analytics.

2 To learn data mining techniques using Excel and R.
3 To evaluate various models of Business Analytics.

Prerequisites if any Knowledge of Statistics and MS Excel

Connection with subjects in the current or Financial Modelling
Future courses

Sr.No. Content Activity Learning outcomes

1 Introduction to Analytics Classroom Basic understanding of
Meaning, application areas of business discussion business analytics
analytics, techniques of analytics.
2 Statistics for Business Analytics Discussion and Ability to apply various
Central tendencies and dispersion, practical using statistical tools and
central, limit theorem, sampling software techniques in the
distribution, hypothesis testing, simple process of business
linear regression, categorical data analytics
analysis, analysis of variance
(ANOVA), non-parametric tests.
3 Advanced Excel Proficiency Discussion and Use of advanced Excel
Describing Numeric Data, Pivot Table practical on MS functions
Analysis, Linear Regression, excel
Comparing Two Sample Variances,
Comparing Two Sample Means, Pair T
Test, One Way ANOVA, Two Way
ANOVA, Generating Random
Numbers, Rank and Percentile,
Histogram Procedure, Exponential
Smoothing and Moving Average,
Sampling, Covariance and Correlation,
Goal Seek and Solver.
4 Understanding R Discussion and To understand use of R
Using R Studio, working with data in R, practical cases
R procedures. on R
5 Data Mining using Decision Tree Discussion and Data mining techniques
Introduction to decision trees, model practical using using R
design and data audit, demo of decision software
tree development, algorithm behind
decision tree and other decision tree.
6 Data Mining using clustering in R Discussion and Data mining techniques
 Understanding cluster analysis using R, practical using using R
clustering as strategy, hierarchical R software
clustering, non-hierarchical clustering -
K means clustering, variants of
hierarchical clustering, different
distance and linkage functions.
7 Time Series Forecasting Discussion and Data mining techniques
Time series vs causal models moving practical using using R
averages, exponential smoothing, trend, software
seasonality, cyclicity causal modelling
using linear regression forecast
accuracy.
8 Predictive Modelling – Logistic Discussion and Evaluation of models
Regression using R practical using
Data import and sanity check, R Software
development and validation, important
categorical variable selection, important
numeric variable selection, indicator
variable creation, stepwise regression,
dealing with multicollinearity, logistic
regression score and probability, KS
calculation, coefficient stability check,
iterate for final model.
9 Overview of Big Data and Hadoop Classroom Understand tools of
Big data and Hadoop and concept, discussion business analytics
application, cloud computing,
generators of big-data.
10 Data Analysis and Applications Classroom Ability to apply
Credit risk analytics, fraud risk discussion business analytic tools
analytics, financial services marketing
analytics.

Text Books

1 Laursen & Thorlund, Business analytics for managers.

2 Balram Krishnan , Business analytics: concepts and theories.
3 R N Prasad and Seema Acharya , Fundamentals of business analytics.

Reference Books

1 Thomas W Miller , Modelling techniques in predictive analytics

2 Lander ,R for everyone: advanced analytics and graphics
3 Evans ,Business analytics

Assessment

Internal 40 %
Semester end 60%
 Semester : IV – Elective
Title of the Subject / Venture Capital and Private Equity
course :
Course Code :
Duration in
Credits : 4 Hrs. : 40

Learning Objectives

1 To develop general understanding of the venture capital and private equity industry
globally and the various players involved.
2 Provide an understanding of the private equity investment process starting from fund
raising to exiting.
3 Develop analytical valuation and deal structuring techniques used in venture capital
and buyouts.
4 To prepare students for future jobs in VCPE and related industries.

Prerequisites if any Financial Management

Connection with subjects in the current or Future Project and Infra Finance, Mergers
courses and Acquisitions and Investment
Banking.

Sr. Content Activity Learning outcomes

No.
1 Introduction and Overview of Venture Classroom Understanding of
Capital and Private Equity. discussions private equity process
Overview and history of venture capital
industry,
evolution of private equity industry and
venture capital industry, how to choose and
approach a venture capitalist, structure and
terms of venture capital and private equity
firms.
2 Process of Venture Capital and Private Classroom Understanding how
Equity Funding discussions corporates invest in a
Venture capital cycle and private equity and new private equity
process. explanation
3 Investment Selection, Fund Raising Numerical Awareness of the
Challenges solving and current investing
Sources of capital, alternative forms of fund classroom patterns, problems and
raising and fundraising process and fallacies. discussions issues faced by
industries and PE
investors
4 Valuation Methods and Techniques Numerical Understand financial
Deal valuation and deal terms. and valuation methods and
classroom strategies and the
discussions impact of dilution
 5 Structuring Term Sheets Classroom Integrating the
Environmental factors surrounding term discussions valuation with term
sheets, selected critical elements in venture and sheet
term sheets. explanation
6 Document and Typical Investment Classroom Understanding
Conditions discussion documents and critical
Due diligence procedures. pointers to due
diligence
7 Exit Strategies for Multiple Stakeholders Classroom Understanding
Consider liquidity events such as IPO, discussion strategies made to
mergers, and negotiate and exit the
later stage financing, including mezzanine explanation fund
financing and buy-outs.

8 Regulation of PE Funds Classroom Understanding PE

SEBI Alternative Investment Funds (AIF) discussion funds regulation
Regulations. and
explanation
9 Tax Aspect of PE Investment Classroom Overview of taxation
Section 10(23FB) of Income Tax Act, 1961 discussion aspects while choosing
Section 10(47) of Income Tax Act, 1961 and PE as an investment
Income types, Securities Transaction Tax, explanation alternative
Dividend Distribution Tax, STCG, LTCG,
Taxation of Non Residents.

10 Private Equity Investments in Developing Classroom To know the trends of

Markets discussion the PE funding in the
developing economies
11 Private Equity, Corporate Governance and Classroom Importance of ethics
Ethics discussion and value system
Board members duty to shareholders,
composition and roles of the board of directors
in the private company.

Text Book
1 T Satyanarayan Chary , Venture Capital concepts & Applications
2 Vandana Pawar , Venture Capital Funding Global And Indian Experiences.
3 Stephen Bloomfield , Venture Capital Funding

Reference Book
1 Josh Lerner, Felda Hardymon and Ann Leamon, Venture Capital and Private
Equity: A Casebook.
2 Robert Finkel , The Masters of Private Equity and Venture Capital.
3 Joseph. W. Bartlett , Fundamentals of Venture Capital

Assessment
Internal 40 %
Semester end 60%
Programme - Masters in Management Studies
Semester - III
SYSTEM (CORE)
Semester : III-Core
Title of the Subject / :
Database Management System & Data Warehousing
course
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objectives
To understand the introduction, Meaning and Definition of Database, Database
1
Environment
2 To understand the Data Models : The importance of data models, Basic building
3 Understand applications of Database Management System(DBMS) & RDBMS
4 To understand the Object-Relational Database Management System(ORDBMS)
5 Overview of Structured Query Language and application DBMS to business
Prerequisites if any Basic understanding of Database Management System
Will connect conceptual framework to Database
Connections with Subjects in the
Management System, RDBMS, Data Models,
current or Future courses
OODBM, SQL and its application to business.
Module
Learning
Content Activity
outcomes
Introduction to Databases
Introduction, Meaning and Definition of
Database, Database Environment, Working of a
Understanding the
Simple Centralized Database System, Tradition
1 Lecture basic DBMS
al File Systems vs. Modern Database
concepts
Management Systems, Properties of Database,
Types of Database Users, Advantages of using
DBMS
Data Models: The importance of data models,
Basic building blocks, Business rules, The
Gaining an insight
evolution of data models Hierarchical, Network, Lecture &
2 on various Data
Relational, Entity-Relationship model: entity and cases
Models applied
entity sets, relationship, constraints, E-R
diagrams and issues.
Database Management System(DBMS) Basic
concepts : data, information, metadata, definition
of DBMS, Components, entities, attributes
Understand the
,relationships, Data dependency Keys : Super
concept of Primary
key, Candidate key, Primary key, Alternate key,
3 Lecture Key and Foreign
Foreign key Integrity Constraints: Entity
Key w.r.t DBMS
Integrity, Referential Integrity ,DBMS three
Architecture
level( Logical, Conceptual, Physical)
Advantages and disadvantages of DBMS,
Database system environment and utilities
 Learning
Content Activity
outcomes
Client/Server Architecture : two and three tier
architecture
Distributed Databases: Introduction to
Distributed DBMS Concepts, Client-Server Knowing about the
Lecture and
4 Model, Data Fragmentation, Replication, and Distributed
cases
Allocation Techniques for Distributed Database Databases
Design
Relational Database Management System
Understanding the
(RDBMS): Definition, Meaning, and
concepts of
Introduction, Merits and demerits, Relational Lecture and
5 RDBMS and
Database design: features of good relational cases
Normalization
database design, atomic Domain and
Process
Normalization (1NF, 2NF, 3NF, BCNF).
Object-Relational Database Management
System(ORDBMS): Introduction, Basics of
Understand the
Object Oriented Design (OOD), Characteristics-
Lecture & OOD w.r.t
6 Advantages-Object oriented development-
Cases RDBMS and its
Objects and Object classes-Object Oriented data
advantages
Model, Object oriented databases, Object
Relational Database Management Systems
Structured Query Language:
SQL: Introduction, SQL, Multi table Queries,
Lecture & Application of
7 Nested Queries or Sub queries, Multiple Row
Cases SQL in DBMS
Nested Queries, Data Manipulation Language,
The Create Table Statement
Security and integrity: Introduction, Security and Gaining an insight
Integrity Violations, Authorization, Granting of Lecture & on Database
8
Privileges, Security Specification in SQL Cases Security and User
Rights
Datawarehousing, Multidimensional Data Understand the
Lecture &
9 Models, Data Warehouse Architecture, ROLAP, Concept of Data
Cases
MOLAP, HOLAP, OLAP and OLTP Warehousing
Understand the
Data Mining, Data Preprocessing, Data Marts, Lecture & Concept of Data
10
Cluster Analysis, Decision Making. Cases Mining and
processing

Text books
1 Rob, Coronel, “Database Systems”, Seventh Edition, Cengage Learning.
2 Database management system by Navate
3 Database management by E.F Codd
4 Database Management Systems by Raghu Ramakrishnan
5 Introduction to Database Management Systems by Kahate
Reference books
Database System and Concepts by A Silberschatz, H Korth, S Sudarshan, McGraw-
1
Hill
2 Database Management Systems by P.S.Gill
3 Database System Concepts by Silberschatz
4 Database Management Systems by Bipin Desai
5 Principles of Database Systems by J.D.Ullman

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester
60%
end
Semester : III-Core
Title of the Subject / :
Enterprise Management Systems (EMS)
course
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objectives
To understand the Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) - Meaning and Concept of ERP,
1 Functional view of business processes and how they are integrated using an ERP, Merits
and Demerits of ERP
2 To understand the Enterprise Content Management – Role of content management
To understand the applications areas of ERP, in various industry verticals and
3
business
4 To understandEnterprise Portals – Concept of an enterprise portal
5 To understand the Enterprise Application Integration- Challenges in integrating

Basic understanding of operations, framework of

Prerequisites if any
Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP)
Will connect conceptual framework to the Enterprise
Connections with Subjects in Resource Planning (ERP) - Meaning and Concept of ERP,
the current or Future courses Functional view of business processes and how they are
integrated using an ERP, Merits and Demerits of ERP

Module
S
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No
Enterprise Management Systems – the
Components – what is an Enterprise and
its dynamics – how does it work. What Understand the role of
Lecture and
1 subsystems are required to make it Enterprise Management
Caselets
responsive and successful? How does IT Systems in Business
play a part? Understanding Business IT.

Applications areas of an Enterprise viz.

ERP, across various industry verticals and Gaining an insight on
businesses such as BFSI, Retail, Telecom, Applications of EMS in
2 Lecture
Healthcare, across manufacturing and/or various industry
Marketing organizations, Government verticals
bodies etc...
Enterprise Content Management – role of
Gain an insight on role
content management –
of content management,
New Organization and Startup the
3 Lecture challenges w.r.t
challenges and Role of IT and systems
building cashless
Building Cashless and Process oriented
organizations
organizations
S
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No
Enterprise Portals – Concept of an
Understand the concept
enterprise portal, benefits to an Lecture
4 of Enterprise Portal and
organization, Technologies available for Caselets
related Technologies
building such portals.
Enterprise Application Integration- Identifying and solving
Lecture and
Challenges in integrating various the challenges in
5 Enterprise
enterprise applications. Modern integrating various
cases
technologies for application integration. enterprise applications
Application Areas of ERP in SCM, and
CRM, Understanding the
Supply Chain Management(SCM) – Need Lecture & applications of ERP in
6
for Supply chain integration, Application Cases SCM and logistics
overview of supply chain solution, Management
advanced SCM and ERP integration
Group
Case Studies and Presentations – Case
Discussion
study to cover full enterprise layer with
7 and
SCM, CRM and ERP combined with E-
Individual
enabled organisation
assignments

Text books
1 Enterprise Resource Planning by Alexis Leon
Integrated Business Processes with Enterprise Systems by Simha Magal published
2
by Wiley
Enterprise Systems for Management by Luvai Motiwalla and Thompson, published
3
by Pearson
4 Enterprise Resource Planning by Mary Sumner published by Prentice Hall India
5 Enterprise Resource Planning by Makkar

Reference books
1 Demos/Screen Shots of ERP Software such as SAP, CRM and SCM products
2 ERP Demystified by Alexis Leon
3 Enterprise Resource Planning Systems by Daniel O’Leary
4 ERP Systems by Batra and Srivastava
5 Work-study by ILO

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
Semester : III-Core
Title of the Subject / :
Big Data and Business Analytics
course
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objectives
To understand the Introduction to Big Data and Business Analytics and its
1
applications
To understand the Business Analytics Cycle Introduction, Analytical Tools &
2
Methods
To understand Data Mining & decision Making concepts, Predictive Analysis,
3
Forecasting Optimization, Simulation, and Business Metrics tc.
To understand the Data Driven Prediction Methods NLP, Regression, Correlation,
4
Cluster Analysis, Artificial Neural Networks, BI Tools & Applications

Prerequisites if any Basic understanding of operations, framework

Connections with Subjects in Will connect conceptual framework to BigData and
the current or Future courses business Analytics.

Module
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
Introduction to Data Analytics
Need for Business Intelligence Data
Understand the basic
Management, Data Visualization,
1 Lecture concepts of Big Data and
Data Warehousing, ETL Data
Business Analytics
Processing Chain From Business
Intelligence to Business Analytics
Business Analytics Cycle
Introduction, Analytical Tools &
Methods, Integration Social
Gain an insight on
Analytics, Operational Analytics Big
2 Lecture & cases analytical tools and
Data Analytics, Hadoop, Informatics,
methods
Cognos etc. Business application of
big data analytics

Data Mining & decision Making

Understand the
Predictive Analysis Forecasting
predictive analytics and
3 Optimization Simulation Lecture
forecasting method w.r.t
Gamification.
business analytics
Business Metrics in Action Data
Gaining an insight on
science in Startups Basics of
Lecture and Business metrics and
4 Problem-Solving Design Patterns in
cases data science in statistical
Statistical Computing Excel for Data
computing
Science.
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
Data Driven Prediction Methods Understand Statistical
NLP, Regression, Correlation, Lecture and computing methods like
5
Cluster Analysis, Artificial Neural cases NLP, regression and
Networks, BI Tools &Applications. other BI tools
6 Case Studies and presentations Lecture & Cases

Text books
Big Data Big Analytics: Emerging Business Intelligence and Analytic Trends for Today's
1
Businesses by Michael Minelli
2 Big Data & Analytics by Chellappan and Acharya

3 Big Data Analytics with R & Hadoop by Vignesh Prajapati

4 Big Data Analytics Made Easy by Y Lakshmi Prasad

5 Data Science for Business by Foster Provost & Tom Fowcett

Reference books

1 Business Analytics: Data Analysis and Decision Making by S. Christian Albright

Big Data: Using Smart Big Data, Analytics and Metrics to Make Better Decisions and Improve
2
Performance by Bernard Marr
3 Data Science and Big Data Analytics by EMC Education Services

4 Analytics in a Big Data World by Bart Baesens

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
Semester : III-Core
Title of the Subject / :
Knowledge Management
course
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objectives
1 To understand the introduction to Meaning of data, information, knowledge
2 To Know the conceptual background and framework of KM
3 Understand the KM Foundations and Solutions KM Foundations
To know the Organizational Structure, Culture, Communities and KM practices,
4
Information Technology as an enabler.

Prerequisites if any Basic understanding of Knowledge Management

Will connect conceptual framework to KM
Connections with Subjects in the Infrastructure, Organizational Structure, Organizational
current or Future courses Culture, Communities of Practice, Information
Technology enabler

Module
Content Activity Learning outcomes
Introduction to Knowledge Meaning of
data, information, knowledge and expertise
Meaning of epistemology, Types of
Knowledge - Subjective & Objective
Understanding the KM
views of knowledge, procedural Vs.
concepts, types of knowledge
1 Declarative, tacit Vs. Explicit, generals. Lecture
and characteristics of
Specific. Types of expertise – associational,
knowledge
theoretical Characteristics of knowledge
– explicitness, teach ability, specificity
Reservoirs of knowledge Locations and
Intellectual Capital
Introduction to Knowledge Management
(KM) Meaning of KM, Relevance of KM in
today’s dynamic complex environment
Lecture Basic concepts of knowledge
2 Forces Driving KM Organizational issues in
& cases management can be gained
KM Systems & their role Emergent KM
practices Factors influencing KM Future of
Knowledge Management
KM Foundations and Solutions KM
Foundations: Infrastructure, Mechanisms, Km infrastructure, solutions
Technologies KM Solutions and and various components
3 components: Processes (Discovery, Lecture related to KM foundation can
Capture, Sharing, and also be well understood and
Applications)Knowledge Utilization applied
Process
 Content Activity Learning outcomes
Understanding the KM
KM Infrastructure Organizational Structure
Structure, Organization
Organizational Culture Communities of Lecture
4 Culture and Role of IT in
Practice Information Technology enabler and cases
facilitating the KM
and Infrastructure Common Knowledge
implementation.
Organizational Impact of KM Dimensions
of KM Impact – People, Processes, Products
& Organizational Performance Factors
Gain an Insight on KM
influencing impact – universalistic &
Lecture dimensions, barriers and
5 contingency view Leadership and
and cases Performance factors w.r.t
Assessment of KM Leadership , KM
KM
Assessment of Knowledge Management
Solutions, Impacts Knowledge Workers
Barriers to KM and IT Dissemination
Case studies and Application Exercises on Lecture
6
KM processes & Cases

Text books
1 Knowledge Management in Organizations by Donald Hislop, Oxford 2nd Edition.
2 Knowledge Management by Ganesh Natarajan and Sandhya Shekhar
Knowledge Management Systems Theory and Practice by Stuart Barnes (Ed.),
3
Thomson Learning.
4 Knowledge Management, Shelda Debowski, Wiley India Edition.
Knowledge Management in Theory and Practice, Kimiz Dalkir, Elsevier, Butterworth
5
Hinemann.

Reference books
Irma Becerra-Fernandez, Avelino Gonzalez, Rajiv Sabherwal (2004).
1 Knowledge Management Challenges, Solutions, and Technologies. Prentice Hall.
ISBN: 0-13-109931-0.
Elias M. Awad, Hassan M. Ghaziri (2004). Knowledge Management. Prentice Hall.
2
ISBN: 0-13-034820-1.
Ian Watson (2002). Applying Knowledge Management: Techniques for Building
3
Corporate Memories. Morgan Kaufmann. ISBN: 1558607609.
Madanmohan Rao (2004). Knowledge Management Tools and Techniques:
4 Practitioners and Experts Evaluate KM Solutions. Butterworth-Heinemann. ISBN:
0750678186.

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
Semester : III-Core
Title of the Subject / :
Software Engineering
course
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objectives
To understand the in details software development process with issues /challenges
1
In analysis, design, implementation ,maintenance etc.
Ability to analyze, design, verify, validate, implement, apply and maintain software
2
systems.
To help students to develop skills that will enable to construct high quality software
3
and reliability.

Prerequisites if any Basic understanding of software Engineering

Connections with Subjects in the Will connect conceptual framework to software
current or Future courses engineering

Module
Content Activity Learning outcomes
Exposure to software development process –
Software Lifecycles such as Waterfall,
Spiral, Prototyping, Rational Unified Understanding the
1 Process, Agile Methodologies – Various Lecture software lifecycles and
phases in each lifecycle model, and the pros methodologies
and cons of these approaches to software
development
Analysis and Design of Information systems
•Assessing the Feasibility of a system
Gain an insight on
•Gathering detailed requirement
analysis and designing of
•Use of Structured methods such as Data
information systems
flow, Entity Relationship diagrams etc – Lecture &
2
•Use of Object Analysis and Design cases
Understand the use cases
•Use Cases and visualization of the IT based
and e-r diagrams for
solution
process mapping
•Design of Inputs , Outputs and other
interfaces
Documenting Software requirements - Understand the SRS
various documents used at different stages of designing and various
3 Lecture
software development process – User stages involved in
Requirement Specifications software development
Software Estimation – challenges in
Estimation of software – methods of
software estimation such as Line of Code, Gain an insight on cost
Lecture and
4 Function Point, COCOMO, COCOMO II, estimation techniques for
cases
Use Case Point Method etc – Estimating a software development
Coding Task versus non-coding activities
such as Documentation etc
 Content Activity Learning outcomes
Software Quality and Testing – Need for
Understand the quality
testing, Quality assurance of software at each
assurance and system
phase in the lifecycle, Various types of tests
testing w.r.t to software
such as Black box v/s White box, Functional Lecture and
5 development.
test, code reviews , Stress tests, load tests etc cases
Learn to design the test
Use of Use Cases for functional testing,
case, apply test case and
Preparing Test Data and Test Cases,
work on CASE tools
overview of Automated methods for testing
Review of Student Presentations on exercise
which requires them to analyse a business
process, requirements, documentation and Individual
6
maintenance, Analysis and Conceptual Assignment
design of the system, estimation of the
software size
Group
Discussions
7 Case Studies and Presentations
and
Workshops

Text books
1 Software Engineering- A Practioners’s Approach”, 7th Edition , Pressman
2 Analysis and Design of Information Systems, by James Senn, TMH
Raising Enterprise applications – A software engineering perspective by Pradhan,
3
Nanjappa & Nallasamy
4 Fundamentals of Software Engineering by Rajib Mall
5 Software Engineering by Ian Sommerville

Reference books
Structured systems analysis and design: concise study Ed 2, Kelkar SA. Published by
1
PHI Learning, 2009, ISBN 10: 812032451X / ISBN 13: 9788120324510
2 OOAD – 3rd Edition, Booch and others, Addison Wesseley
3 Beginning Software Engineering by Rod Stephens
4 Software Engineering by Waman Jawadekar,Tata McGraw Hill

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
Programme - Masters in Management Studies
Semester - III
SYSTEM (ELECTIVE)
Semester : III Elective
Title of the Subject / course : Cloud Computing & Virtualization
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objectives
To understand the Enabling Technologies and Cloud Computing Models including
1
Infrastructure/Platform/Software
Understand the Cloud Operating System, Cloud Architectures including Federated
2
Clouds ,Scalability, Performance, Quality of Service, Data centers for Cloud Computing
Principles of Virtualization platforms, Security and Privacy issues in the Cloud,
3
Virtualization Techniques & Virtualization Technology
Prerequisites if any Basic understanding of Cloud Computing & Virtualization
Connections with Will connect conceptual framework to Enabling Technologies
Subjects in the current or and System Models for Cloud Computing , including benefits,
Future courses challenges, and risks, Applications areas of business
Module
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
Enabling Technologies and System
Models for Cloud Computing
Understand the basic concepts
1 Introduction to Cloud Computing Lecture
of Cloud Computing
including benefits, challenges, and risks,
Applications areas of business
Cloud Computing Models including
Gain an insight on Computing
Infrastructure/Platform/Software – as-a- Lecture
2 Models like IAAS, PAAS &
service, Public cloud, private cloud and & cases
SAAS
hybrid
Cloud Operating System, Cloud Designing of Cloud
3 Architectures including Federated Lecture Architecture can be well
Clouds understood
Scalability, Performance, Quality of Need for Data Centers,
Lecture
4 Service, Data centers for Cloud Quality of Services etc. can be
and cases
Computing identified
Principles of Virtualization platforms,
Security and Privacy issues in the Cloud, Lecture Virtualization Concepts can be
5
Virtualization Techniques & and cases learnt and applied
Virtualization Technology
Understand the memory
VMWare ESX Memory Management,
Lecture Management Capacity
6 Capacity Planning and Disaster
& Cases Planning and Disaster
Recovery in Cloud Computing
Recovery Techniques
Lecture
7 Case Studies and presentations
& Cases
 Text books

1 Cloud Computing: Fundamentals, Industry Approach and Trends by Rishabh Sharma

Cloud Computing First Steps: Cloud Computing for Beginners by Ravi Shankar and
2
Navin Sabharwal
Cloud Computing: SaaS, PaaS, IaaS, Virtualization, Business Models, Mobile,
3
Security by Kris Jamsa
Big Data Analytics with R and Hadoop by Vignesh Prajapati, 1st Edition, Shroff /
4
Packt Publications

Reference books

1 Cloud Computing Black Book by Kallakurchi, Houde, Shah

Cloud Computing: Principles and Paradigms by Rajkumar Buyya, Kames Broberg,
2
Andrzej Goscinski
3 Cloud Computing from Beginning to End by Ray Rafaels

4 Cloud Security and Privacy by Mather Tim

5 Hadoop in Action by Chuck Lam Dreamtech Press Publisher.

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
Semester : III Elective
Title of the Subject / course : Information System Security and Audit
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objectives
To understand the Need for Information Security and Audit in an organization
1
Identifying Information Assets in an organization
2 To understand the framework of Concept of Systems Audit
3 Understand the System & Infrastructure Maintenance
4 To Know the insights of Security Administration & Operations’
5 To understand the Global & Indian perspective
Basic understanding of Information System Security and
Prerequisites if any
Audit
Connections with Subjects in Will connect conceptual framework to significance, Need
the current or Future courses for Information Security and Audit in an organization

Module
Sr. Learning
Content Activity
No. outcomes
The latest opportunities in Information Systems
Audit Understand the
Forensic accounting, Fraud prevention, Security in latest
1 Lecture
Business Information, Business Analytics, E- Opportunities in
Commerce, Cloud computing, Big Data, Data IT Audit
Analytics, Social Media, etc.
Need for establishing Control Framework for
information asset, Understanding Information Risk
Management and Control, Information Security
Understand the
(CIA) Management (Tools and techniques) for
need for Control
Safeguarding Business Information and related
Framework
assets.
Lecture &
2 General control – Preventive, Detective and
cases Gain an insight on
Corrective Controls,
Business
Technological Controls - Application controls,
Information and
Database controls and network controls,
related assets
Administrative and Operational Controls – Physical,
Environmental and Logical Controls.
Importance of information security and audit
Concept of Information Systems and Security
Audit Practices
Information System Audit - Planning, Conducting
an audit, Reporting Audit findings, Audit Follow up.
Information System Audit Function – Scope of Understand the IS
3 Lecture
Audit, Cycle Time, Audit Time and Cost Audit Practices
effectiveness, Competency of an Auditor, Role
responsibility and accountability of an IS Auditor,
Internal and External Systems Auditor.
Sr. Learning
Content Activity
No. outcomes
Protection of Information / Application System
Review of business information / application flows
in the organization, inputs, process, validation and Information
output, modifications, authorizations, information Protection and
Lecture
4 (data) and application maintenance, disposal, etc. Application
and cases
Review of database and data management systems Systems can be
Review of Logical access, Physical and learnt and applied
Environmental controls that supports business
information / application system.
Protection of Information / Application
Information
Infrastructure
Protection and
Network controls, Vulnerability Assessment and
Lecture Application
5 Penetration Testing, etc.
and cases Infrastructure w.r.t
Review of Logical access, Physical and
networks can be
Environmental controls that supports business
learnt and applied
information / application infrastructure.
Business Continuity Management ( A Corrective
Control as part of Contingency plan for Business IT)
Process - Dependencies – External and Internal,
Risk, Actions to address Risk, Performance
Business
Measurement, Improvement in resilience
Continuity
BC Infrastructure – Cold, Warm, Hot and Lecture &
6 planning and
Reciprocal Sites, Safety and Security of Business Cases
implementation
infrastructure, System and People
can be learnt
Practice – BCM Team, Roles, responsibilities and
authorities, Competencies, Awareness, Plans for
Business Continuity and Disaster Recovery,
Exercise and Testing, Management Reviews
Audit Tools and Certifications
Overview of COBIT 5 and its use by IS Auditors
Overview of ISMS ISO 27001:2013
Understand
Overview of BCMS ISO 22301:2012
Auditing Tools,
Certified Information System Auditor (CISA)
Career Option as
7 Certified Information Security Manager (CISM)
IS Auditor and
Certified In Governance of Enterprise IT (CGEIT)
related
Certified in Risk & Information System Control
Certifications
(CRISC)
Certified Information System Security Professional
(CISSP)
8 Case Studies and Presentations
Text books
1 Information Systems Control and Audit – Ron Weber – Prentice Hall
2 Auditing in a computerized environment – Mohan Bhatia – Tata McGraw Hill
Information Security Principles and Practices – Mark Merkow and Jim Breithaupt –
3
Pearson Education
4 IT Security Governance by IT Governance Institute (ITGI) BS:7799/ISO/IEC:17799

5 Information Systems Audit and Assurance by D.P Dube

Reference books
1 Information Systems Control & Audit – A Complete Reference by Dinesh Madan
Analysis and Design of Information Systems – V. Rajaraman – Prentice Hall of India
2
Auditing - D.G–Prasuna – ICFAI Press
Understanding and conducting Information Systems Auditing by Hingarh and Ahmed,
3
Wiley Corporate F&A
4 IT Audit Control and Security by Robert Moeller, Wiley Corporate F&A
5 Contemporary Auditing – Kamal Gupta – Tata McGraw Hill

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
Semester : III Elective
Title of the Subject / course : Data Mining and Business Intelligence
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objectives
To understand the Introduction to Data Mining: Introduction, Definition of Data Mining,
1 Data mining parameters, How Data Mining works?,
2 To understand the framework of Classification on Data Mining system
Understandthe Data Mining Techniques: Introduction, Statistical Perspective on Data
3 Mining, Statistics-need and algorithms.
4 Focus on Business Intelligence
5 To understand the Business Intelligence Essentials

Prerequisites if any Basic understanding of Data Mining and Business Intelligent

Connections with Subjects Will connect conceptual framework to Architecture of Data
in the current or Future Mining, Kinds of Data which can be mined, Functionalities of
courses Data Mining and business intelligent

Module
Content Activity Learning outcomes
Introduction to Data Mining: Introduction,
Definition of Data Mining, Data mining
parameters, How Data Mining works?, Understand the Data Mining
1 Lecture
Types of relationships, Architecture of Data Concepts
Mining, Kinds of Data which can be mined,
Functionalities of Data Mining,
Classification on Data Mining system,
Various risks in Data Mining, Advantages Gain an insight on Ethical
Lecture
2 and disadvantages of Data Mining, Ethical issues related to Data
& cases
issues in Data Mining, Analysis of Ethical mining
issues, Global issues
Data Mining Techniques: Introduction,
Understand the application
3 Statistical Perspective on Data Mining, Lecture
of Data Mining Techniques
Statistics-need and algorithms.
Business Intelligence an Introduction:
Introduction, Definition, History and
Evolution, Business Intelligence Segments,
Difference between Information and BI Concepts and
Lecture
4 Intelligence, Defining Business Intelligence Background can be well
and cases
Value Chain, Factors of Business understood
Intelligence System, Real time Business
Intelligence, Business Intelligence
Applications
Business Intelligence Essentials:
Introduction, Creating Business Intelligence Essentials for BI
Lecture
5 Environment, Business Intelligence Implementation can be
and cases
Landscape, Types of Business Intelligence, learnt
Business Intelligence Platform, Dynamic
 Content Activity Learning outcomes
roles in Business Intelligence, Roles of
Business Intelligence in Modern Business-
Challenges of BI
Business Intelligence Types: Introduction,
Multiplicity of Business Intelligence Tools,
Gaining an insight on BI
Types of Business Intelligence Tools, Lecture
6 tools w.r.t Modern Business
Modern Business Intelligence, the & Cases
Technology
Enterprise Business Intelligence,
Information Workers
Business Intelligence Life Cycle:
Introduction, Business Intelligence
Lifecycle, Enterprise Performance Life
Cycle (EPLC) Framework Elements, Life Understand BI life cycle and
Lecture
7 Cycle Phases, Human Factors in BI framework , issues and
& Cases
Implementation, BI Strategy ,Business implementation challenges
Intelligence Issues and Challenges:
Introduction, Critical Challenges for
Business Intelligence success
Gain Insight on BI
Application of Business Intelligent and Lecture
8 Application and Data
Data Mining for Business & Cases
Mining
9 Case Study and Application

Text books
Data Mining for Business Intelligence: Concepts, Techniques, and Applications in
1 Microsoft Office Excel with XLMiner”, G. Shmueli, N.R. Patel, P.C. Bruce, Wiley
India
2 Introduction to DATA MINING with CASE STIDIES BY G K GUPTA
3 Introduction to Data Mining by Tan, Kumar published by Pearson
Data Mining Concepts and Techniques by Vikram Pudi & Radha Krishna, Oxford
4
University Press
Business Intelligence: Data Mining and Optimization for Decision Making by Carlo
5
Vercellis

Reference books
1 Data Mining Concepts and Techniques by Han
2 Modern Data Warehousing, Mining and Visualization by George Marakas, Pearson
3 Data Mining – Principles and Applications by Kumar, Elsevier
4 Data Mining for Managers by Richard Boire, Palgrave Macmillan
5 Data Mining for Dummies by Meta Brown , John Wiley and Sons

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
Semester : III Elective
Title of the Subject / course : IT Consulting
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objectives
1 To understand the Data warehousing Components –Building a Data warehouse
2 To understand the framework of The Structure of the Data Warehouse, Granularity
To understand the Normalization and denormalization Triggering the Data Warehouse
3
Record
Basic understanding of Advances Database and Data
Prerequisites if any
Warehousing
Connections with Will connect conceptual framework to Data warehousing
Subjects in the current Components –Building a Data warehouse , to connect to
or Future courses applications of data warehousing

Module
Content Activity Learning outcomes
Introduction to Consulting, types of
Gain insight on IT Consulting
1 Consulting, Professional Consulting, Lecture
Concepts
Trends in Consulting Industry
Lecture,
Discussion on Data Gathering Understand various data
cases and
2 Methods, Contracting, Proposal gathering methods and
Class
Writing, Data Handling & Analysis contracting formalities
research
Introduction to IT Consulting, History
Understand the IT Value
of IT/IS/ITES Consulting, Various IT
3 Lecture Chain, Drivers for Future
Services, IT Value Chain, Drivers of
Business Growth
Future Growth
Consulting roles and growth cycle of
the individual consultant
Consulting to CIO/CTO/CEO &
Gain insight on Various
Boards, Various consulting services to
Lecture and Consulting Services offered
4 CEOs and Boards of Directors,
cases and understanding the
Understanding the diversity of
consultants role
consulting roles ,Consulting to the
Board: unique process issues and
transformation challenges
Consulting to Global Clients, Growth
Lectures Understand Global Consulting
in Global Consulting, 9-Step
5 and class Framework and Global
Framework for Analysis, Diverse
research Challenges
Issues in Global Consulting
Identifying and Deciding on
Alternatives for Action and
Measurement: Managing Consulting Proposal Learn to Identify alternatives
6 Firms - The Knowledge Sharing writing and for action and measurement,
Problem, Consulting as a Profession - Case study managing consulting firms
Marketing and Selling of Consulting
Services - Strategic and Organization
 Content Activity Learning outcomes
Information Technology Consulting,
Client-consultant relationship, internal
vs. External, service Quality

Text books
1 High Value IT Consulting by Purba and Delaney published by McGraw-Hill
2 Million Dollar Consulting Proposals by Alan Weiss published by Wiley
3 IT Consulting Essentials – A Professional Handbook by Dave Faulise
4 The Art of IT Consulting by Biswo Samal

Reference books
1 The Nomadic Developer by Aaron Erickson published by Pearson Education
How to Star and Run IT Consultancy Business by Srikanth Merianda and Brandi
2 Marcene
3 The IT Consultant by Rick Freedman, John Wiley and Sons
4 Consulting – A Practitioners Perspective by Mohan Kancharla, Notion Press

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
Semester : III Elective
Title of the Subject / course : Digital Business
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objectives
To understand the Introduction to Digital Business ,framework of Drivers of digital
1
business-, Mobile, Cloud Computing, Social media
To understand the E-Business- Meaning, Retailing in e- Business-products and
2
services, consumer behavior
Developing the Digital Business Support services- e-CRM, e-SCM, e-banking, ERP,
3
Mobile Computing
To know about -Building Digital business Applications and Infrastructure, IAAS,
4
SAAS, PAAS, Information Super Highway, Collaboration Tools

Prerequisites if any Basic understanding of digital business

Will connect conceptual framework to Background and
Connections with
current status ,E-market places, structures, mechanisms,
Subjects in the current or
economics , to know the difference between physical
Future courses
economy and digital economy

Module
Content Activity Learning outcomes
Introduction to Digital Business
Introduction, Background and current status Understand the
1 ,E-market places, structures, mechanisms, Lecture Concepts of Digital
economics and impacts Difference between Business
physical economy and digital economy
Drivers of digital business- Big Data &
Analytics, Mobile, Cloud Computing, Social
Gain insight on the
media, BYOD, and Internet of Lecture &
2 drivers of digital
Things(digitally intelligent cases
business
machines/services) Opportunities and
Challenges in Digital Business
Overview of E- Business
E-Business- Meaning, Retailing in
e- Business-products and services, consumer
behavior, market research and advertisement
Understand various e-
3 B2B-E- Business-selling and buying in Lecture
business models
private e-markets, public B2B exchanges and
support services, e-supply chains,
Collaborative Commerce, mobile commerce
and pervasive computing
Digital Business Support services- e-CRM,
Lecture E-Business Support
4 e-SCM, e-banking, ERP as e –business
and cases Services can be learnt
backbone, Mobile Computing
Understanding -Building Digital business Understand the Digital
Lecture
5 Applications and Infrastructure, IAAS, Business Infrastructure
and cases
SAAS, PAAS, Information Super Highway, and Challenges
 Content Activity Learning outcomes
Collaboration Tools
Managing E-Business-Managing
Knowledge, Management skills for e-
business, Launching a successful online
Understand the Security,
business and E - Business project, Legal,
Lecture & ethics and societal
6 Ethics and Societal impacts of E- Business ,
Cases impact of digital
Managing Risks in e –business Security
business
Threats to e-business -Security Threats,
Encryption, Cryptography, Digital
Signatures, Digital Certificates,
E-Business Strategy- E- Business Strategy
and Implementation, E Business strategy and
global E- Business, Economics and
Justification of Gain an insight on
Lecture &
7 E-business ,Strategic formulation- Analysis E-business strategy
Cases
of Company’s Internal and external formulation
environment, Selection of strategy, E-
business strategy into Action, challenges and
E-Transition
Lecture &
8 Case Studies and presentations
Cases

Text books
1 Digital Business Concepts and Strategy –Eloise Coupey, 2nd Edition –Pearson
2 Digital Business Discourse Erika Darics, April 2015, Palgrave Macmillan
3 Digital Business and E-Commerce Management, 6th edition –Dave Chaffey, August 2014
4 Digital Strategy – A guide to Digital Business Transformation by Alexander Rauser
Trend and Challenges in Digital Business Innovation –Authors –Vinocenzo Morabito, Italy-
5 Springer

Reference books
1 A textbook on E-commerce - Publisher: Neha Publishers & Distributors
2 E-commerce from vision to fulfilment-Elias M. Awad PHI-Restricted (2002)
3 Introduction to E-business-Management and Strategy-Colin Combe, ELSVIER, 2006
4 Leading Digital – Turning Technology into Business Transformation by HBR
Perspectives the Digital Enterprise –A framework for Transformation –TCS consulting journal
5 Vol.5

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
Semester : III Elective
Title of the Subject / course : Software Project management
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objectives
To understand the Introduction, the state of IT project management, need of project
1
management, project goals, project life cycle and IT development
To understand the project management process, project integration Management, the
2 project charter, project planning framework, the contents of a project plan, the planning
process.
Understand the Introduction, developing the project schedule, project management
3 software tools, methods of budgeting, developing the project budget, improving cost
estimates, finalizing the project
To know the Organization and project planning, the project team, the Project
4
environment.
To understand the Managing Project Procurement and Outsourcing , project procurement
5
management, outsourcing.
Prerequisites if any Basic understanding of software project management
Connections with Will connect to the software project management issues and
Subjects in the current challenges ,implementation Plan, project evaluation, project
or Future courses audit closure, outsourcing

Module
Content Activity Learning outcomes
An overview of IT Project Management -
Introduction, the state of IT project
management, need of project management,
project goals, project life cycle and IT Gain an insight on
1 development, extreme project management, Lecture overview of software
PMBOK. IT Project Methodology ITPM), project management
project feasibility, request for proposal (RFP),
the business case, project selection and approval,
project contracting, IT governance.
Introduction, project management process,
project integration Management, the project
charter, project planning framework, the Understand the WBS
Lecture &
2 contents of a project plan, the planning process. and Project Planning
cases
The Work Breakdown Structure (WBS), the concepts
linear responsibility chart, Multidisciplinary
teams.
Introduction, developing the project schedule,
project management software tools, methods of
budgeting, developing the project budget, Understand the
improving cost estimates, finalizing the project Software tools, risks
3 Lecture
schedule and budget. IT project risk involved and its
management planning process, identifying IT assessment
project risks, risk analysis and assessment, risk
strategies, risk monitoring and control, risk
 Content Activity Learning outcomes
responses and evaluation
The Human Side of Project Management-
Introduction,
Organization and project planning, the project
team, the Project environment.
The Project Communication, monitoring and Gain Insight on
controlling the project, the project Project team,
Lecture
4 communications plan, project metric, project Leadership, Roles,
and cases
control, plan monitor control cycle, , reporting Conflicts multi-
performance and progress, cultural projects
Project Leadership and Ethics- Introduction,
project leadership, ethics in projects,
multicultural projects. Managing Change,
Resistance and Conflicts
Managing Project Procurement and Outsourcing Project procurements
Lecture
5 Introduction, project procurement management, and outsourcing can
and cases
outsourcing. be learnt
The Implementation Plan and Project Closure-
Understand the
Introduction, project implementation, Lecture &
6 implementation plan
administrative closure, project evaluation, Cases
and project closure
project audit.
Lecture &
7 Case Studies and presentations
Cases

Text books
Joel Henry, “Software Project Management, A real world guide to success”, Pearson
1
Education, 2008.
2 Hughes and Cornell, “Software Project Management”, 3rd edition, Tata McGraw Hill
Information Technology Project Management”, Jack T. Marchewka, 3rd edition,
3
Wiley India, 2009.
4 Joseph Phillips, “IT Project Management”, 2nd edition, Tata McGraw Hill
5 Software Project Management – A Concise Study by Kelkar

Reference books
S. J. Mantel, J. R. Meredith and etl...“Project Management” 1st edition, Wiley India,
1
2009.
John M. Nicholas, “Project Management for Business and Technology”, 2nd edition,
2
Pearson Education.
Dinsmore, P. C. (Ed.). (1993) The AMA Handbook of Project Management.
3
AMACOM
Robert K. Wyzocki and Rudd McGary, “Effective Project Management”, 3rd edition,
4
Wiley Brown, K.A. Project Management, McGraw Hill, 2002.
5 Mastering IT Project Management, Practices, Tools and Techniques by Murali
Chemuturi

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
Semester : III Elective
Title of the Subject / course : Governance of Enterprise IT & Compliance
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objectives
To understand the Need for IT Governance (COBIT Framework)Importance and need
1 of IT Governance and Compliances to know the laws , norms like IT Act, Sarbanes
Oxley and the Graham
Prerequisites if any Basic understanding of IT Governance and Compliance
Will connect to Overview of various Standards and
Connections with Subjects
governance framework Introduction to the COBIT
in the current or Future
Framework as an umbrella Framework and various norms
courses
and acts.

Module
Content Activity Learning outcomes
Governance of Enterprise IT and IT
Governance Understand concepts
GEIT Benefits – Cyber security, Privacy Lecture / on Governance of
concerns, Multiple frameworks, Resource Group Enterprise IT and
1
utilization, Industry specific issues, External Discussion / Management of
Partners, Multiple Agendas, and Disruptive Workshop Enterprise IT.
Technologies.

Compliance
Compliance to Process Standards - ISO/IEC
38500, PRINCE2 /PMBOK, TOGAF9,
ISO/IEC 31000, ISO/IEC 27000, CMMI, Understand and
Lecture /
ITIL V3 AND ISO/IEC 20000. comply with sample
Group
2 Compliance to Legal and Regulatory Process standards,
Discussion /
Requirements - IT Act, Sarbanes Oxley Act, Legal and Regulatory
Workshop
Safe Harbor, Graham Bleach Act, RBI and requirements.
other Banking Regulations and Basel III
(for Banks), Data Privacy Act (PIMS), Data
Protection Act, etc.
Implementing GEIT – Initiate program
(Establish desire to change- recognize need
to act), Define problems and opportunities
(form implementation team-assess current
Understand the use of
state), Define Road Map (Communicate
Lecture / COBIT for assessing
outcome-define target state), Plan Program
Group the maturity level of
3 (Identify role players- build improvements),
Discussion / Governance and
Execute Plan (Operate and use-implement
Workshop Management of
improvements), Realize Benefits (Embed
Enterprise IT.
new approaches-Operate and measure), and
review effectiveness (Sustain– Monitor and
Evaluate).

4 COBIT5 Framework and relative Understand COBIT5

 Content Activity Learning outcomes
coverage with other Standards – as a Tool to
ISO/IEC 38500, PRINCE2 /PMBOK, implement GEIT
TOGAF9, ISO/IEC 31000, ISO/IEC 27000,
CMMI, ITIL V3 AND ISO/IEC 20000.
Group
5 Case Studies and Presentations Discussion /
Workshop

Text books
1 COBIT 3.0/4.0 – IT Governance Institute
2 BS – 7799 – IT Security Standards
3 Appropriate Standards like Sarbanes Oxley
4 IT Act 2000
5 A Primer for Implementing Governance of Enterprise IT – ISACA
A business framework for the Governance and Management of Enterprise IT –
6
COBIT5 – ISACA
IT Governance – AN Introduction by Ravi Kumar Jain Banda, ICFAI University
7
Press
8 IT Governance by Weill and Ross, HBR Press

Reference books
ISO/IEC 38500:2008 Corporate Governance of Information Technology
1
Principles and Practices (Evaluate Direct and Monitor)
2 Governance of the Extended Enterprise – IT Governance Institute – Wiley
Introduction to Information Security ad ISO 27001- A Pocket Guide by Watkins, It
3
Governance Publishing
IT Governance – Guidelines for Directors by Alan Calder by IT Governance
4
Publishing
Governance, Risk Management and Compliance by Richard Steinberg, Wiley
5
Corporate F&A

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
Semester : III Elective
Title of the Subject / course : Cyber Law & Managing Enterprise IT Risk
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objectives
To understand the Basic Concepts of Technology and Law and Law of Digital
1
Contracts :
2 Understand Intellectual Property Issues in Cyber Space
3 To know the insights to Rights of citizens and E-Governance
To get aware the Information Technology Act 2000 , Understanding Enterprise IT
4
Risk
Prerequisites if any Basic understanding of cyber law
Will connect conceptual framework to Basic Concepts of
Connections with
Technology and Law : Understanding the laws relating
Subjects in the current
Technology of Internet, Cyber Laws, Cyber Jurisprudence and
or Future courses
scope

Module
Content Activity Learning outcomes
Basic Concepts of Technology and
Law : Understanding the Technology Understanding the concept of
1 Lecture
of Internet, Scope of Cyber Laws, Cyber laws
Cyber Jurisprudence
Law of Digital Contracts : The
Essence of Digital Contracts, The
Gain Insights on Digital
System of Digital Signatures, The Lecture &
2 Signatures, Certifying
Role and Function of Certifying cases
Authorities, Cryptography
Authorities, The Science of
Cryptography
Intellectual Property Issues in Cyber
Understand IPR Issues and
3 Space: Copyright in the Digital Media, Lecture
Digital Media Rights
Patents in the Cyber World.
Rights of citizens and E-Governance :
Privacy and Freedom Issues in the Lecture Gain Insight on Rights of
4
Cyber World, E-Governance, Cyber and cases Citizens and e-governance
Crimes and Cyber Laws
Information Technology Act 2000 :
Information Technology Act-2000-1 Understand the IT Act 2000
(Sec 1 to 13), Information Technology
Act-2000-2 (Sec 14 to 42 and
Certifying authority Rules), Lecture
5
Information Technology Act-2000-3 and cases Understand the Sections.
(Sec 43 to 45 and Sec 65 to 78), Penalties related to various
Information Technology Act-2000- Cyber crimes
4(Sec 46 to Sec 64 and CRAT Rules),
Information Technology Act-2000-5
 Content Activity Learning outcomes
(Sec 79 to 90), Information
Technology Act-2000-6 ( Sec 91-94)
Amendments in 2008.
International Scenario in Cyber Laws:
Data Protection Laws in European
Union (EU) and USA, Child Abuse Lecture & Understand the Global Cyber
6
Protection Laws in EU and USA, Cases Security Standards
Cyber Laws - the Malaysian
Approach.
Cyber Law Issues for Management
:Cyber Law Issues in E-Business Understand the ways and
Lecture &
7 Management, Major issues in Cyber means of evidence collection &
Cases
Evidence Management, Cyber Law Auditing Standards
Compliancy Audit
Management of Enterprise IT Risk
IT Risk Identification: Identify the
universe of IT risk to contribute to the
execution of the IT risk management
strategy in support of business
objectives and in alignment with the
enterprise risk management (ERM)
strategy Understand the concepts of IT
IT Risk Assessment: Analyse and Risk
evaluate IT risk to determine the
likelihood and impact on business Gain insights on IT risk
objectives to enable risk-based assessments, Mitigation
decision making. techniques
8
Risk Response and Mitigation:
Determine risk response options and
evaluate their efficiency and Learn the Risk and Control
effectiveness to manage risk in Monitoring and Reporting
alignment with business objectives. Process
Risk and Control Monitoring and
Reporting: Continuously monitor and
report on IT risk and controls to
relevant stakeholders to ensure the
continued efficiency and effectiveness
of the IT risk management strategy
and its alignment to business
objectives.
Lecture &
9 Case Studies and Presentations
Cases
Text books
Peter Weill , Jeanne Ross “IT Governance: How Top Performers Manage IT Decision
1 Rights for Superior Results”
2 Cyber Laws in India by Satish Chandra
3 Cyber Laws and IT Protection by Harish Chander, PHI Publisher
4 Textbook of Cyber Law by Pavan Duggal, Universal Law Publishing
5 Information Technology Law and Practice by Vakul Sharma
6 Cyber Laws – Indian and International Perspectives by Aparna Vishwanathan

Reference books
Jeanne W. Ross “Enterprise Architecture As Strategy: Creating a Foundation for
1 Business Execution”
2 Peter Weill “IT Savvy: What Top Executives Must Know to Go from Pain to Gain
3 ISO/IEC 31000 and ISO/IEC 27005 Risk Management Standards
4 Computer Internet and New Technology Laws by Karnika Seth
5 Data Protection in India by Pavan Duggal

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
Programme - Masters in Management Studies
Semester - III
HRM (CORE)

Semester : III-Core
Title of the Subject / course : Training & Development
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objectives

1. Learning the intricacies of process of training and development and audit

Prerequisites if any
Connections with
Subjects in the current
or Future courses

Module

Sr
Content Activity Learning Outcome
No
Introduction to human Case Study/ Role-play/ Introduction to the concept
1 resource development Drama/ Group of human resource
Discussion development
Overview of Training in
Organizations

Planning for Training and Case Study/ Role-play/ Introduction to training,

2 Development Drama/ Group structure, need assessment
Discussion and evaluation of training
function

Learning organization Case Study/ Role-play/

Exploring the concept of
3 Drama/ Group
learning organization
Discussion

Learning
Case Study/ Role-play/ Introduction to adult
4 Drama/ Group learning and different
Discussion methodologies

Training Administration. Case Study/ Role-play/ Introduction to preparation

5 Drama/ Group of training budget, calendar
Discussion and training modules.
Sr
Content Activity Learning Outcome
No
programmes,

/schedules)
Designing and executing
Training inputs

Objectives

Modules

Training Need assessment Case Study/ Role-play/

Understanding the process
6 Drama/ Group
of training needs assessment
Discussion
Competency modeling and
mapping
Case Study/ Role-play/ Understanding the method
7 Drama/ Group of competency modeling
Discussion and mapping

Designing Training Modules Case Study/ Role-play/

Learning to design training
8 Drama/ Group
module
Discussion
Implementation of Training Case Study/ Role-play/
Learning methods of
9 Drama/ Group
implementing training
Discussion
Exploring various types of
methods training
-learning and use of
technology in training
Computer Case Study/ Role-play/
10 Based Training Drama/ Group
Satellite Based Training Discussion
Outbound Training
Fusion Methodology: Theatre,
Art, Music as methodologies
The World as a Classroom
Training evaluation, Cost Case Study/ Role-play/ Introduction to training
11 Benefit Analysis and ROI Drama/ Group evaluation, cost benefit
Discussion analysis and ROI
Management Development. Case Study/ Role-play/ Introduction to management
12 Drama/ Group development
Discussion
Planning & Organizing Methods of Planning &
conferences, seminar etc Case Study/ Role-play/ Organizing conferences,
13 Training Audit. Drama/ Group seminar etc
Discussion Introduction to Training
Audit.
Sr
Content Activity Learning Outcome
No
Case Study/ Role-play/
Case Studies and
14 Drama/ Group
Presentations
Discussion

Reference books
Effective Training Systems, Strategies and Practices P. Nick Blanchard, James
1 W Thacker second edition Pearson Education
2 P. Nick Blanchard, James W Thacker second edition Pearson Education

Text books

Employee Training and Development by Raymond A Noe, 3ed. McGraw Hill

1 Publication (International Edition)

Assessment

Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
Semester : III-Core
Title of the Subject / course : Compensation and Benefits
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objectives

To understand the concept of compensation, various elements, inflation, laws related

1.
to compensation, variable pay and income tax

Prerequisites if any
Connections with
Subjects in the current
or Future courses

Module

Sr.
Content Activity Learning Outcome
No.
Human Resources Case Study/ Role-
Introduction to the philosophy
1 Philosophy and Approach play/ Drama/ Group
of human resources
for an Organization Discussion
Reward Strategies –
Articulating and Case Study/ Role- Understanding business context
2 understanding business play/ Drama/ Group for reward strategies and
context for reward Discussion preparing strategies
strategies
Elements of Reward Case Study/ Role- Understanding the elements of
3 Strategy – Understanding play/ Drama/ Group reward strategy and
Reward Management Discussion management
Compensation / Case Study/ Role- Exploring Compensation /
4 Remuneration place in play/ Drama/ Group Remuneration place in Reward
Reward Strategy Discussion Strategy
Understanding Elements of
Compensation Structure
Case Study/ Role- Understanding Elements of
5 play/ Drama/ Group Compensation Structure
Discussion

/ Stock Options
Costing the CTC of each
Case Study/ Role- Learning to Cost the CTC of
element of Compensation
6 play/ Drama/ Group each element of Compensation
Structure
Discussion Structure
( excluding stock options)
Sr.
Content Activity Learning Outcome
No.
Understanding Inflation –
Case Study/ Role-
7 Inflation – play/ Drama/ Group
Understanding the concept of
Inflation
Discussion

Fund, Understanding Provident Fund,

Case Study/ Role-
ESIC, Gratuity,
8 play/ Drama/ Group
Superannuation, Bonus under
Discussion
Payment of Bonus Act
Bonus Act
Types of Variable Pay Case Study/ Role-
Learning various types of
9 play/ Drama/ Group
Variable Pay
Discussion
Understanding Income Tax Case Study/ Role- Understanding Income Tax
10 play/ Drama/ Group
Discussion
Arriving at the CTC of an Preparing the CTC of an
employee/ candidate – employee
Case Study/ Role-
11 play/ Drama/ Group
template
Discussion
a candidate – understanding
salary ranges
Remuneration Survey- Learning the details of
remuneration survey

Case Study/ Role-

12 play/ Drama/ Group
Discussion
market data

Remuneration Survey
results into a Salary
Proposal
Equity Compensation Plans Learning the intricacies of
equity compensation plans
compensation,
Case Study/ Role-
13 play/ Drama/ Group
Discussion

options
Sr.
Content Activity Learning Outcome
No.
Case Study/ Role-
Case Studies and
14 play/ Drama/ Group
Presentations
Discussion

Reference books
1 Textbook of HRM – P. Subha Rao.
2 Managing Human Resources – Bohlander, Snell, Sherman
Compensation Management – Dipak Kumar Bhattacharya – Oxford
3 Publications

Text books
Compensation Management in a Knowledge Based World – Richard I Henderson
1
– Pearson Publications

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
Semester : III-Core
Title of the Subject / course : Competency Based HRM and Performance
Management
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objectives

To provide both theoretical and application-oriented inputs on competency mapping

1
and developing mapped competencies.
2 To understand the concept of competency and competency based HR practices.
3 To understand the various approaches towards building a competency model
To understand how to integrate the applications of competency model with other HRM
4
functions.
To impart the understanding about the Performance Management system and strategies
5
adopted by the Organizations

Prerequisites if any
Connections with
Subjects in the current
or Future courses

Module
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
Concept and definition of Role and
competency.
History of competency, Types of
competencies – generic/specific.
Competency description, Competency
levels, Designing competency
dictionary, Why to promote a Case Studies,
competency culture, Context and Class
Relevance of competencies in modern Discussions,
organizations Evolution of Assessment
Basic Understanding
Competency based HRM, Centre
concept of Competency and
1 Competency Selection; Competency exercises, Field
its relevance to modern day
based Training & Development. Project,
Organizations.
Competency Based Performance Presentations,
Management; Competency Based Practical
Career & Succession Planning, linking Examples
HR processes to organizational Assignments
strategy, competency framework –
development of personal competency
framework, Developing Competency
Models ,Issues relating to
Competency models.
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
Methods of Data Collection for Case Studies,
Mapping:- . Observation b. Repertory Class
Grid c. Critical Incidence Technique Discussions,
Gaining knowledge about
d. Expert Panels e. Surveys , Job Task Assessment
the various methods of data
Analysis h. Behavioral Event Centre
collection in mapping
2 Interview, i. use of technology. exercises, Field
process and knowledge of
Developing Competency Models from Project,
validating the Competency
Raw Data: a. Data Recording b. Presentations,
model.
Analyzing The Data c. Content Practical
Analysis of Verbal Expression d. Examples
Validating the Competency Models Assignments
Competency Mapping and
Case Studies,
Assessment – Meaning, purpose and
Class
Benefits, Steps in Competency
Discussions,
Mapping –, Measuring and mapping
Assessment Knowledge about running
competencies a. BEI b. Assessment
Centre the assessment centre and
centre c. Conducting and operating
3 exercises, Field Report writing and
assessment centre d. Role of assessors
Project, learning about how to give
in an assessment centre e. Designing
Presentations, feedback.
tools in an assessment centre f.
Practical
Integration of data , Report Writing
Examples
and g. Feedback mechanism .
Assignments
Approaches to Mapping
Conceptual Framework of
Performance Management
Case Studies,
Performance Management process;
Class
Objectives of Performance
Discussions,
Management system; Historical
Assessment Learning about the
development in India; Performance
Centre conceptual frame work of
management and Performance
4 exercises, Field Performance Management
appraisal; Linkage of Performance
Project, System and its linkage with
Management system with other HR
Presentations, HR practices
practices. Components of
Practical
Performance Management System:
Examples
Performance planning; Ongoing
Assignments
support and coaching; Performance
measurement and evaluation.
Implementation and Issues in Case Studies,
Performance Management: Class
a. Defining Performance Discussions,
b. Determinants of Performance Assessment Learning about the
c. Performance Dimensions Centre Implementation of
5 d. Approaches to Measuring exercises, Field Performance Management
Performance Project, System, issues and
e. Diagnosing The Causes of Poor Presentations, challenges
Performance Practical
f. Differentiating Task from Examples
Contextual Performance Assignments
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
g. Choosing a Performance
Measurement Approach.
h. Measuring Results and Behaviors
i. Gathering Performance Information
j. Implementing Performance
Management System
Performance Management and
Employee Development:
a. Personal Development Plans
b. 360 Degree Feed Back as a
Developmental Tool Case Studies, Studying performance
6 c. Performance Management and Class management as a tool for
Reward System Discussions employee development
d. Performance Linked Remuneration
System
e. Performance Linked Career
Planning and Promotion Policy
Conducting Staff Appraisals
a. Introduction & Need
b. Skills Required
c. The Role of The Appraiser
d. Job Description and Job Case Studies,
Understanding the process
7 Specification Class
of conducting staff appraisal
e. Appraisal Methods Discussions
f. Raters Errors
g. Data Collection
h. Conducting an Appraisal Interview
i. Follow Up and Validation
Performance Consulting:
a. Concept
b. The Need for Performance
Consulting
c. Role of The Performance
Consulting Case Studies,
Understanding performance
8 d. Designing and Using Performance Class
consulting
Relationship Maps Discussions
e. Contracting for Performance
Consulting Services
f. Organizing Performance
Improvement Department

Reward for Performance:

a. Reward System, Components of
Reward System, Case Studies,
Study of rewards for
9 b.Objective of Reward System, Class
performance
Linkage of performance management Discussions
to reward and compensation System
Performance Management Pitfalls and
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
Remedies,
c.Recognizing the problems and
Pitfalls, Limitations, Shortcoming or
efficiencies of performance appraisal,
Guideline for performance appraisal
and good practices
Ethics in Performance Management:
a.Ethical Performance Management
Defined, Objectives and Significance
of Ethics in performance
Management, Case Studies, Overview of ethical
10 b.Ethical issues and dilemmas in Class practices in performance
Performance Management, Ethical Discussions management
Strategies in Performance
management, Performance
Management in Multinational
Corporations
11 Case Study and Presentations

Text books
Armstrong, M. & Baron, A., Performance Management and development, Jaico
1 Publishing House, Mumbai.
Armstrong, M., Performance management: Key strategies and practical
2 guidelines, Kogan Page, London.
3 Bagchi, S. N., Performance management, Cengage Learning India
Bhattacharyya, D.K., Performance management systems and strategies, Pearson
4 Education

Reference books
Seema Sanghi: ‘Handbook of Competency Mapping’; Response Books; Latest
1 Edition
Ganesh Shermon: ‘Competency based HRM’; Tata McGraw Hill; Latest
2 Edition.
Whiddett and Hollyforde: ‘A Practical Guide to Competencies’; Chartered
3 Institute of Personnel and Development; Latest Edition.

Assessment

Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
Semester : III-Core
Title of the Subject / course : Labour Laws and Implications on Industrial
Relations
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objectives

1 Understanding Nature and Importance of Labour Laws

2 To understand various legislations with their history, basic provisions & case laws
3 To study current amendments in Labour laws
4 Highlight Labour Laws with IR implications

Module

Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
Overview of IR
 IR history in brief, System
approach to IR and IR
model,
 Collective Bargaining,
Basic Grievance machinery This is to give a snapshot of IR and
and disciplinary procedure the faculty to relate importance of
1.
 Importance of Workers IR to Labor Laws, changing
Participation in dynamics of IR
Management with few egs.
 Relating IR to labor laws
 Labor laws with IR
implications for futuristic
India
Introduction to Labor Laws
 Government of India
Structure, Constitutional
provisions for labor
 Structure of Courts and
appropriate authorities in Understanding court jurisdictions
2
India. and basics of labor laws
 Principles of Labor Laws
Classification of Labor
Laws viz: Regulative,
Employment, Wage,
 Social Security & IR
Industrial Relations
To study history, provisions, case
Legislations
3 Case Laws laws & amendments under each
 Industrial Dispute Act 1947
law.
 Trade Union Act 1926 &
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
MRTUP & PULP 1971
(only unions politics &
recognition provision)
 Industrial Employment
(Standing Order) Act 1946
Regulative Laws
To study history, provisions, case
 The Factories Act, 1948
4 Case Laws laws & amendments under each
 The Bombay Shop and law.
Establishment Act, 1948
Social Security Legislations
 Workmen’s Compensation
Act 1923 (with sums) To study history, provisions, case
5  ESI Act 1948 Case Laws laws & amendments under each
 Gratuity Act 1972 law.
 Provident Fund Act & Mis.
1952
Wage Legislations
To study history, provisions, case
 Payment of Wages Act
6 Case Laws laws & amendments under each
1936
law.
 Minimum Wages Act 1948
Overview of few laws
 Maternity Benefit Act 1961
 Apprentice Act 1961
8 Case Laws Just an overview needs to be taught
 Employment Exchange Act
1951
 Payment of Bonus Act 1965
Internal Assessments
9. Overview of Alternate Dispute
Resolution Mechanisms
10. Revision

Text and Reference books

Mamoria, C. B. & Mamoria, S. Dynamics of Industrial Relations in India.
1
Himalaya Publishing House
Sharma, A. M. Industrial Relations: Conceptual & Legal Framework. Himalaya
2
Publishing House
Mamoria, C. B., Mamoria, S. & S. V. Gankar. Dynamics of Industrial Relations
3
in India. Himalaya Publishing House
Sharma, A. M. Industrial Relations: Industrial Jurisprudence and Labour
4
Legislation. Himalaya Publishing House
5 Kapoor, N.D: Elements of Mercantile Law. Sultan Chand & Sons

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
Semester : III-Core
Title of the Subject / course : Human Resource Planning and Application of
Technology in HR
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objectives

To understand the concept of HR Planning and application of technology in HR

Prerequisites if any
Connections with
Subjects in the current
or Future courses

Module

S. Content Activity Learning

No. Outcome
1 Human Resource Planning Case Study/ Role-play/ Introduction to HR
Meaning, The planning Drama/ Group Discussion Planning and
process. Indicators and trends. forecasting
Ascertaining demand and
supply in human resource.
Causes of demand, forecasting
techniques and human resource
requirements. Estimation of
internal supply and external
supply. Linking human
resource planning with
strategic human resource
management.
2 Job Analysis, HR Planning Case Study/ Role-play/ Learning the
and Selection in the Modern Drama/ Group Discussion concept of job
Business Environment: analysis and
Job analysis and design, selection
Collection and application of
job analysis information,
alignment of job analysis to
selection. Changing
perspectives in the field of
recruitment and selection in
the information age: e-
recruitment and selection.
Employment Tests:
Concepts of Testing, Types of
tests, Executive Talent Search
.
 S. Content Activity Learning
No. Outcome
3 Workforce Diversity, Case Study/ Role-play/ Understanding the
Diversity Planning, Drama/ Group Discussion nuances of
Dimensions of Diversity, workforce diversity
Policies, Valuing Diversity in
Organizations, Gender
Diversity Legislation,
Corporate initiatives on
Gender Diversity.
Organizational Strategies for
Promoting Diversity, Diversity
Awareness Training and
Programs, Systemic and
Individual Diversity Change
Initiatives, The Future of
Diversity – A Global
Perspective.
4 Technology in Human Case Study/ Role-play/ Overview of
Resource Drama/ Group Discussion application of
Administration and Human technology in HR
Resource Information Systems,
Talent Management, Job
Analysis and Human Resource
Planning, Recruitment and
Selection in an Internet
Context, Training and
Development: Issues and
Human Resource
Information Systems
Applications, Performance
Management, Compensation,
Benefits, Payroll and the
Human Resource Information
Systems, International Human
Resource Management
5 Introduction to Analytics : Case Study/ Role-play/ Introduction to HR
Introduction to Business Drama/ Group Discussion Analytics
Analytics : Need for Analytics
: Use of Analytics in business :
Introduction to HR Analytics :
HR Analytics and people
strategy : Becoming a
persuasive HR function
7 Case Studies and Presentation.
Text books

1 Human Resource Planning – James W Walker

2 Human Resource Development – Uday Kumar Haldar – Oxford Publications
Managing Diversity: Toward a Globally Inclusive Workplace Book by Michalle E.
3 Mor Barak.
4 HR Analytics: The What, Why and How : Tracey Smith

Reference books
1 Human Resource Planning – D.K Bhattacharya
2 Human Resource Planning – M.S Reddy
3 Planning & Managing Human Resources – William J Rothwell, H.C Kazanas

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
Programme - Masters in Management Studies
Semester - III
HRM (ELECTIVES)
Semester : III-Electives
Title of the Subject / course : Personal Growth Laboratory
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objectives

1 Basics of personality, personality types

2 Introduction to emotional intelligence
3 Stress and stress control techniques
4 Introduction to NLP and transactional analysis
5 Techniques of effective team building

Prerequisites if any
Connections with
Subjects in the current
or Future courses

Module

Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
Personal Growth (Personal
Effectiveness)
Introduction to personal growth
Case Study/ Role- Basics of personality, Meaning
: Meaning, Nature and Scope :
1 play/ Drama/ Group of personal growth, meaning of
Individual, Organizational and
Discussion self-awareness and self esteem
social roles : Role Clarity &
Role Boundaries : Self-
awareness and self-esteem
Personality (Personal
Case Study/ Role- Implementation of personality
Effectiveness)
2 play/ Drama/ Group theories to find the personality
Personality Theories : Carl
Discussion type
Jung’s personality types : MBTI
Personality (Personal
Effectiveness) Case Study/ Role- Implementation of personality
3 Personality Theories : Trait play/ Drama/ Group theories to find the personality
Theories : Big 5 : Type A & Discussion type
Type B : PF16
Basic Functions of Mind
(Personal Effectiveness) Case Study/ Role- Methods of improving
4 Creativity and Innovation : play/ Drama/ Group creativity, Basics of different
Blocks to Creativity : Creativity Discussion type of thinking techniques
tools and processes :
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
convergent and divergent
thinking : Six Thinking Hats
Neuro-linguistic
Case Study/ Role-
Programming (Personal Basics of NLP and NLP
5 play/ Drama/ Group
Effectiveness) implementation
Discussion
Introduction to NLP : NLP
Emotional Intelligence
(Personal Effectiveness)
Introduction to emotional
Case Study/ Role- Definition of emotional
intelligence : Introduction to
6 play/ Drama/ Group intelligence, Enneagram and
Enneagram : Testing
Discussion its implementation
Emotional Intelligence :
Personality Types According to
Enneagram
Stress (Personal
Effectiveness)
Case Study/ Role-
Stress and reasons behind stress Causes of stress and stress
7 play/ Drama/ Group
: Techniques for stress busting : busting techniques
Discussion
Practice of some stress busting
techniques
Interpersonal Relations
(Interpersonal Effectiveness)
Basics of Interpersonal relations
Case Study/ Role- Basics of Interpersonal
: Basics of Group Dynamics :
8 play/ Drama/ Group Relations, implementation
Needs of openness, inclusion
Discussion through Firo-B
and control : Discovering
interpersonal orientation
through FIRO-B
Transactional Analysis and
Johari Window (Personal
Effectiveness) Case Study/ Role- Basics and implementation of
9 Basics of Ego-states : Types of play/ Drama/ Group Transactional Analysis and
Transactions : Theory of Johari Discussion Johari Window
Window : Implementation of
Johari Window
Teams and Team Building
(Interpersonal Effectiveness)
Basics of Team and Team Case Study/ Role-
10 Building : Conflict in teams : play/ Drama/ Group Team building exercises
Conflict Resolution : Discussion
Negotiation : Desert Survival
Exercise for team building
Teams and Team Building
Case Study/ Role-
(Interpersonal Effectiveness)
11 play/ Drama/ Group Team building exercises
More team building activities:
Discussion
Simulation Games
Learning Methodologies Case Study/ Role- Leaning about different
12
Basics of T-group and play/ Drama/ Group learning methodologies
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
sensitivity training : Application Discussion
of T-group and sensitivity
training
Learning Methodologies
Case Study/ Role-
Basics of Assessment Centres : Leaning about different
13 play/ Drama/ Group
Application of Assessment learning methodologies
Discussion
Centres

Text books

1 Organizational Behavior : Stephen P. Robbins, Timothy A. Judge, Neharika Vohra

Reference books
1 Six Thinking Hats by Edward De Bono
2 Introducing NLP: Psychological Skills by Joseph O'Connor
Essential Enneagram: The Definitive Personality Test and Self-Discovery Guide --
3
Revised & Updated by David Daniels and Virginia Price
Assessment Centres: Identifying Potential and Developing Competency by Nitin
4
Sawardekar

Assessment

Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
Semester : III-Electives
Title of the Subject / course : Global HRM
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objectives

To understand the concept of Human Resource Management in an international

context, understand the challenges of operating in different geographies and relevant
differences in culture

Prerequisites if any
Connections with
Subjects in the current
or Future courses

Module
Sr.
Content Activity Learning Outcome
No.
Introduction and Overview of
Domestic HRM and IHRM
Introduction to the concept
a. The professionalism of HRM Case Study/
of International HRM and
b. International trends in the labour Role-play/
1 the differences between
force Drama/ Group
domestic and international
c. The impact of the environment, Discussion
HRM
competition and the dynamics of the
labour force on HRM
Selecting and Managing
International Workforce
a. The influences of cross cultural
issues on organisations
b. Selection, evaluation and coaching
of international employees Case Study/
Learning planning and
c. Developing Planning, Role-play/
2 recruitment techniques in
Communications and Intercultural Drama/ Group
the international context
skills to manage a cross cultural Discussion
workforce
d. Global training and appraisal
systems for a cross cultural workforce
e. Compensation and performance
measure: an international perspective
International Organisations and
Industrial Relations
Case Study/
a. Corporate Culture and change Study of Employment
Role-play/
3 b. Policies and practices of Relations in an international
Drama/ Group
multinational companies context
Discussion
c. Employment and Labour Laws: an
international perspective
Sr.
Content Activity Learning Outcome
No.
d. The influence of Trade Unions
e. Equal Opportunities
f. Employment relations
International Compensation and
Benefits
a. Theory of Employee Development Case Study/ Study of International
b. Objectives of International Role-play/ Compensation and Benefits,
4
Compensation Drama/ Group global practices and
c. Benchmarking global practices Discussion challenges
d. Motivation and Reward systems
e. Problems with global compensation
Expatriation and Repatriation
a. Characteristics of effective Case Study/
Understanding the concept
expatriate managers Role-play/
5 of Expatriation and
b. The role of family Drama/ Group
Repatriation
c. Dealing with culture shock Discussion
d. Successful repatriation practices
Legislation and the international
workforce Case Study/
a. Legislation and the international Role-play/ Understanding employment
6
workforce Drama/ Group law in international context
b. Employment Law Discussion
c. Trade Unions and negotiations
International Training and
Development
Define and contrast between training
and development
Case Study/ Understand components of
Developmental aspect of international
Role-play/ International Learning and
7 assignments and its relation to
Drama/ Group Development in
international career paths
Discussion organizations
Training and developing
international management teams
Trends in international training and
development
Understanding Global
Case Study/
Unions, Regional
Global Unions, Regional Integration Role-play/
8 Integration and Framework
and Framework Agreements Drama/ Group
Agreements and its impact
Discussion
on the organizations
Case Study/ Study of Emerging Trends
Emerging Trends in Employee Role-play/ in Employee Relations and
9
Relations and Employee Involvement Drama/ Group Employee Involvement in
Discussion international context
Case Study/
Role-play/ International Labour
10 International Labour Standards
Drama/ Group Standards
Discussion
11 Case Studies and Presentations Case Study/
Sr.
Content Activity Learning Outcome
No.
Role-play/
Drama/ Group
Discussion

Text books

International Human Resource Management by K Aswathappa and Sadhna Dash ,

1 TMGH

Reference books
International Human Resource Management by Peter j Dowling, Device E
1 Welch, 4th Edition.
International Human Resource Management by Hilary Harris, Chris Brewster
2 and Paul Sparrow, VMP Publishers and Distributors

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
Semester : III-Electives
Title of the Subject / course : Employee Branding and Employer Value
Proposition
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objectives

1 Concept of Employee Brand

2 Concept of Employer Value Proposition
3 Creating and Nurturing Employee Brand

Prerequisites if any
Connections with
Subjects in the current
or Future courses

Module
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
Birth of Employee Brand Concept
Case Study/
Changing needs and aspirations of
Role-play/ Learning factors leading to
1 employees : Challenge of managing
Drama/ Group birth of employee brand
people : Leadership and its role : Birth
Discussion
of Employee Brand Concept
Fundamentals of Branding
Definition : Brand Personality : Brand
Case Study/
Positioning and Differentiation :
Role-play/ Understanding the concept
2 Brand Vision : Brand Hierarchy :
Drama/ Group of a brand
Brand Reality : Brand Management
Discussion
and Development : Brand Consistency
and Continuity
Benefits of Employee Branding Case Study/
Functional Benefits : Emotional Role-play/ Learning the benefits of
3
Benefits : Higher Order Benefits : Life Drama/ Group employee branding
Cycle Benefits Discussion
Employee Brand Insight Case Study/
Employee Insights : Labor Market Role-play/
4 Employee Brand Insights
Insights Drama/ Group
Discussion
Before Employee Brand Creation Case Study/
Diagnosing Employee Brand : Role-play/ Preparing to create an
5
Preparing to create the Employee Drama/ Group employee brand
Brand Discussion
Employee Brand Creation Case Study/
Creation and
Creation of Employee Brand : Role-play/
6 Operationalization of
Operationalization of Employee Brand Drama/ Group
Employee Brand
Discussion
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
Employee Brand Creation
Brand Identity : Brand Integration : Case Study/
Corporate Brand Hierarchy : Key Role-play/ Learning the different facets
7
components of Positioning Model : Drama/ Group of brand creation
Brand Reality Model : Brand Vision Discussion
Model
Nurturing the Employee Brand Case Study/ Learning about the methods
Documentation : Change Management Role-play/ of Nurturing the Employee
8
: Measurement of Impact Drama/ Group Brand
Discussion
Employer Value Proposition Case Study/ Understanding the concept
Definition of Employer Value Role-play/ of Employer Value
9
Proposition : Link to theories of Drama/ Group Proposition
motivation Discussion
Employee Brand Communication
Case Study/ Learning various Employee
Identity : Launch : Rational
Role-play/ Brand Communication
10 Understanding : Emotional
Drama/ Group techniques
Engagement : Employee Commitment
Discussion
and behavior change
Employer Brand Management : Big
Employer Brand
Picture
Case Study/ Management at a larger
Policy : External Reputation : Internal
Role-play/ scale
11 Communication : Senior Leadership :
Drama/ Group
Values and CSR : Internal
Discussion
Measurement System

Employer Brand Management :

Local Picture Case Study/
Employer Brand
Recruitment and Induction : Team Role-play/
12 Management at a smaller
Management : Performance Appraisal Drama/ Group
scale
: Learning and Development : Reward Discussion
and Recognition
Durability of Concept of Employee Case Study/
Brand Role-play/ Durability of Concept of
13
Drama/ Group Employee Brand
Discussion

Text books
The Employer Brand Bringing the Best of Brand Management to People at Work:
1 Simon Barrow & Richard Mosley

Reference books
1 Brand From the Inside: Libby Sartain & Mark Schuman

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
Semester : III-Electives
Title of the Subject / course : HR Analytics
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objectives
1 Basics of HR Analytics
2 Introduction to latest technologies including SPSS, Big Data
3 Using HR Analytics for various functions of HR
4 Different Analysis Strategies
5 Ethics and Limitations while using HR Analytics

Prerequisites if any
Connections with Subjects in
the current or Future courses

Module
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
Introduction to HR Analytics
Introduction to Analytics : Introduction to Case Study/ Learning the basics of
Business Analytics : Need for Analytics : Use Role-play/ Analytics and HR
1 of Analytics in business : Introduction to HR Drama/ Analytics, Relation of
Analytics : Evolution of Analytics : HR Group HR Analytics with HR
Analytics and people strategy : Becoming a Discussion strategies
persuasive HR function
Metrics and Analytics
Case Study/
Language of Metrics and Analytics : Understanding Different
Role-play/
Descriptive Analytics : Prescriptive Analytics : categories of HR
2 Drama/
Casual Analysis : Predictors, prediction and Analytics, Applications
Group
predictive modelling : Business applications of of modeling
Discussion
modeling
HR Information Systems and Data Case Study/
Information Sources : Analysis software Role-play/
Introduction to analysis
3 options : Preparing data : Using SPSS : Big Drama/
using SPSS and big data
Data Group
Discussion
Analysis Strategies Case Study/
From descriptive reports to predictive analytics Role-play/ Different types of
4 : Statistical Significance : Types of data : Drama/ statistical analysis
Types of statistical tests : Factor Analysis and Group techniques
reliability analysis Discussion
Recruitment and Selection Analytics Case Study/
Reliability and validity of selection process : Role-play/
Application of analytics
5 Human bias in recruitment and selection Drama/
in recruitment
Group
Discussion
Predicting Employee Performance Case Study/ Application of analytics
6
Indicators of performance : Methods for Role-play/ in employee performance
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
measuring performance Drama/
Group
Discussion
Employee Engagement and Workforce Case Study/
Perceptions Role-play/
Application of analytics
7 Measuring Employee Engagement : Drama/
in employee engagement
Interrogating the measures : Conceptual Group
Explanation of factor analysis Discussion
Predicting Employee Turnover Case Study/
Importance of employee turnover as an HR Role-play/ Application of analytics
8 information : Descriptive Turnover Analysis : Drama/ in assessing employee
Measuring and exploring differences between Group turnover
turnover at an individual or team level Discussion
Monitoring the Impact of Interventions Case Study/
Tracking the impact of various HR Role-play/ Application of analytics
9 interventions : Value change initiative Drama/ in tracking the impact of
Group HR interventions
Discussion
Diversity Analytics Case Study/
Equality, diversity and inclusion : Approaches Role-play/
Application of analytics
10 to measuring and managing D&I Drama/
in assessing diversity
Group
Discussion
Advanced HR Analytic Techniques I Case Study/
Mediation Processes : Moderation and Role-play/
Learning Advanced HR
11 interaction analysis : Multi-level linear Drama/
Analytics Techniques
modelling : Curvilinear relationships Group
Discussion
Advanced HR Analytic Techniques II Case Study/
Structural Equation Models : Growth Models : Role-play/
Learning Advanced HR
12 Latent class analysis : Response surface Drama/
Analytics Techniques
methodology and polynomial regression Group
Discussion
Usage, Ethics and Limitations Case Study/
Institutionalized Metric Oriented Behaviour Role-play/
Understanding Ethics
13 (IMOB) : Importance of quality data and Drama/ involved and limitations
measures : Ethics in Analytics : Ethical Group of HR Analytics
Standards for HR Analytics team : Limitations Discussion
Text books
The New HR Analytics : Predicting the economic value of your company’s human
1
capital investment : Jac Fitz-enz
2 HR Analytics: The What, Why and How : Tracey Smith

Reference books
Predictive HR Analytics: Mastering the HR Metric : Dr Martin R. Edwards, Kirsten
1
Edwards
Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
Semester : III-Electives
Title of the Subject / course : O.S.T.D.
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration in Hrs : 40

Learning Objectives
To understand the organizational design and different factors affecting organizational
1
design
2 To study the evolution of organizational theories
3 To appreciate the organizational culture and its effect on organizational design

Prerequisites if any
Connections with
Subjects in the current
or Future courses

Module
Sr.
Content Activity Learning Outcome
No.
Organizations and Organization
Theory
a. Organization theory in action.
b. What is an organization? Introduction to the concept
Case Study/
c. Perspectives on organizations: open of an organization and
Role-play/
1 systems and organizational organization design.
Drama/ Group
configuration. Study of evolution of
Discussion
d. Dimensions of organization design: organization theory
structural and conceptual.
e. The evolution of organization theory
and design
Strategy, Organization Design, and
Effectiveness
a. The role of strategic direction on
organization design.
Study of effect of strategy
b. Organization purpose.
Case Study/ on organization design
c. A framework for selecting strategy
Role-play/ Learning about
2 and design/structure.
Drama/ Group organizational
d. Assessing organizational
Discussion effectiveness and its
effectiveness.
assessment
e. Contingency effectiveness approach,
resource based approach, and internal
process approach.
f. An integrated effectiveness model
Fundamental of Organization
Structure Case Study/
a. Organization structure Role-play/ Study of basics of
3
b. Information processing perspective Drama/ Group organization structure
in organization structure Discussion
c. Organization design alternatives
Sr.
Content Activity Learning Outcome
No.
d. Functional, divisional, and
geographical designs
e. Matrix structure
f. Horizontal structure
g. Modular structure
h. Hybrid structure
Open Systems Design Elements
Understanding the external
a. The external environment. Case Study/
environment,
b. Inter-organizational Relationships. Role-play/
4 organizational life cycle
c. Organization size and life cycle and Drama/ Group
and Inter-organizational
design/structure. Discussion
Relationships
d. Comparative management.
Organizational Culture
a. Organizational culture.
Case Study/
b. Organization design and culture. Study of organizational
Role-play/
5 c. Culture and the learning culture and its effect on
Drama/ Group
organization. organization design
Discussion
d. Ethical values in organizations.
e. Leadership and culture and ethics.
Innovation and Change and
Organizational Design
a. The strategic role of change.
Case Study/
b. Elements of successful change. Introduction to change and
Role-play/
6 c. New products and services. its effect on organizational
Drama/ Group
d. Technology change. design
Discussion
e. Strategy and structure change.
f. Culture change.
g. Strategies for implementing change.
Decision-Making Process
a. Rational approach.
b. Bounded rationality perspective. Case Study/
c. Organizational decision-making. Role-play/ Introduction to decision
7
d. The learning organization. Drama/ Group making process
e. Contingency decision-making Discussion
perspective.
f. Special decision circumstances.
Conflict, Power, and Politics
a. Intergroup conflict in organizations. Case Study/ Understanding the
b. Power and organizations. Role-play/ concepts of conflict, power
8
c. Political processes in organizations. Drama/ Group and politics in an
d. Using power, politics, and Discussion organization
collaboration.
Case Study/
Role-play/
9 Case Studies and Presentations
Drama/ Group
Discussion
Text books

Robins Khandwalla, P. N. Organizational design for excellence, New Delhi, Tata

1
McGraw Hill, 1992

Reference books

Daft, R. L. Organization Theory and Design, Current Edition. Thomson

1
Southwestern

Assessment

Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
Semester : III - Elective
Title of the Subject /
: HR Audit
course
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration in Hrs : 40

Learning Objectives

Understanding HR Accounting and Audit with study of various instruments such as

HR Score Card. Learning to calculate HR cost, investments and return on investments
and preparing HR Audit Reports

Prerequisites if any
Connections with Subjects in
the current or Future courses

Module
Sr.
Content Activity Learning Outcome
No.
Introduction
a. HR as assets
b. Definition of Human resource Case Study/
accounting Role-play/ Introduction to Human
1
c. HRA – concepts, methods and Drama/ Group Resource Accounting
applications Discussion
d. Human Resource accounting vs.
Other Accounting
Human Resource Costs /
Investments
Case Study/
a. Human Resource Costs – the Learning to calculate
Role-play/
2 Monetary Value Approach, Non- human resource
Drama/ Group
Monetary value Based Approaches cost/investments
Discussion
b. Investment in employees --
Human resource Development
Return on Investments
a. Development of HR ROI into
through High Performance Case Study/
Learning to calculate
Employees Role-play/
3 human resource return on
b. Measurement of Group Value – Drama/ Group
investments
The Likert and Bowers Model, Discussion
Hermanson’s unpurchased goodwill
model
Human Resource Accounting
Case Study/
System Learning development and
Role-play/
4 a. Developing Human Resource implementation of HR
Drama/ Group
Accounting System accounting system
Discussion
b. Implementation of Human
Sr.
Content Activity Learning Outcome
No.
resource Accounting system
c. Integration with other accounting
system
Human Resource Score Card
Case Study/
a. HR Score Card, constituents of Introduction of HR Score
Role-play/
5 HR Scorecard Card and its
Drama/ Group
b. HR score card as an instrument in implementation
Discussion
HR Audit
Human Resource Audit
a. Role of Human resource audit in
business environment
b. HR Audit Objectives, Concepts, Case Study/
Components, Need, Benefits, Role-play/
6 Introduction to HR audit
Importance Drama/ Group
c. Methodology and instruments of Discussion
HR Audit
d. The audit process and Issues in
HR Audit
Human Resource Audit Report
a. HR Audit Report – purpose Case Study/
b. Report Design – Preparation of Role-play/ Learning to prepare HR
7 report Drama/ Group Audit Report
c. Use of HR Audit report for Discussion
business improvement
Recent Advancements in Human Case Study/ Exploring recent
Resource Audit and Accounting Role-play/ advancements in Human
8
Drama/ Group Resource Audit and
Discussion Accounting
Case Study/
Role-play/
9 Case Studies and Presentations
Drama/ Group
Discussion

Text books

1 Personnel & Human Resource Management – P. Subba Rao.

Reference books
1 Human Resource and Audit – T.V.Rao
2 Human Resource System – T.V.Rao & Udai Pareek

Assessment

Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
Semester : III - Elective
Title of the Subject / Employee Relations and Labour Laws and Alternate
:
course Dispute Resolution
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration in Hrs : 40

Learning Objectives

1 Understanding Nature and Importance of IR

2 To understand Conflict preventing & resolution methods under IR
3 Discussing practical cases in IR
4 New trends in IR and future of IR

Module
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
History & Growth of IR in India
 Pre independence
Discuss the history of the IR
1  Post independence.
movement and growth in India
 Post Liberalization.
 India & ILO
IR issues in Organizations
 IR Definitions
 Different approaches to
IR:
a) Functional approach Discuss various definitions of IR
2 b) Systems approach & Dunlop’s & IR approaches with their
Contribution advantages and disadvantages
c) Oxford Model
d) HR approach
e) Comprehensive IR model of
internalist & externalist approach
Prevention Machinery of
Conflict in IR
 Issues & Levels of conflict in
IR, The State & Industrial
Relations Policy, Tripartite &
Bipartite Bodies, Ethical
Codes & IR,
 Industrial Employment Understanding the genesis of
Case
(Standing Orders) Act,1946, conflict in IR and various
3 Studies
Model Grievance Procedure & methods prevent the same.
Disciplinary Proceedings
 Overview of Trade Union
Movement, Union Politics,
Difference between Trade
union registration &
recognition. Trade Union
Registration Act 1926. Union
 recognition under
MRTUP&PULP & Code of
Discipline
 Conditions for effective
Collective Bargaining and
process of CB.
Conflict Settlement Machinery
in IR - II
 Industrial Dispute Act – 1947
 Alternate Dispute Resolution Understanding various methods
(ADR) to solve the conflict. Drafting
Cases
4 a) What is It? simple settlement agreements and
Studies
b) Discuss cases using ADR to discuss issues related to
settle cross cultural, enforceability of agreements
environment, healthcare
business disputes
c) ADR Clause Drafting
Labor Welfare
 Labor Welfare-
a) Concept of Labor Welfare
b)Approaches to Labor Welfare c)
Statutory and Non-Statutory
To highlight the importance of
Welfare
Labor welfare & workers
5  Workers Participation in Case
participation in management and
Management- Studies
how can it help for smooth
a) Experiences of Germany, industrial relations
France & Britain.
b)Indian experience, Suggestion
schemes, Kaizen, Quality circles,
TQM,ISO, Productivity
Bargaining
New trends in IR & Future of IR
in India 2020
 The changing demographics of
Indian Industry, manufacturing
to service sector, from formal
to informal, digitization etc. This chapter is expected to be
thought completely with practical
 Expected changes in the Guest
6 examples of companies. No
dynamics of IR in this changed Lecture
particular book required for the
Industry model
same
 Ways to cope up with these
problems
 Collaboration a new outlook to
IR

7 Internal Assessments
8 Revision
 Text and Reference books
Mamoria, C. B. & Mamoria, S. Dynamics of Industrial Relations in India.
1 Himalaya Publishing House
Sharma, A. M. Industrial Relations: Conceptual & Legal Framework. Himalaya
2 Publishing House
Mamoria, C. B., Mamoria, S. & S. V. Gankar. Dynamics of Industrial Relations
3 in India. Himalaya Publishing House
4 Venkata Ratnam, C. S. Industrial Relations. Oxford University Press
5 Industrial Relations – Late C.S Venkata Ratnam – Oxford Publications
Industrial Relations, Trade Unions and Labour Legislation – P.R.N Sinha, Indu
6 Bala Sinha, Seema Priyadarshini Shekhar – Pearson Publications
7 Alternative Methods of Dispute Resolution By Martin A. Frey
8 ADR principles and practice By Henry J. Brown
Getting to Yes: Negotiating Agreement Without Giving In By Roger Fisher and
9 William Ury
Dispute resolution : negotiation, mediation, arbitration, and other processes By
10 Stephen B. Goldberg,
Sharma, A. M. Industrial Relations: Aspects of Labour Welfare & and Social
11 Security. Himalaya Publishing House
Sharma, A. M. Industrial Relations: Industrial Jurisprudence and Labour
12 Legislation. Himalaya Publishing House

Assessment

Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
Programme - Masters in Management Studies
Semester - III
OPERATIONS (CORE)
Semester : III Core
Title of the Subject / course : Supply Chain Management
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objectives
Familiarize with the basic concepts of Logistics Management in relation to Inbound
1
Logistics, Process Logistics, and Outbound Logistics phases of business.
To explore the major elements of supply chain and expose to leading edge thinking on
supply chain strategy, Designing supply chain, customer satisfaction; inventory
2
management; risk management, alliances, issues and challenges, performance
measurement.

Prerequisites if any
Connections with Subjects in
International Logistics
the current or Future courses

Module
S
No Content Activity Learning outcomes
Understanding the supply chain
What is a supply chain? Decision phases in
a supply chain.
Evolution of SCM, SCM integration,
Linkages and Decisions in SCM.
Difference of Supply Chains in Product
(Mfg.)
Industry and Service-based Industry. Lecture and Understanding of Supply
1
Supply Chain and Demand chain, Value discussion. chain
creation.
Delivery and Value addition through
supply chain.
Process view of a supply chain. The
importance of supply chain flows.
Competitive Supply Chain Strategies.
Achieving strategic fit.
Logistics
Competitive advantage and three C,
Competitive advantage through logistics.
Lecture and Understanding of
2 Logistics-A system concept, Customer
discussion. Logistics concept
value chain, Logistics functions.
Logistics Mission, Objectives, Goals,
Decisions. Reverse Logistics.
Warehousing and Distribution Lecture and Understanding of
3
Role of warehouse in Logistics, discussion. Warehousing function
S
No Content Activity Learning outcomes
Warehousing functions, Types of and distribution channel
warehouses
Warehouse site selection, Layout design,
Warehouse Decision model.
Warehouse automation, strategies,
performance, costing.
Distribution, Role, Importance, Levels,
Channels, Structure, Functions.
Channel partners, functions, Tasks, Flows,
Strategy.
Free trade zones and special economic
zones.
Order Processing and Logistics
Information system
Order Preparation, Transmittal, Order Understanding of
entry, Order filling, Order status reporting Lecture and Warehouse process and
4
Industrial order processing and Retail discussion. logistics information
order processing. system
Web based order processing. Processing
priorities.
Performance Measurement and
Controls in Supply Chain Management
Pre- transaction, Transaction, Post-
transaction elements, Service attributes
Value added customer service, Importance
of Logistics Customer service
Sales and Service relationship, Cost and
Service relationship.
Understanding of
Objective, Levels, Parameters of
Lecture and customer service and
5 performance measures- Cycle time, Fill
discussion. performance
Rate.
measurement
Inventory Turnover, On-time Shipping and
Delivery, Perfect Order, Stock out.
Transportation measurements, Customer
perception measure, Audit.
Gap Analysis
Concept of Benchmarking
Benchmarking for Best Practices
SCOR and DCOR
Transportation
Infrastructure, road, rail, air water,
pipeline. Freight Management, Freight
cost.
Lecture and Understanding of
6 Transportation Network Route planning,
discussion. Transportation modes
Containerization, Packing.
Effective / Cost Optimizing Distribution
strategies- Direct shipment, Cross-docking,
Milk run, transshipment.
S
No Content Activity Learning outcomes
Designing Logistics and distribution
network in a supply chain
Applications to Online Sales
Network Design in the SC
the role of distribution in the supply chain.
Importance of Smart Transportation
Lecture and Understanding various
7 Distribution Center Concept , Modern
discussion. distribution networks
DC’s , Robotics Usage for pick and pack
Factors influencing distribution network
design.
Supply Chain Integration
Design option for a distribution network.
Distribution network in practice.
The value of Information
Bullwhip effect. Effective forecasts.
Information for the coordination of
systems.
Collaborative Planning Forecasting
Replenishment (CPRF) concept.
Locating desired products. Lead time Understanding
reduction. Lecture and importance of
8
Information and supply chain trade-off. discussion. information in supply
Designing the supply chain for conflicting chain.
goals.
Inventory Management and Risk
pooling, Logistics Information system
Function, OMS, WMS, TMS.
Internal Operations – Input, Database
management, Output
Strategic Alliances
A framework for strategic alliances. Third
party / fourth party logistics.
What are 3PL/4PL, Advantages and
disadvantages of 3PL, 3PL issues and
requirements?
Retailer supplier partnership. Types of Understanding of various
Lecture and
9 RSP, Requirements of RSP outsourcing activities
discussion.
Inventory ownership in RSP, Issues and and RSP
steps in RSP implementation
Advantages and disadvantages of RSP.
Distribution Integration
Types of and issues in Distribution
integration.
Customer Value
E-procurement and outsourcing
Understanding
Outsourcing benefits and risks. A Lecture and
10 procurement through
framework for Buy/Make decisions discussion.
Internet and impact.
E-procurement. A framework of E-
S
No Content Activity Learning outcomes
procurement.
Impact of Internet on supply chain
strategies (E-business).
Designing Global Supply Chain
Networks
Global market / Technological/ Cost/
Political and Economic Forces.
Risks and advantages of international
supply chain. Understanding various
Lecture and
11 International versus Regional products. international issues and
discussion.
Local autonomy versus central control. challenges
Regional differences in Logistics- Cultural
differences/ infrastructure/ performance
expectation and evaluation
Information systems availability, human
resources. Global business logistics.
Performance Measurement and
Controls in Supply Chain Management
Measurement of a Robust Supply Chain.
Cost / Quality / Service Measurement
Introduction and concept of
Understanding various
Benchmarking. Gap Analysis.
Lecture and performance
12 Key actions in benchmarking for best
discussion. measurements tools in
practices.
supply chain.
Overview of Supply Chain Operations
Reference (SCOR) Modeling.
Balance scorecard for SCM.
Lean Manufacturing and Mass
Customisation
Ethical issues in SCM
Supply chain vulnerability.
Conformance to applicable laws such as
Contract and commercial laws,
Understanding various
Trade regulation, government procurement
Lecture and ethics, Rules and
13 regulations, patents
discussion. regulations in supply
Copyrights, trademark laws, transportation
chain.
and logistics laws and regulations
Environmental laws. International
practices. Confidentiality and proprietary
information.
Current Trends in Supply Chain
Goldratt Supply Chains
Sustainable Supply Chain Lecture and Understanding recent
14
Resilient supply chains discussion. trends in supply chain.
Green Supply chain
Lean supply chain
Text books
Supply Chain Management - Strategy,
1 Sunil Chopra and Peter Meindl
Planning and Operation
2 Supply Chain Management by Simchi Levi

Reference books
1 Logistics Management V.V.Sople
2 Supply Chian Management V.V.Sople
3 Business Logistics Ronald H.Ballou
4 Logistics and Supply Chain Management Martin Christopher
6 Designing & Managing the supply chain David, Philip Kminsky

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
Semester : III Core
Title of the Subject / course : Operations Analytics
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objectives
1 To understand basic aspects of analytics and evaluation
2 To learn various analytical techniques applied in complex real life situations
To be able to scale up an academic model to workable practical model by carrying the
3
process of analytical framework.

Operations Management, Operations Research, Statistics

Prerequisites if any
for Management,
Connections with Subjects in
Supply Chain Management, MRPC, Materials
the current or Future
Management.
courses

Module

Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
Gaining data insights and Predictive Lecture, Understand
Analytics examples on Forecasting and
1
Introduction to analytics, Demand excel, cases predictions
analytics-qualitative forecasting
Demand analytics –quantitative forecasting Lecture, Understand and use
,Moving average, exponential smoothing, examples on various techniques
trend, regression adjusted with seasonality, spread sheets, for demand
2
double exponential smoothing, optimum cases forecasting
values of period of MA & smoothing
constant
Lecture, To evaluate the
Measures of accuracy in forecasting in
examples on appropriateness of
3 terms of MAD,MSE,MAPE & tracking
spread sheets, the projective
signal
cases technique
Service analytics in waiting line, single & Lecture, To understand
multiserver, use of simulation and examples on service efficiency
4
customer service efficiency, cost spread sheets, analysis
optimization cases
Lecture, To know
Service analytics in Retail, stocking policy
examples on management of
5 and impact of stock-out, use of simulation,
spread sheets, service operations in
service efficiency,& cost optimization
cases Retail
Supply Chain Analytics: Supply Chain Lecture, To identify the
Metrics, Decision areas in SCM examples on supply chain related
6
Procurement, Manufacturing, Distribution, spread sheets, measurement
Logistic s, Global cases
Supply chain analytics, Risk & Lecture, To understand and
7
performance indices wrt cost, capacity, examples on list the risk and
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
quality, logistics & distribution etc spread sheets, performance of
cases supply chain
Lecture, To know the
Types of Reports: Summary Reporting,
examples on reporting of the
8 Detailed, Functional, Multi-view, Drill
spread sheets, analytics
Down, Utility View, Process View
cases
Performance Metrics: Lecture, To understand
Inventory, Fulfillment, Alerts, and examples on performance metrics
Flagging etc. spread sheets, in various cases
9
Dash Board Designing, Balanced cases
Scorecard: Kaplan and Norton Framework,
Strategy Map, Scorecard Design

Text books
Business Analytics:
1
Practitioner’s Guide Rahul Saxena and Anand Srinivasan
2

Reference books
Business Analytics-
1
An Introduction Jay Leibowitz
2

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
Semester : III Core
Title of the Subject / course : Service Operations Management
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objectives
1 Understanding various types of Service Industry
2 Site selection for service location
3 Role of Operations for Profitability in Service industry
4 Inventory management in Service industry
5 Basics of Outsourcing/Offshoring in Services

Operations Management
Prerequisites if any Operations Research
Statistics for Business
Connections with Subjects in the
Materials Management, Supply Chain Management
current or Future courses

Module
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
Services:
a) Introduction Lecture with Better understanding of
1
b) Characteristics of Services, discussion services
c) Importance of Service Sector,
Classification of services
a) Classification framework,
b) Service Delivery System – Lecture with Understanding of workflow of
2
Process Flow Diagrams, blue discussion Services
printing
c) Process Simulation
Site Selection for Services:
a) Types of Service Firms – Lecture with
Understanding complexity of
3 b) Demand Sensitive Services, discussion &
services
c) Delivered Services, examples
d) Quasi-manufacturing Services,
Site Selection for Services:
a) Site Selection for Demand Developing
Sensitive Services quantitative
Developing quantitative
4 – Factor Rating, models for
ability for decision making
– Regression, various
–GIS, situations
–Gravity Model of Demand
Site Selection for Services:
Developing
a) Site Selection for Delivered
quantitative
Services Developing quantitative
5 models for
– Expected Results, ability for decision making
various
– Mathematical Solution
situations
Methods for delivered services,
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
Site Selection for Services:
Developing
a) Site Selection for Quasi-
quantitative
Manufacturing Services Developing quantitative
6 models for
– Mixed Linear / Integer ability
various
Programming for Location
situations
Selection
Developing
Yield Management:
quantitative
a) Capacity Strategies for Yield Understanding Profitability in
7 models for
Management, Service Industry
various service
b) Overbooking,
situations
Yield Management:
c) Allocating Capacity – Static
Methods,
–Nested Static Methods, Developing
–Dynamic Methods. quantitative
Understanding Profitability in
8 d) Pricing, models for
Service Industry
e) Implementation issues various service
– Alienating Customers, situations
–Customer Class Cheating,
–Employee Empowerment,
f) Cost and Implementation Time.
Inventory Management in
Services:
a) Services versus Manufacturing
Inventory,
b) Set Up and Ordering Costs,
Lecture with Understanding Inventory in
9 c) Number of Products,
discussion Service Industry
d) Limited Shelf Space,
e) Lost Sales versus Back Orders,
f) Product Substitution,
g) Demand Variance,
h) Information Accuracy
Inventory Management in
Services:
Quantitative Inventory control in Service
10 a) The Newsvendor Model,
Models industry
b) Multiple Products and Shelf
Space Limitations,
Inventory Management in
Services:
a) Inventory Inaccuracy
Lecture with Inventory control in Service
11 b) Phantom Stock outs,
discussion industry
c) Shrinkage.
d) Revenue Sharing, e)
Markdown Money,
Outsourcing:
Lecture with Outsourcing concept in
12 a) Contract risk,
discussion services
b) Outsource Firm Risk
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
c) Pricing Risk,
d) Competitive Advantage
e) Information Privacy Risk,
f) Firm Specific Risks
Offshoring :
a) Quantifying Offshoring,
b) Offshoring and Competitive Lecture with Outsourcing concept in
13
Capabilities discussion services
c) Cost Issues
d) Non-cost Issues.
Performance measurement of
Service Operations: Development of
a)Productivity Measures measures in the Assessment of Performance
14
b)Cost Measures class for various of Services
c) SERVQUAL model industries

Text books
Metters, King-Metters, Pulliman
1 Successful Service Operations Management
and Walton
Operations Management
2 B Mahadevan
( Theory & Practice

Reference books

Service Operations Management - Improving

1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark,
Service delivery
2 Service Operations Management Fritzsimmons
Assessment
Internal 40% or 25 %
Semester end 60% or 75 %
Semester : III Core
Title of the Subject / course : Manufacturing Resource Planning and control
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objectives
To understand importance of manufacturing resources planning and control to achieve
1
continuous improvement in the better performance.
To give knowledge of quantitative methods as well as various tools of resources
2
planning like MRP1,MRP2 & ERP for decision making in operations.

Prerequisites if any Operations management

Connections with Subjects in the
Materials Management , SCM
current or Future courses

Module
Content Activity Learning outcomes
Overview of operations planning &
1 control recent business environment, Lectures
Challenges in competitive edge.
Various Manufacturing resources
2 importance their planning and control. Lectures
Functions of operation planning and
control
3 Hierarchy of production plans overview, Lecture
linkages to achieve business plans
Lectures,
Various models optimization line
4 application
balancing models. Demand management
in the
capacity planning models lay out models.
practice
Mater production scheduling module (I) Lectures,
5 Need objectives functions flow of case
materials in different manufacturing studies,
scenarios application
MPS module (II) Broader heading,
6 planning horizon time periods, order
management, safety and hedges, effect of
changing MPS.
Materials requirement planning MRP1 Lectures
Broader topics: Introduction roles & application
7 functions. Independent & dependent and
demand, Types of Bills of materials, numerical
Quantitative problems, MRP as systems. problems
Capacity Management: Introduction to Lecture
capacity, capacity management, need application
capacity planning level visa visca,
8
production planning. Numbering
1) Capacity expansion strategies Problems.
2) Rough out capacity planning RCCP
 Content Activity Learning outcomes
3) CRP- Capacity requirement Planning
4) Scheduling strategies
5) Production smoothly policies
6) Finite & Infinite loads.
Manufacturing Resource planning MRP
II ( Module I) : Introduction to MRP II,
Roles functions frame work of Lecture
9 information flow in MRP II, Relation of and
MRP II with demand management and application
capacity management manufacturing
calendar.
MRP II module II: Transition of MRPI to Lecture
10 MRPII closed loop MRP, comparison and case
between MRP1 & MRP II benefits. studies
ERP – Need, function & utility to
Lecture
business ERP-SAP-PPC modules.
11 and case
Reports, Interpretation variance.
studies
Analysis – use in decision making.
Case studies & presentation on all above
12
topics.

Text Books
1 Production/ Operations Management Ashwathappa & Shridhar Bhat
Operations Management ( Theory & B. Mahadevan Person publication 2nd
2 Practice) edition.
Production/ Operations Planning and
3 Control Stephen Chapman

Reference books
Elements of production planning &
1 control Samuel Eilon
2 Operations Planning & Control S.K Mukhopadhaya
3 Manufacturing Planning and Control Volmann, Berry, Whybark

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
Semester : III Core
Title of the Subject / course : Materials Management
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objectives
1 Importance of Materials Management w.r.t. Business
2 Learning various aspects of Purchase & warehousing
3 Understanding documents control w.r.t. Material movement
4 Materials planning with quantitative models
5 Financial aspects of Materials Management
6 Importance of Ethics in Materials Management

Prerequisites if any Operations Management, Operations Research

Connections with Subjects in the Supply Chain Management, MRPC
current or Future courses

Module
Sr.
No. Content Activity Learning outcomes
1 Materials Management an overview Lecture Preparation for the course in
a) Introduction, respect Operations as well as
b) Importance of Materials Organization
Management
c) Objectives of Materials Management
d) Costs involved in the Management
of Materials e) Integrated approach to
Materials Management
f) Organizing Materials Management.
g) Organization based on
Commodities/Location/function
h) Centralized versus Decentralized
materials management.
2 Materials Planning Lecture/ Planning with financial
a) Introduction and factors influencing Discussion/ perspective
materials planning b) Techniques of Problems Understanding impact of
materials planning from Industry MRP on financial statements
c) Bill-of-Materials using
d) Materials Requirement Planning computers
(MRP).
e) Past Consumption Analysis
Technique
3 Purchasing Lecture/ Overview of Purchasing
a) Purchasing principles, policies, Industrial activities
procedures and practices examples/
b) Objectives, scope, responsibility and Problems
limitations
c) Sources of supply and Supplier
selection.
Sr.
No. Content Activity Learning outcomes
d) Vendor development-evaluation and
rating.
e) Price forecasting
f) Price-cost analysis
g) Negotiations
h) Reciprocity
i) Legal aspects of purchasing
j) Purchase orders/ contracts
k) Method of buying- under certainty,
under risk, and under uncertainty
4 Purchasing and Procurement Activities Lecture/ Detailed understanding of
under Materials Management. Examples of Purchase Process
a) Supplier Quality Assurance supplier
Programme audits/
b) Buyer Supplier Relationship Example of
c) Self certified suppliers. procurement
d) Elements of procurement cycle. cycle
5 Purchasing of Capital Equipment Lecture with Basic understanding of
a) Significant differences examples purchase of projects
b) Considerations in evaluation of bids from Industry
c) Purchase of used equipment
d) Sources of used equipments
e) Purchase versus lease.
f) Role of Purchasing Committees/
Purchase Managers
6 International procurement-Imports. Lecture with Basic introduction to
a) International commercial terms. display of imports
b) Import procedures and relevant
documentation. documents
c) Categories of importers.
d) Identification of foreign sources.
e) Payment terms including Letter of
credit.
f) Types of L/Cs.
g) Custom tariff
h) Custom clearance.
i) Bill of Lading and other documents
7 Classification of Materials Lecture with To understand how industry
a) Introduction and objectives of industrial give selective importance to
classification. examples/ specific materials
b) Basis of classification. ABC analysis
c) Classification on the basis of nature problem on
of materials. excel sheet
d) Classification on the basis of with at least
usability of materials. 20 materials
f) Types of inventories.
8 Materials receipt and Warehousing Lecture with Understanding the controls
a) Introduction and functions of development over materials
Sr.
No. Content Activity Learning outcomes
scientific store management. of relevant
b) Types of stores and benefits of documents in
scientific storekeeping. the class by
c) Store location and layout. students
d) Typical layout plans
e) Storing practices and identification
of materials.
f) Centralization and Decentralization
of stores.
g) Preservation of materials
h) Issue control.
9 Codification Lecture with Understanding the impact
a) Introduction day to day codification on
b) Benefits of codification. examples computerization & decision
c) Stages of scientific codification. from making
d) Systems of codification. student’s
e) Colour coding presentation
10 Standardization Lecture & Importance of
a) Introduction and different levels of student standardization
standards (BIS,ISI) presentation
b) Various Foreign Standards in use in with
India. examples
c) How is an Indian standard evolved?
d) Advantages of Standardization.
e) Standardization as a tool for variety
reduction
f) The Role of Materials Management
(Purchase/Stores) in Standardization/
Variety Reduction.
11 Obsolete, Surplus and Scrap Lecture with Understanding the processes
Management industrial & financial impacts
a) Definition examples of
b) Need for Scrap yard Issues arising
c) Identification and control. out of scrap
d) Categorization of obsolete/ surplus.
e) Control of scrap/ obsolescence.
f) Responsibility for disposal.
g) Procedures and documentation for
disposal of scrap/ obsolete/ surplus.
12 Stores Accounting and Stock Lecture with Learning the industry
verification stock taking process & its financial
a) Costing of Receipt of Materials. activity in the impacts
b) Costing of Issues to Production. class of the
c) Stock verification class
d) Periodic Verification.
e) Perpetual Verification.
f) Process of Verification
Sr.
No. Content Activity Learning outcomes
13 Ethics in Materials Management Lecture with Importance of Ethics in
a) Importance of Ethics examples Materials Management
b) Business Ethics
c) Ethics in buying
d) Code of ethics
e) Problems in Ethics
f) Backdoor selling
14 Material Handling Lecture Basic introduction to
a)20 Principles of Material Handling Materials handling
b)Palletisation c)Containerization
d)Transportation Modes / Attributes
e)Transportation mix in Economy
f)Total cost concept in Material
Handling and Transportation

Text books
1 Purchasing and Materials P.Gopalkrishnan (Tata McGraw Hill, New
Management Delhi).
2 Materials Management –An P.Gopalkrishnan and M. Sundaresan (Prentice-
integrated approach Hall India, New Delhi).
3 Purchasing Management Datta
4 Purchasing Management Nair

Reference books
1 Materials and Logistics Management Prof. L.C. Jhamb (Everest Publishing House,
Pune).
2 Introduction to Materials JR Tony Arnold and Stephan Chapman
Management (Pearson Education, New Delhi) 2004 Fifth
Edition.
3 Purchasing and Materials N.K.Nair (Vikas Publishing House, New
Management Delhi).

Assessment
Internal 40% or 25 %
Semester end 60% or 75 %
Programme - Masters in Management Studies
Semester - III
OPERATIONS (ELECTIVE)
Semester : III Electives
Title of the Subject / course : World Class Manufacturing
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40
Learning Objectives
1 To meet global markets which are more turbulent, dynamic and complex.
2 To understand the relevance of World Class Performance in competitive framework
3 To understand global markets relationship to world class performance
4 To build the framework for world class manufacturing
To understand the state Indian manufacturing in relation to world class standards and
5
performance issues

Prerequisites if any Operations Management,

Connections with Subjects in the
TQM.
current or Future courses

Module
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No
World class manufacturing and
information age.
1 Sub Topics.
Emergency of information age.
Lecture
Completing in information age business
challenges operating environment of
information age
Lecture & case
Indian global completeness and
studies
manufacturing excellent
Time based competition, managing
Discussion in
knowledge
the class from
Problems in manufacturing industry co-
students
ordination control Fragmented
information infrastructure
Understanding, Attribute of world class
status.
Gaining competitive advantage through
world class manufacturing.
Varies concepts of world class
manufacturing
Lecture
What is world class manufacturing
2 applications
Various models of WCM,
case studies.
Various models of WCM or approaches to
WCM.
Practices of WCM
Meaning of WCM supplier, customer
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No
manufacturer quality in WCM.
Systems & Tools for World Class
3 manufacturing Case studies
Overview of systems & tools
Information management tools Discussion
Material processing and handling tools. from group
Product, Process design tools
Flexible manufacturing systems rapid Application in
prototyping industries
Lean Production tools.
An assessment Manufacturing systems
World class manufacturing- The Indian
scenario. Case studies
4
Competitiveness of Indian manufacturing.
Manufacturing performance & Planned Discussion
strategies of Indian manufacturing. from group
Manufacturing readiness of Indian firms
Manufacturing objectives and strategy Application in
Use of Management tools and industries
technologies classification by breadth of
Information Technology.
Infrastructure and depth of manufacturing
applications.
Strategy for world class status, and
information technology.
Is India ready for world class
manufacturing.
Leading India towards world class
manufacturing
Business strategy & global
5
competitiveness.
Manufacturing strategies for information Case studies
age.
Developing strategic thinking as world Discussion
class as STRATEGIC PERSPECTIVE. from group
Issues in strategic planning
Barriers to using information technology Application in
strategically. industries
World Class Strategic planning and
Implementation
Need for performance measurement
Various methods of measurement
Importance of Human diversions in world
class- morale and team building.
Toyota
Case studies / Presentations
6. Production
Based on the above topics by students.
System Case
Text books
World class manufacturing A strategic
1 B.S Sahay, K.B.C Saxena, Ashish Kumar.
perspective

Reference Books
1 World class manufacturing K . Shridhar Bhat
2 The Toyota way Jeffrey K Liker
3 Toyota Production system Taichi Ohno
4 Kaizen Masaki Imami
5 Beyond TQM by Robert L Flood.
6 Out of Crisis Dr Deming

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
Semester : III Electives
Title of the Subject / course : Business Process Re-engineering And Benchmarking
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objectives
1 To understand business process reengineering
2 To know the tools and techniques for business process reengineering
3 To understand the importance of Benchmarking the business processes
4 Role of leadership, technology in Business process reengineering

Prerequisites if any
Connections with Subjects in the
Strategic Operations Management
current or Future courses

Module

Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
Business Process Fundamentals
Definition of Business Processes
Business processes and functional Lecture and Understand and know basics
1
processes cases of Business process
Importance of focusing on business
processes
Understanding Business Processes
Understand customer and
Customer focused analysis of business Lecture and
2 value addition in Business
processes Cases
process
Identifying value adding activities
Visualizing Business Processes
Introduction to flowcharting
Exercises
Types of flowcharts – block diagrams, Know logical flows and
3 for
functional flowchart with time-lines process component
flowcharts
Performance Measurement systems
Process characteristics
Types of re-engineering
Process Improvement with cost
reductions Lecture and
4 Know types
Achieving best-in-class with cases
competitive focus
Radical change by re-writing the rules
Organizing for Process Improvements
Lecture,
Setting up teams, choosing team leaders To understand
5 Case, and
Training teams for process implementation process
discussion
improvements
Benchmarking
Origins of benchmarking – Xerox To know benchmarking and
6 Case
approach relevance
Definition of benchmarking
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
Internal benchmarking
Benchmarking against the best in the Case, lecture
To know benchmarking and
7 unit and
relevance
Benchmarking against the best in the presentation
group
External benchmarking
To understand status in
8 Benchmarking the best in the industry Lecture
bigger perspective
Benchmarking the best in any industry
Re-engineering and Information
technology Lecture and To understand integration of
9
Flowcharting information flows case technology
Using IT to speed up processes
Organizing for re-engineering
Obtaining top management commitment To understand role of top
10 Case
Creating cross-functional teams management
Supporting teams with resources
Re-engineering – focus phase
Identification of key processes
Lecture
Identification of key people and getting To know how to get the team
11 Presentation,
their support for BPR and Benchmarking
case
Identification of benefits possible and
resources required
Re-engineering – design phase
Selection of processes to be re- Lecture and To understand phases and
12
engineered case identification of processes
Setting time frames, targets
Re-engineering – implementation phase
Communicating the benefits for the
organization To identify the benefits and
Lecture and
13 Communicating the benefits for the results of BPR and
cases
individuals Benchmarking
Monitoring progress
Consolidating the gains

Text books
1 Re-engineering the Corporation Michael Hammer & James Champy
2 Beyond Re-engineering - Michael Hammer

Reference books
1 Business process Bench marking Robert C. Camp
2 Process Re-engineering Lon Roberts
3 Business process Orientation Kevin Mc Cormack William C Johnson

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
Semester : III Electives
Title of the Subject / course : Technology Management & Manufacturing strategy
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objectives
1 How technology can be used in a corporate to gain strategic advantage
2 Contribution of Technology in New product development
3 Use of technology in Product design
4 Application of Technology in a manufacturing company
5 How to compete with better Manufacturing strategy
Application of JIT, TOC and Customization as tools to compete in a manufacturing
6
organisation

Prerequisites if any operations management

Connections with Subjects
World class manufacturing, TQM, Strategic Operations
in the current or Future
Management, Project Management
courses

Module
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
Corporate Strategy and Manufacturing.
Alignment of functional
1 Pitfalls of functional based strategies.
strategies with corporate
Strategic Integration of manufacturing Lecture and
strategy and importance of
and marketing. Discussion
strategy in customer
Concept of Order Winners and
orientation
Qualifiers.
Lecture and
assignment to
Technology Management and New identify new
2
Product development (NPD). products in the Role of Technology in
Corporate Strategy and New Product market and NPD. Strategic
Development. their strategic importance of NPD
Organization for NPD. importance to
the respective
organisation
Technology management and Idea Lecture and
3
Generation for NPD. Video on NPD
Discovering customer needs. idea generation Process of NPD. Role of
Sources for new product ideas. and assignment VA in NPD
Market assessment and value analysis. on VA and
Evaluation of new product ideas. idea generation
Technology management and NPD Lecture and
4 Criteria for project
project selection. Case study on
selection
Assessment of product concept. Financial
Product concept testing
Assessment of competitors. analysis of
process
Concept testing. project
Project analysis
Financial analysis of project.
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
Technology Management and Product
How QFD is used for
5 design. Lecture and
designing new product.
Integrated product design. Assignment on
Product designing process
Design for quality using quality QFD for
Importance of designing
function deployment. different
for reliability and
Design for reliability. products
manufacturability
Design for manufacturability.
Understanding that Order
Order Winners and Qualifiers. Lecture and
winners and qualifiers are
6 Dimensions of order-winners and discussion on
both market-specific and
qualifiers- manufacturing specific, not distinguishing
time-specific. They work
manufacturing related. order winning
in different combinations
Determining order winners and and order
in different ways on
qualifiers. qualifying
different markets and with
parameters
different customers
Process Choice. Applications of different
7 Lecture and
Business implication of process choice- types of processes and
video of
project, jobbing, Line batch, continuous. their advantages and
different types
Hybrid processes- batch related, Line disadvantages
of processes
related. Technology strategy in
and their
Technology strategy- flexibility, push vs relation to process
application
pull, technological opportunities. selection
Product profiling and manufacturing. Lecture and
8 Manufacturing and product life cycle discussion on
Relation between PLC
stages. PLC in relation
and Manufacturing
Manufacturing for multiple markets. to
strategy
Manufacturing and incremental manufacturing
marketing changes. strategy
Focused manufacturing and group Difference focused
9 technology. manufacturing and group
Principles and concepts. technology
Methodology. Importance of
Lecture and
Manufacturing infrastructure. manufacturing
discussion
Organizational structure- specialists, infrastructure
generalists. Significance of Quality
Operational control- quality, inventory, Control and inventory
manufacturing. control in manufacturing
Outsourcing as strategic
10 Make or buy.
decision
Core elements of the business and Lecture and
Understanding difference
strategic considerations. solving Make
between process and
Span of process and product technology. or buy
product technology and
Product volumes, costs. problems
their application in
Investment decisions.
manufacturing strategy
11 Basics of world class manufacturing.
General principles. Lecture and Strategic significance of
Design principles. video world class manufacturing
Human resource principles.
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
Quality and process improvement
principles.
Capacity principles.
Just in time Manufacturing.
12
Principles.
Practices. Understanding the role of
Lecture and
Time-based competition. Time as competitive
discussion
Time as a competitive weapon. priority
New Product Development and time to
market.
Mass Customization.
Market trends.
Lecture and
Pre-requisites for mass customization.
assignment of
13 Technologies for mass customization. Mass customization as a
writing a
Theory of constraints(TOC) tool.Applications of
summary of
Basics of TOC. Theory of constraints in
book “The
Drum-Buffer- Rope solutions to operations
goal” by
manufacturing.
Goldratt
TOC in project management and supply
chain management.

Text books
1 The Goal Eliyahu M Goldratt

Reference books
1 Operation Management for competitive advantage Chase- Jacobs -Acquilano
Manufacturing Strategy: Text and Cases. 3rd ed.
2 Terry Hill
Boston: Irwin McGraw-Hill, 2000.

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
Semester : III Electives
Title of the Subject / course : Strategic Operations Management
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objectives
1 Importance of aligning operations strategy to corporate strategy
2 Development of operations strategy and linking market requirements to operations
3 Implementation of operations strategy
4 Various alternatives available in capacity and manufacturing process decisions
5 Understanding the importance and issues in strategic resource management
6 Role of technology in operations strategy
7 Understanding of application oriented OM tools like Process analysis, project
management and ERP systems

Prerequisites if any Operations Management

Connections with Technology Management And Manufacturing Strategy,
Subjects in the current Operations Analytics
or Future courses

Module
Sr Content Activity Learning outcomes
No,
1 Introduction: Importance and linkage with Lecture and Achieving strategic fit
corporate strategy, Strategies and values, discussion between corporate
Competing through operations. strategy and
Operation strategy in global economy. operations strategy
Strategic alliances and production sharing, and global economy,
fluctuations of international financial Understanding the
conditions and international companies. competitive priorities
Changing nature of world business.
Quality, customer service and cost
challenges and social responsibility,
Current perspective- Strategic fit.
Strategic Competitive priorities- Cost,
Quality,Time, Flexibility
2 A framework for Operations Strategy in Lecture and Understanding Value
Manufacturing, Services. role of discussion chain concept , core
manufacturing /operations in business competence and
strategy: Value as business concept – distinctive capabilities
strategic issues in manufacturing – Value
Chain concept Focus, core competence and
distinctive capabilities – stake holders &
strategy
2 Methodology for developing operations Lecture and Developing operations
strategy :Checking markets, Outcome of videos strategy.
market debate- Linking manufacturing to Understanding
markets- strategic integration- why strategic issues in
Sr Content Activity Learning outcomes
No,
products sell in the markets- order winners, manufacturing.
order qualifiers. Lean systems eliminating Linkage between
waste. manufacturing and
marketing
3 DYNAMIC MARKETS & GENERIC Lecture and Technology strategy,
STRATEGIES:Technology strategy- videos NPD, Importance of
issues in new product development -time time as competitive
to market- strategic nature of process- priority
business implication of process choice- Various process
Hybrid process. Change management and alternatives
sustainability.
4 OPERATIONS STRATEGY Lecture and Understanding of trade
IMPLEMENTATION: Evaluating various assignments offs, make or buy
tradeoffs alternatives – Focused decisions, JIT
manufacturing – Product or process focus
– Make or Buy – merits /demerits – value
chain approach – just in time – lean
manufacturing – Quality as strategic factor
5 Strategic resource management: Lecture and
Importance, issues involved- Case study
organizational issues operational
approaches to improving delivery system,
controlling operations- key performance
indicator, PQCDSM(Productivity, Quality,
Cost, Delivery time, Safety, Morale)
6 Role of technology in operations strategy: Lecture and Understanding
Automated production system with robotic assignments application of
systems. Use of IT and ITES enabling the Technology in
effective strategy and resource operations strategy.
implementation.
ERP for decision making

Text book
1 Chase, Jacobs, Aquilano and Agarwal, TMGH, 13th Operations Management for
Edition competitive advantage

Reference books
1 Samson & Singh, Cambridge Operations Management
2 Norman Gaither, Greg Frazier, Cengage Operations Management
Learning, India Ed.
3 Terry Hill 3ed. Palgrave Macmillan Manufacturing Operations Strategy:
Texts and Cases

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
Semester : III Electives
Title of the Subject /
: Industrial Engineering Applications and Management
course
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objectives
1 To understand industrial engg fundamentals in relation to production and manufacturing
2 To understand the framework of industrial engineering and its applications
3 Understand applications in service as well as manufacturing domains
4 Developing insights to manage methods and processes for an organization
5 To understand optimal utilization of resources without capital investment

Prerequisites if any Operations Management

Connections with
Subjects in the current or Material Management, Manufacturing Resource Planning
Future courses and Control

Module
Content Activity Learning outcomes
1 Introduction to industrial engg., scope Lecture To know the
and importance to improve fundamentals and scope
productivity of Industrial engineering
2 Industrial engg. Definitions and Lecture & cases To know the
applications fundamentals and scope
of Industrial engineering
3 ILO framework for industrial engg. Lecture TO know and understand
Standards the framework
internationally
4 Approach to productivity in service Lecture and To differentiate the
and manufacturing domains cases productivity in
manufacturing and service
sectors
5 Overview of work study and Lecture and To know how to perform
measurement cases Work study and
measurement
6 Pre determined methods & time Lecture & Cases To understand the
systems (PMTS) & application of low measurements, time and
cost automation. cost implications
7 P,Q,R,S,T concepts in plant / shop Lecture & Cases To know the layouts and
layouts and selection of materials materials handling
handling equipment
and storage systems
8 Organization Methods Applications in Lecture & Cases TO understand
office and white collar productivity applications in business all
over
Text books
1 Work-study ILO

Reference books
1 Industrial Engineering Applications and Management Philip Hicks
2 Handbook of Industrial Engineering & Management Ireson W. G. and Grand E. L.
Dr. Gondhalekar & Payal
3 Quality Detectives
Shetty
4 Mathematical Techniques in Industrial Engineering Shone K. J.

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
Semester : III Electives
Title of the Subject / : Total Quality Management
course
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40
Learning Objectives
1 Know concept of Total Quality management
2 Know the tools for quality control and management
3 Understand relation of cost and value to business

Prerequisites if any
Connections with Productivity Management, Industrial Engineering Applications And
Subjects in the current Management, Operations Applications And Case Studies, World
or Future courses Class Manufacturing
Module
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
Introduction and evolution of quality Lecture and case
1 Understand concept of quality
movement analysis
To know and appreciate the
Contributions of Shewhart, Deming, Lecture and case
2 development of quality
Juran, Feigenbaum, Crosby analysis
movement
Contributions of Japanese pioneers To know and appreciate the
Lecture and case
3 Ishikawa, Taguchi, Taichi Ohno, development of quality
analysis
Shigeo Shingo movement
To understand the statistical
Lecture and case
4 Statistical quality control basics techniques and tools for
analysis
quality control
Lecture and case To know the methodology of
5 Basics of sampling & reliability
analysis sampling
Lecture and case
Quality tools and techniques ( Basic To understand techniques and
6 analysis ,
and advanced tools) tools for quality control
numerical
To understand role of
Quality Improvement and Total Lecture and case
7 employee and their
Employee Involvement analysis
involvement
JIT manufacturing and Lean
Lecture and case To know Just In Time and
8 manufacturing through waste
analysis Lean Manufacturing
elimination
Lecture and case To understand role and
9 Six Sigma tools, quality circles
analysis functioning of quality circles
Lecture and case
Statistical Process control, process To know how to measure the
10 analysis,
capability studies process capabilities
numerical
To understand the relation of
Lecture and case
11 Cost of quality – Juran / crossby Cost and Quality
analysis
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
CMM / PCMM , Latest ISO, To know different frameworks
Lecture and case
12 Overview of international Quality for achieving international
analysis
framework standards

Text books
1 Total Quality Management Dale H Besterfield, Carol Besterfield, Mary
Besterfield, Sacre Glen Hhe
2 Quality Management Total Quality Dr Vikram Sharma
Management
3 Total Quality Management Poornima M Charantimath

Reference books
1 TQM in this Service R.P.Murthy, R.R.Lakhe
2 Total Quality Institute of Directors
3 100 TQM Tools Mike Asher, Gopal Kanji
4 Beyond TQM R.L.Flood

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
Semester : III Electives
Title of the Subject /
: International Logistics
course
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objectives
Develop knowledge about international logistics and understand role of various
players like logistics firms, Companies, governments, physical flow of goods,
1
physical facilities and more importantly sources of information for international
logistics.

Prerequisites if any Logistics and Supply chain

Connections with Subjects in the
current or Future courses

Module
Content Activity Learning outcomes
Introduction
International Trade Volume. Historical
Development of International Logistics
Lecture and Understanding of
1 International Logistics Definition and
discussion. International logistics
Components.
The Economic Importance of International
Logistics.
Methods of Entry into Foreign Markets.
Indirect Exporting, Active Exporting.
Production Abroad-Contract, Licensing, Lecture and Understanding of
2
Franchising, Joint Venture, Subsidiary. discussion. Exports
Foreign Trade Zones, Maquiladoras, Foreign
Corrupt Practices Act.
International Contracts
International Sales Contracts and CISG.
Lecture and Understanding of
3 Agency versus Distribution Legal Issues.
discussion. International contracts
Elements of an Agency or Distributor
Contract. Termination and Arbitration.
Terms of Trade or Incoterms
Understanding Incoterms,Incoterm
Strategy,Ex-Works,Free Carrier. Lecture and Understanding of
4
FAS,FOB,CFR,CIF,CPT,CIP,DES,DEQ,DAF, discussion. various Incoterms
DDU,DDP.
Electronic Data Interchange.
Terms of Payment
Introduction,Alternative Terms of
Payment,Cash in Advance. Open Account, Understanding of
Lecture and
5 Letter of Credit, Documentary Collection. various payment
discussion.
Purchasing Cards-Procurement methods
Cards,Tradecard.Bank Guarantees.
 Content Activity Learning outcomes
Currency of Payment - (Managing
Transaction Risks)
Sales Contracts’ Currency of Quote,the System
Understanding of
of Currency Exchange Rates. Lecture and
6 importance of
Theories of Exchange Rate discussion.
currency
Determinations,Exchange Rate Forecasting.
Managing Transaction Exposure,International
Banking Institutions.
International Commercial Documents
Understanding of
Invoices,Export Documents,Import
Lecture and various international
7 Documents.
discussion. commercial
Transportation Documents,Electronic Data
documents
Interchange.
International Insurance - Insurance
Glossary.
Perils of the Sea,Perils Associated with Air
Understanding of
Shipments. Insurable Interest. Lecture and
8 Importance of
Risk Management,Marine Insurance Policies, discussion.
Insurance.
Coverage under a Marine Cargo.
Elements of an Airfreight Policy.Lloyd’s-
Principles,Commercial Credit Insurance.
International Ocean Transportation
Types of Service, Size of vessels,Types of
Lecture and Understanding of
9 Vessels.
discussion. Ocean Transportation
Flag,Conferences,Liability Conventions, Non-
Vessel-Operating Common Carriers.
International Air Transportation Lecture and Understanding of Air
10
Types of Aircrafts, International Regulations. discussion. transportation
International Land and Multi-Modal
Transportation
Understanding of
Truck Transportation, Rail Transportation. Lecture and
11 multimodal
Intermodal Transportation. discussion.
Transportation
Freight Forwarders, Project Cargo, Alternative
Means of Transportation.
Packaging for Export
Introduction. Packaging Objectives,Ocean
Understanding of
Cargo.Air Transport. Lecture and
12 Packing used in
Road and Rail Transport, Security. discussion.
Import-Export
Hazardous Cargo, Refrigerated Goods.
Domestic Packaging Issues.
Customs Clearance Understanding of
Lecture and
13 Duty,Non-Tariff Barriers.Customs Clearing custom clearance
discussion.
Process. Foreign Trade Zones. process
International Logistics Infrastructure Understanding of
Lecture and
14 Transportation Infrastructure,Communication Logistics
discussion.
Infrastructure,Utilities Infrastructure. infrastructure
Text books
1 International Logistics Pierre David
2 Global Supply Chain Management and International Logistics Alan E.Branch
3 Logistics in International Business Rajiv Aserkar
John Morgan,
4 Global Logistics and Supply chain Management
Chandra Lalwani

Reference books
International Logistics by Pierre David –
1
PUBLISHED BY Bizantra
Logistics in International Business By Rajiv Aserkar
2
Shroff Publishers

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
Semester : III Electives
Title of the Subject /
: Quantitative models in Operations
course
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objectives
1 To understand the various advance techniques of Operations Research
2 To be able to apply the above techniques for industrial applications
3 To be able to develop an art of model building to real life situation

Prerequisites if any
Connections with Subjects in the
current or Future courses Operations Management, Operations Research

Module
Sr. Content Activity Learning outcomes
no.
1 Transshipment, Capacitated Lectures, examples To be able to understand the
transportation, Least time on Spreadsheet, concepts and apply for large
transportation models cases scale industry problems.
2 Advance LP applications in Lectures, examples
HR scheduling, investment, on Spreadsheet,
production planning, marketing cases
3 Inventory models, EBQ, EOQ Lectures, examples
under shortages and on Spreadsheet,
constraints, MPBS,MRP-I & II cases
4 Aggregate planning, level- Lectures, examples
chase-modified level & on Spreadsheet,
optimum strategy cases
5 Goal Programming Lectures, examples
formulation, Applications in on Spreadsheet,
investment, production, cases
services
6 Markovian models, Lectures, examples
Applications for brand on Spreadsheet,
switching, debt recovery, cases
recruitment
7 Dynamic programming and Lectures, examples
applications on Spreadsheet,
cases
8 Multi-server waiting line Lectures, examples
models & applications, Use of on Spreadsheet,
simulation in waiting line cases
Text Book
1 N D Vohra Quantitative techniques in Management
2 V K Kapoor Quantitative techniques in Management

Reference books
1 Management Science Anderson Sweeney williams
2 H Taha Operations Research
3 B Banerjee Quantitative methods in OR

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
Semester : III Electives
Title of the Subject /
: Productivity Management
course
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objectives
1 To understand importance, scope and application of productivity
To understand linkage of productivity concept from individual, department wise &
2 functional areas, sectors of economy, national and international economy.
Various approaches, measurement of productivity planning & conditions
3 improvement as one of the competitive dimension in any business.
4 Productivity as a system approach.

Prerequisites if any
Connections with
Subjects in the current
or Future courses

Module
Learning
Content Activity
outcomes
Concept of productivity application in
1 manufacturing and service industries and Lecture
different functional areas.
Measurement of productivity.
Understanding improvement cycle
Lecture & Use in decision
importance of measurement like partial total
2 application analysis making using
factor multifactor and their applications for
calculations
analysis measurement of resource
production.
Various models of productivity
3 1. Sumanths total productivity model
2. Sumanths five pronged model Lecture and case Using in different
3. American productivity model studies situation
4. Sink Multi factor model
5. Application by numerical.
Various Approaches to production.
4
1. Classic ILO approach
2. Kaizen/TQC approach Lecture and case Using in practical
3. Elimination 3 MV approach studies scenario
4. Participative/ Involvement
5. Creativity based
5 Application of new/old techniques lectures
of productivity improvement & application Lectures &
in all area of management. Application
1. JIT & Lean type of production system
2. MRPI & MRPII, ERP.
 3. TQM ISO quality systems.
4. B.P.R
6 Learning curves.
Lecture and case
Concept, application, Quantitative,
studies
estimation, limitation
7 Incentives
Lecture and
1. Financial
numerical
2. Non financial
3. Various incentive schemes based on the
group, profit sharing systems
4. Result oriented schemes
5. Calculation of incentive index
8 Work study
Lectures &
1. Method study
Application
2. Motion & Time study
3. Works measurement
4. Objectives, method, application
Value analysis & Value Engineering.
9
1. Concept
2. Difference
3. Procedure used
4. Importance in today’s business
environment
5. Various application functional areas for
product process and system.
10 People/ Enrolment/ Participation
1. Quality circles
2. Group kaizen
3. Suggestion schemes
4. Suggestion schemes
5. Small group involvement
Recent production improvement techniques
11 & applications. Use of various ratios to
determine improvement in productivity.
12
Creative based techniques
Lecture role play
1. Brain storming
2. Whole brain thinking
3. Nominal group
4. Use in creative problem solving with
practical application
Ergonomics
1. Concept design of work place to suit
human being use of anthropometric data
principles of motion economy effect of Lectures &
13 environment of productivity Application
2. Design of work stations use in
connection with process observation.
3. Concept of muri (non value adding strin
& its limitation
Text books
1 Productivity Technique Dr Uday Salunkhe & Dr Srinivas Gondhalekar
2 TQM Shridhar Bhat
3 Productivity Technique Shirke

Reference books
1 Work Study ILO

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
Programme - Masters in Management Studies
Semester - III
MARKETING (CORE)

Semester : III-Core
Title of the Subject / course : Sales Management
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objectives
1. To understand function of sales and its importance
2. To comprehend the art of managing the sales force
3. To motivate and manage sales force effectively
4. To develop critical thinking skills and situational leaderships
5. To learn the art of solving problems related to sales process on the field

Prerequisites if any
Connections with Subjects
in the current or Future
courses

Module
No Content Activity* Learning Outcomes
1 Introduction to sales organisation Lecture Familiarising the student with
and types of sales force. and discussion the sales management
Importance of sales management function
in any business organisation.
2 Sales Organisation Structures, Lecture/ Case Deeper understanding about
both B2B, B2C Study sales organisations across
sectors.
3 Selling skills; Negotiation skills Role play / The students will develop an
for services sales as against observation and appreciation of negotiations &
physical good sales, Sales dyads , debriefing by sales of services and physical
Decision Making Units (DMUs), faculty bringing goods
conceptual clarity.
4 Sales process – sales approach, Lecture Familiarising the students
demonstration & closure, And role play, with techniques of sales
Personal selling, Applications of debriefing by process
AIDA Model in sales. faculty bringing
conceptual clarity.
5 Territory and time management, Lecture/ Role Identify right attitude and
route planning, scheduling Play, debriefing by skills for sales force.
customer visits. faculty bringing Developing an understanding
Manpower planning- conceptual clarity. of Territory Management.
Recruitment, Selection, Training
and development of sales
personnel.
6 Planning & forecasting Lecture Learn tools & techniques to
techniques such as Moving and discussion set sales targets.
No Content Activity* Learning Outcomes
Averages, Trend Analysis etc. with use of
and target setting (sales budget templates, Also
and quota setting), using software supported by guest
support or Excel. faculty from
Industry
7 Sales Administration -Devising Lecture/ Case The student will learn how to
sales compensation, incentives, Study / Role play motivated sales team and how
fixed and variable components of compensation is linked to
compensation, Non –monetary sales force performance and
incentives. Performance retention. To develop an
evaluation of salesmen, setting understanding of the Art of
standards of performance, positive evaluation
recording actual performance,
evaluation and managing sales
meetings
8 Sales force management during Lecture/ Case Developing skills to
different phases which includes Study / referrals to effectively manage sales
motivation during bad times research papers. force.
(positive reinforcement), planning
sales contests.
9 Field sales control - Sales Lecture / Understanding the
reporting system which includes Discussion/ Field relationships between the
weekly, monthly, quarterly trip present sales & future plans of
reports and interpretation of the the organisation as well as an
data for future action plans, sales appreciation of costs.
analysis and marketing cost
analysis, sales audit, managing
outstanding.
10 Importance of Distribution and Lecture and Learning to calculate delivery
Logistics Management in relation Discussion schedules.
to Sales Management,
Understanding lead time and
delivery schedule etc.
*Activity: Teaching-Learning process may combine the use of role plays, audio-visual
films/aids, and management exercises with individual student, and or in team considering
appropriate cases or case-lets in the field of business domain wherever applicable.

Recommended Books
1 Sales Management, Still, Cundiff & Govani, Prentice Hall India
2 Professional Sales Management, Anderson, Hair & Bush , Tata McGraw Hill
3 Management of sales force, Stanton & Spiro Mc Graw Hill International
4 Sales Management , Futrell 6th edition Thomson South western
5 Sales and Distribution Management , S L Gupta, Excel Books India
6 Text Book on Sales Management , Dr. R.K. Srivastava, Excel Books India

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester-end 60%
Semester : III-Core
Title of the Subject / course : Marketing Strategy
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objectives
1. To understand and predict changes in the macroeconomic environment and its impact on
marketing programmes
2. To develop an ability to respond rapidly to changes driven by consumer behaviours / new
technologies etc.

Prerequisites if any
Connections with
Subjects in the
current or Future
courses

Module
No Content Activity* Learning Outcomes
1. Introduction to Marketing strategy - Concept, Lecture Understanding the
Principles, Understanding of Strategy & basics of Marketing
Tactics strategy and tactics
2 New Product Development process Lecture / Case To Understand the
• SWOT analysis, PARTS framework studies / strategic aspects of
and design of the demand landscape discussion New Product
• Commercialization of innovation Development &
through alliances Commercialization
• Challenges during the technology
adoption life cycle
3 Marketing Intelligence Case studies To understand and
• Understanding information needs for discussions , apply various
market Research Videos (TED matrices to evaluate
• Assessment of key marketing metrics Talks),Referra marketing
– Return on Marketing Investment; ls to Research programmes
Market share and payback period; papers
Net Promoter score; Customer
satisfaction and share of wallet;
Brand awareness/ preference;
purchase intentions; Average Unit
retail price, percentage sales on deals;
All commodity volume; Inventory
turns, same store sales,
Cannibalization
3 Product and Brand Policy Lecture/Cases Understanding issues
• Product Policy decisions – Line and /Simulations in formulating product
Mix decisions and brand policies
• Managing across the product life
cycle from pre-launch, pruning and
withdrawal from the market
• Lead users and role in product design
No Content Activity* Learning Outcomes
• Brand Culture – Aligning with
organizational culture
4 Pricing Policy Lecture/Cases To understand levers
• Pricing strategies – Types of pricing to manage prices.
strategies: Cost-plus, Perceived
value, etc.
• Price band – Types and width of
price bands and its management
• Using promotions as a lever to
manage the price band
5 Marketing Plan Cases and Formulating a
• Situation Analysis – 5C’s analysis Field Marketing Plan.
(customer/competitor/collaborator/co Assignments
mpany/context);
• Forecasting societal changes based on
PEST analysis
• Preparing and Presenting the
Marketing plan
6 Channel Policy Lectures/Case Understanding the
• Designing the length, breadth, and s/Games issues in the design
modifying the dimensions of the (Beer Games) and management of
channel channels
• Need for control and availability of
resources and role in channel design
• Channel selection strategy – direct,
corporate, contractual systems
• Omni-channels
• Channel conflicts and resolution

*Activity: Teaching-Learning process may combine the use of role plays, audio-visual
films/aids, and management exercises with individual student, and or in team considering
appropriate cases or case-lets in the field of business domain wherever applicable.

Recommended Books
1 Marketing Strategy, Walker Mullins Boyd & Larreche, Tata McGraw-Hill
2 Marketing Strategy, Luck & Ferrell, Southwestern
3 Marketing Strategy, Stephen Schnaars, Free Press
4 Marketing Metrics, Reibstein , Farris , Bendle, Pfeifer, Pearson
5 Strategic Marketing, Dr.Shahjahan
6 New Product Policy & Plans , Yoram Wind
7 Lead Users, Eric Von Hippel

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester-end 60%
Semester : III-Core
Title of the Subject / course : Consumer Behaviour
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objectives:
1. An understanding of the pre and post purchase consumer behaviour.
2. To develop conceptual insights into key aspects such as social, psychological and other
factors that influence consumer behaviour.

Prerequisites if any
Connections with
Subjects in the
current or Future
courses

Module
Sr.
Particular Activity* Learning Objectives
No
To understand
1. Concept of consumer
Consumer Behaviour: Introduction, behaviour, Role and importance
definition and impact of digital Interactive of consumer behaviour to a
1
revolution and importance to Lecture marketer
marketing. 2. How consumer behaviour
has changed due to digital
revolution
Models of consumer behaviour and
their marketing implications: The
economic model, Learning model,
Psychoanalytic model, sociological
To understand models of
2 model, Howard Seth Model of Lecture
consumer behaviour
buying behaviour, The Nicosia
Model, The Engel-Kollat-
Blackwell Model, Decision Making
Model
Motivation: Definition, types of
motives, (Positive and Negative
Goal, negative goal, Rational
Interactive
versus Emotional Motives),
Lecture,
Discovering Purchase Motives To understand the psychological
Case study
3 Theories of motivation, Maslow’s and physiological aspects of
and
hierarchy of needs and its relevance consumer behaviour
consumer
to consumer behaviour and
survey
marketing strategy; the physiology
of technology on consumer
behaviour.
Sr.
Particular Activity* Learning Objectives
No

Absolute and differential thresh

hold, Internal and external factors Interactive
affecting perception, Gestalt Lecture,
Marketing applications of
4 Psychology, subliminal perception, Quiz and
consumer perception theory.
Consumer Imagery, Zaltman consumer
metaphors to understand attitude survey
towards products

Interactive
Learning and Information To understand consumer learning
Lecture, and
5 Processing and its impact on processes and its impact on
consumer
behaviour. consumer behaviour
survey

Attitudes: Concepts and Models-

Cognitive Dissonance, Tri-
Interactive To understand the various models
component Theory, Multi attribute
6 Lecture, pertaining to consumer attitudes
model, Attitude and market
Case study and their impact on marketing
segmentation, product development
strategies and attitude change
strategies.
Personality: Meaning, nature,
definition and characteristics, Interactive
Theories of Personality (Freudian Lecture,
To understand the development of
theory, Trait Theory, Jungian Case study
7 personalities through different
Theory) Self-image and self- and
theories
concept, VALS model and consumer
segmentation, Personality and survey
consumer behaviour.

Social Class: concept of social

Interactive
class, homogeneity of needs in
Lecture/Case
social class, social class
s /McKinsey
8 stratification in India New SEC/ To understand the consumption
Global
NCAER, classification of the behaviour of social classes.
Institute
society, Influence of social class on
Reports (The
purchase behaviour.
Bird of Gold)
Group Behaviour: Reference
Groups and its influence on
consumption, Diffusion of
Interactive
innovation process, Consumer To understand the influence of
Lecture, and
9 Adoption of new products, Impact groups and families on the
quiz/referrals
of social media on formulating diffusion of innovation and
to research
opinions on products and brands. adoption of new products.
papers
Family: Role of family in decision
making and consumption process.
 Sr.
Particular Activity* Learning Objectives
No
Culture and Subcultures:
Understanding the influence of Interactive
culture, norms and their role, Lecture, and To understand impact of cultures
10 traditions and value system, Indian Case and values on Indian consumer.
core values, cultural aspects of discussions
emerging Indian markets.
Interactive
Post purchase behaviour:
Lecture,
11 Post purchase evaluation and To understand issues in Post
cases and
disposition towards the product, purchase decisions
consumer
Post purchase satisfaction measures
surveys.
Organization buying process:

Nested segmentation, Role &

Interactive
Power of Buying centres (Initiators,
12 Lecture/Case Understanding the B2B buying
Influencers, Deciders, Buyer &
s process
Gatekeepers).

Buying decisions based on ABC /

VED / FSND analysis.

*Activity: Teaching-Learning process may combine the use of role plays, audio-visual
films/aids, and management exercises with individual student, and or in team considering
appropriate cases or case-lets in the field of business domain including consumer research
methods and reports wherever applicable.

Recommended Books
Consumer Behaviour, Schiffman & Kanuk and S Ramesh Kumar,10th edition Prentice
1
Hall India.
2 Consumer Behaviour, Loudon & Della Bitta, 14th edition Tata McGraw Hill
Consumer Behaviour in Indian Perspective- Text and Cases, Suja R. Nair, Himalaya
3
Publication House.
Consumer Behaviour Building Marketing Strategy, Hawkinds David Mothersbaug &
4
Amit Mookerjee, 11 th edition, McGraw Hill International edition.
5 Consumer Behaviour Text & Cases, Satish Batra & S.H.H.Kazmi
6 Marketing Models , Gary L.Lilien, Kotler, Moorthy, Eastern Economy Edition

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester-end 60%
Semester : III-Core
Title of the Subject / course : Services Marketing
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning objectives

1 To familiarize students to basic concepts and decision making processes involved in

Services Management
2 To help students to understand application of these concepts to various industries in
service sector

Prerequisites if any
Connections with
Subjects in the
current or Future
courses

Module
Sr. Content Activity* Learning Outcome
No
1 Introduction – Difference between Lecture Students will be able to
Products & services, Key understand Fundamentals of
characteristics of services services

2 Consumer Behaviour in Services Lecture Students will be able to

understand Consumer
Behaviour in Service industry

3 Services Marketing Mix decisions- Case / Lecture / Students will be able to

7Ps, SERVQUAL model Assignment / understand Gaps in service
Field survey delivery
4 Managing Demand, capacity & Class Room Students will be able to
service assets Teaching, understand how to forecast
Case Study demand, Planning delivery and
Discussion capacity by using service
assets of an organization
5 Managing Customer Lecture / Students will be able to
Relationships- Case Study understand use of CRM in
CRM as a tool for customer Discussion customer satisfaction and
satisfaction and retention, service retention
blueprints – moments of truth,
Leaking bucket theory
6 Complaint handling , Service Lecture / Students will be able to
Failure & Service Recovery Case Study understand how to use
Discussion, complaints as an opportunity
Role Play for service recovery and
enhance customer loyalty
7 Improving Service Quality , Lecture / Students will be able to
Sr. Content Activity* Learning Outcome
No
Service Marketing triangle, Case Study understand how Companies
Fishbone Diagram Discussion, align internal capabilities to
Role Play deliver external promises for
customer loyalty
8 New developments in service Presentation Students will be prepare for
marketing –Peer to Peer sharing ( from Students service sector by evaluating,
Airbnb , Uber , Ola ) and evaluation giving feedback on their
on the basis of presentation for service sector
topic clarity organizations

*Activity: Teaching-Learning process may combine the use of role plays, audio-visual
films/aids, and management exercises with individual student, and or in team considering
appropriate cases or case-lets in the field of business domain wherever applicable.

Recommended Books
1 Services Marketing International Edition –Zeithamal V., M. J. Bitner and
D.Gremeler
2 Services Marketing – Text and Cases – Rajendra Nargundkar, 2nd Edition by
McGraw-Hill Companies
3 Services Marketing by Lovelock, Wirtz & Chatterjee 7 edition
4 Services Marketing, Indian Edition By Valarie A Zeithmal, Dwayne D Gremler,
Mary Jo Bitner, Ajay Pandit

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester-end 60%
Semester : III-Core
Title of the Subject / course : Product and Brand Management
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objectives
1. To expose and sensitize the students with the practices of product and brand
management.
2. To understand the key issues in Product and Brand Management

Prerequisites if any
Connections with
Subjects in the
current or Future
courses

Module
No Content Activity* Learning No of
Outcomes Session (3
Hrs)
1 Introduction to Product Lecture Understanding the 1
Management, Role and and discussion functions of Product
Functions of Product Management
Managers
2 Product Mix and SBU Lecture Understanding the 2
Strategies, Portfolio portfolio analysis
analysis ( BCG / GE and tools.
Multifactor Matrix)
3 Product Decisions over Lecture/Case Study Understanding the 1
the PLC discussion relationship between
Product strategy and
PLC
4 New Product Lecture/Project- Understanding NPD 2
Development Process Assignment/Case process
study discussion
5 Financial Decision on the Lecture Understanding the 1
PLC using Polly and Financial
Cook Model Implications across
PLC
6 Introduction to Brand Lecture/Case study Understanding the 2
Management- Branded and discussion. fundamentals of
House Vs House of Brand Management
Brands, Corporate Brand.
7 Brand prism by Kapferer Lecture/ Case Study Understanding 1
Model, Brand Anatomy. Brand development
process
8 Branding Decisions- Line Lecture/ Case Study Understanding 2
Extensions, Category and discussion Branding Decisions
Extension
No Content Activity* Learning No of
Outcomes Session (3
Hrs)
9 Brand Equity – Concept Lecture Understanding 1
and measure Brand Equity and its
measure

*Activity: Teaching-Learning process may combine the use of role plays, audio-visual
films/aids, and management exercises with individual student, and or in team considering
appropriate cases or case-lets in the field of business domain wherever applicable.

Recommended Books
1 Strategic Brand Management by Kevin Lane Keller, M G Parameswaran, Isaac
Jacob, Pearson
2 Brand Management by David Aaker, Tat McGraw Hill
3 Brand Management-Indian Perspective by YLR Murthy, Vikas Publishing

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester-end 60%
Programme - Masters in Management Studies
Semester - III
MARKETING (ELECTIVES)

Semester : III-Elective
Title of the Subject / course : Retail Management
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objectives:
1 To develop the analytical ability of the students to attain an insight into Retail
Management contexts
2 To Understand the techniques for optimal utilization of resources

Prerequisites if any
Connections with
Subjects in the
current or Future
courses

Module
Sr. Content Activity* Learning Outcomes
No.
1. An Introduction to Retailing: Factors Lecture / To Understand basics of
Influencing Retailing, Basic Retail Models, Field visits Retailing
Modern Retail format & Retailing in rural
India
2. Strategic Planning in Retailing: Setting up Lecture / Understanding the Key
Retail organization, Site analysis, Store Field visits elements in Retail
Design / Layout, Cost & inventory control, planning process
Designing an information system for retail,
Store based Strategy Mix, Store branding
and Promotions
3. Retail Formats : Lecture / Understanding Different
Types, E-tailing, Ownership structures Projects Retail formats

4. Retail Supply Chain : Lecture / Understanding issues in

Issues in managing supply chains Networks, Cases supply chain
Demand Forecasting, sourcing & vendor
selection, Overall Inventory Management
5 Store Operations Lecture / Site Understanding the
Store Atmosphere, In-store service, Visual Visit customer experience and
Merchandising, Store-wise inventory engagement
Management
6 Identifying and Understanding Lecture / Understanding market
Consumers: Cases segmentation
Trade area analysis- Huff Model, Radial
studies, Gravity Models, & Drive-time
analysis.
Sr. Content Activity* Learning Outcomes
No.
Segmentation of consumers, Consumer
perception and Behaviour & Shopping
culture
7 Pricing in Retailing :Types of Pricing, Case Study Understanding Pricing
Decoy Pricing, Bundle Pricing, EDLP, Discussion strategy
High-low Pricing, Loss leader pricing,
Dynamic Pricing

8 Web-based Retailing : Cases Understanding Web-

Technological Aspects, Economics of (Suggested based retailing
platforms challenges in managing platforms Amazon,
Flipkart etc.)
9 Retail HRM : Lecture
Identifying Manpower requirements,
Recruitments, Selection & training

*Activity: Teaching-Learning process may combine the use of role plays, audio-visual
films/aids, and management exercises with individual student, and or in team considering
appropriate cases or case-lets in the field of business domain wherever applicable.

Recommended Books
1. Retail Management – Chetan Bajaj; Rajnish Tuli; Nidhi Varma - Oxford
2. Fundamentals Of Retailing - K. V. S. Madaan -Tata McGraw-Hill Education
3. Retail Management: A Strategic Approach, - Berman - Pearson Education India
4. Retailing Management - Swapna Pradhan - Tata McGraw-Hill Education
Marketing Your Retail Store in the Internet Age - Bob Negen, Susan Negen
5. Wiley
Retail Marketing and New Retail Idea - Marks & Spencer - Sven Hallbauer -
6. GRIN Verlag
International Retail Marketing: A Case Study Approach - Margaret Bruce,
7. Christopher Moore, Grete Birtwistle - Elsevier Butterworth-Heinemann,
Strategic Retail Management: Text and International Cases - Joachim Zentes,
8. Dirk Morschett, Hanna Schramm-Klein - Springer Science & Business Media

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester-end 60%
Semester : III-Elective
Title of the Subject / course : Rural Marketing
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning objectives:

1 To develop an understanding of the rural economy of India

2 To develop a marketing program for rural consumers

Prerequisites if any
Connections with Subjects
in the current or Future
courses

Module
No Content Activity* Learning Outcome
1 Introduction to Rural Marketing – Lecture An overview of rural India
Demographics and psychographics
of rural India, Land use patterns,
Health care, etc.
2 Rural Environment – Socio Lecture / Analyse rural India and drivers of
Economic, Cultural and Political Case rural demand
Aspects, Studies /
SHG, Microfinance, NABARD, Articles
RRBs, State cooperative banks
Governmental Development
Programmes,
Mahatma Gandhi National Rural
Employment Guarantee Act (MN
REGA)
3 Rural Consumer Behaviour : Lecture Understanding how rural
Characteristics of rural consumer, consumers behave and what
Factors affecting rural consumer factors affect their behaviour
behaviour
4 „4As of rural marketing-mix‟ Lecture Understanding the 4P‟s in rural
context
5 Rural Distribution: Challenges & Lecture / Understanding the issues related
Opportunities Case studies to rural distribution
6 Communication in Rural India Lecture / Enable students to appreciate the
Case studies various media for reaching rural
7 Marketing of Agri Input and Rural Lecture / Understanding marketing of rural
Produce & Services Marketing Case studies oriented products g & services
(Agricultural & Non-agricultural)
8 Proliferation of technology in Rural Lecture / Understanding the scope of
India Case studies technological application in rural
India
9 Social Entrepreneurship – Lecture / Understanding the scope of Social
Opportunities & Challenges Case studies Entrepreneurship in rural India
*Activity: Teaching-Learning process may combine the use of role plays, audio-visual
films/aids, and management exercises with individual student, and or in team considering
appropriate cases or case-lets in the field of business domain wherever applicable.

Recommended Books
1 Pradeep Kashyap, (2007) : IInd Edition, The Rural Marketing Text Book
2 Ravindranath V. Badi & Narayansa V. Badi (2014) IIIrd Edition , Rural Marketing
Text Book; HPH

Note: A credit based project to visit rural India and learn the various aspects covered in the
classroom course thereby making students to experience it in the rural environment.

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester-end 60%
Semester : III-Elective
Title of the Subject / course : Marketing Analytics
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning objectives:

1 To develop an understanding of the rural economy of India

2 To develop a marketing program for rural consumers

Prerequisites, if any
Knowledge of Specific Skills MS Excel
Software Platforms SPSS, Tableau, SAS, R ( at least one or similar)

Expertise required The institute would need the services of industry

experts as they would have access to database.

Module

Activity ( only a
No Contents guideline and not Learning Outcome
exhaustive)

Unit I (30% weightage)

Pricing, Breakeven and Margin The students learn and understands

Analysis, Demand Estimates, Case how to work out pricing,
1
Marketing Budget and Marketing study/Projects breakeven analysis, and framing of
Performance Measure, Marketing marketing budgets.
Metrics and its application
To understand the financial
Financial Implications of various
2 Problems implications of various marketing
Marketing Strategies
strategies through examples.
Cross Tabulation, Chi square Test, Recap for students who are
3 T Test, ANOVA (F Test), Simple Recap assumed to be already familiar
and Multiple Regression with these techniques.
To analyse the financial feasibility
Financial Feasibility analysis using
Case Study/real of a project. The students will be
4 NPV method, Customer Life time
time projects able to calculate the CLTV
Value ( CLTV)
measure based on specific inputs.
 Activity ( only a
No Contents guideline and not Learning Outcome
exhaustive)

Unit II (40% weightage)

To understand how external data
sources are used on top of internal
data sources to derive better
Descriptive Analytics insights. The students will learn
a. Geographical Mapping. Case Study/real how data exploration is used in
5
b. Data Exploration. time projects real world problem solving. The
c. Market Basket Analysis students will be able to understand
the application of Market Basket
Analysis from the analytics view
point.

Forecast Analysis
Case Study/real To understand moving averages
a.Moving Averages
6 time problem method and apply with the purpose
b.Time Series Forecasting Using
solving of forecasting.
Linear Regression
The student will understand and
apply specific statistical and
regression analysis methods to
identify new trends and patterns,
Predictive Analytics Model for
uncover relationships, create
Marketing Case Study,
7 forecasts, predict likelihoods, and
a.Clustering models (segments) Industry data
test predictive hypotheses.
b.Propensity models (predictions)
Understand clustering models,
product based and brand based
clustering.
Understanding propensity model.
Social Media Marketing Analytics Understanding of the Complete
a. Data mining methods dynamics of analytics in the digital
b. Analyses for websites, search technology and social media
Case Study,
engine results, and social media, landscape.
8 Problems/As per
e.g., Twitter, Facebook, and blogs. Learning the business/economic
requirement
(Audience size, Reach & aspects of social media analytics
Engagement, Traffic, Community and its application in the real
responsiveness) world marketing scenarios.
Digital Analytics/ Google
Student will learn to understand
Analytics
and control his on line campaign
a. App usage , App revenue,
Case Study, spend and performance.
retention, churn analysis
9 Problems/As per Student will learn how to track
b. Mobile Analytics (Example-
requirement numbers and sources of mobile
Amazon Mobile Analytics)
app customer acquisition,
retention, referrals.
 Activity ( only a
No Contents guideline and not Learning Outcome
exhaustive)

Unit III ( 30% weightage)

Students will learn the need for
SPSS/As per conjoint analysis and their
10 Conjoint Analysis
requirement applications in designing of a new
product or service.
Students will understand the
concept of factor analysis,
different methods of factor
SPSS/As per analysis and the interpretation of
11 Factor Analysis
requirement factor solutions with emphasis on
exploratory factor analysis ,
confirmatory factor analysis and
structural equation modelling
Students will understand the need
for cluster analysis, how to retain
SPSS/As per
12 Cluster Analysis the correct number of clusters and
requirement
interpret cluster solutions.

Students will learn the different

types of input to create perceptual
Discriminant Analysis and Multi- SPSS/As per maps and pat worth utilities and
13
Dimensional Scaling requirement the interpretation the solution of
discriminant analysis and MDS for
business applications.

*Activity: Teaching-Learning process may combine the use of role plays, audio-visual
films/aids, and management exercises with individual student, and or in team considering
appropriate cases or case-lets in the field of business domain wherever applicable

Recommended Books
1 Marketing Analytics: Strategic Models and Metrics by Stephan Sorger, Admiral
Press.
2 Marketing Analytics: Data-Driven Techniques with Microsoft Excel by Wayne L.
Winston, Wiley
3 Marketing Metrics - Manager's Guide to Measuring Marketing Performance by Neil
T Bendle, Paul Farris, Philip E Pfeifer, David J Reibstein, Pearson Education

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester-end 60%
Semester : III-Elective
Title of the Subject / course : Digital Marketing
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objectives:
1. To understand the new media, Different types, their strengths and the way customer
interacts with new / digital media.
2. To develop the skills to strategize and execute campaigns on new / digital media

Prerequisites if any
Connections with Subjects
in the current or Future
courses

Module
No Content Activity* Learning Outcomes
Introduction to digital marketing – To understand the growing
1 types of digital media, industry Lecture, importance of digital media
trends, Indian media spends, industry reports in comparison with
comparison with traditional media traditional media
Customer consumption trends of
2 digital media Lecture/ Case To understand how
Role of digital media in consumer Study consumers interact with
decision making process digital media and use the
Behavioural and Contextual same for marketing strategies
targeting
Search Engine Optimization (SEO) Lecture, Case Familiarizing the students
3  Need for SEO Study and with techniques of SEO and
 Strategies practical metrics important for a
 Method demonstration website through Google
 Integration with Google of creating SEO Analytics
Analytics, analysis of friendly
reports and metrics content.
4 Search Engine Marketing (SEM) Lecture & Appreciate the search engine
 Importance and need practical advertising and learn to make
 Campaign strategy demonstration strategies for effective
 Identifying keywords and of AdWords campaign. Understand the
their configurations Campaign various metrics important for
 Creating AdWords SEM campaign
campaigns
 Assess campaign using
AdWords analytics reports
5 Social Media Marketing Lecture & To be able to build brand
 Introduction & comparison practical preference, generate leads
of various Social Media demonstration and aggregate audience on
(including subscriber base, of Campaign on Social Media and increase
features, popularity etc.) Facebook / audience engagement.
LinkedIn / Understanding Social media
No Content Activity* Learning Outcomes
 Social Media Marketing Twitter / analytics and make relevant
strategies – with examples/ Instagram / strategies
cases Snapchat etc.
 Content Strategy for various
social media
 Creating Campaign on
Social media (Facebook)
 Assessment of campaign
using Facebook analytics
Display advertising To be able to use display
6 Video advertising - types and their Lecture/ Case advertisement, blogs and
effectiveness Study/ Videos YouTube in overall
Blog marketing marketing strategy
7 Pricing Models Lecture/ Case Students will understand the
 Cost per Click (CPC) Study different pricing options, and
 Cost per thousand their use in given scenario
Impression (CPM)
 Cost per acquisition (CPA)
 Relevance of each in
different situations
 Prevention of click frauds
8 Email Marketing Lecture/ Case To deliver relevant
 Trends, types, Challenges Study marketing communication to
 Planning & designing targeted audience in most
campaign creative way. Apply learnt
 Assess effectiveness of the skills n effectively building
campaign using various users list, deliver email and
metrics generate relevant clicks
9 Mobile Marketing Lecture/ Case Strategizing marketing
 Market size, growth etc. Study/ Videos through smart devices. Learn
 Applications app- based marketing, QR
 Coupons codes, Location based
 Gamification Marketing, SMS marketing
 Mobile wallets and effective use of mobile
 QR codes wallet ecosystem
 USSD
 SMS
10 E-commerce Lecture/ Case
 Understand trends and Study/ Videos
profile of e-commerce
players
 Use of e-tailers for
promotion and distribution
of brands
 Strategies used by E-
commerce players
*Activity: Teaching-Learning process may combine the use of role plays, audio-visual
films/aids, and management exercises with individual student, and or in team considering
appropriate cases or case-lets in the field of business domain wherever applicable.

Recommended Books
1 The Art of Digital Marketing – Ian Dodson – Wiley Publication
2 Digital Marketing – Vandana Ahuja – Oxford Publication
3 Understanding Digital Marketing: Marketing Strategies for Engaging the Digital
Generation – Damian Ryan – Kogan Page
4 Digital Marketing: Strategy, Implementation & Practice – Dave Chaffey & Fiona
Ellis-Chadwick
5 Convert! Designing Websites For traffics and Conversions – Ben Hunt
6 The Social Media Bible: Tactics, Tools & Strategies for Business Success – Lon Safko
7 Global Content Marketing – Pam Didne
8 The Power of Visual Storytelling – Ekaterina walter
9 Digital Marketing – Dr. Hari Krishna Maram

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester-end 60%
Semester : III-Elective
Title of the Subject / course : Customer Relationship Management
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objectives:

1. To provide insights into CRM concepts and its applications in maximising customer
lifetime value.

Prerequisites if any
Connections with Subjects
in the current or Future
courses

Module
No Content Activity* Learning Outcomes
1 Introduction to CRM, Levels of Lecture / Familiarising the students with
CRM, CRM and its integration Discussions the concept of CRM
processes in organisation.
2 Know your customer in terms of Lecture and Deeper understanding on “Who
target group, Voice of customer, Discussions the Customer is”
Customer Care, Customer Value, using Case
Customer Touch Points, Customer Studies
Portfolio Analysis.
Customer life cycle and customer Lectures/ Measuring Customers and
3 life time value, Recency, Frequency, Case Study identifying profitable customers
Monetary analysis
4 Importance of Customer Acquisition Lecture, To appreciate the Importance of
and Retention by Loyalty programs, Case Study acquiring and retaining
impact of churn-rate and profitability, and customers.
Loyalty ladder. Assignments
5 Relationship marketing, building Lecture and To understand relationship
brands using relationship marketing. Case Study marketing and Its role in brand
building.
6 CRM in B2B and B2C markets Lecture and To understand CRM in different
considering requirements in service Case Studies Sectors
and manufacturing sectors.
7 CRM Implementation road map, Lectures To understand implementation
Operational Issues. issues and road map
8 eCRM, Meaning, Essence, Difference Understanding eCRM process.
with CRM, eCRM Process, Lecture and
Implementing and Integration with Case
other processes, Steps in E CRM discussions
process.
9 Technology, Modules and Sub Lecture To develop conceptual
modules of a CRM software, Cloud knowledge of technological
Technology (SAAS, PAAS etc), tools used in CRM.
Virtual Technology.
*Activity: Teaching-Learning process may combine the use of role plays, audio-visual
films/aids, and management exercises with individual student, and or in team considering
appropriate cases or case-lets in the field of business domain wherever applicable

Recommended Books
1 CRM Hand Book A Business Guide to Customer Relationship Management 1st
Edition
by Jill Dyché Addison- Wesley
2 Customer Relationship Management: A Strategic Perspective,G. Shainesh, Jagdish N
Sheth, Macmillan
3 CRM, Urvashi Makkar & Harinder Kumar Makkar, Tata Mc Graw Hill Education
Private Ltd
4 CRM Concepts and Cases second edition, Alok Kumar Rai, PHI
5 Implementing SAPCRM The Guide for Business and Technology Manager, Vivek
Kale, CRC Press

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester-end 60%
Semester : III-Elective
Title of the Subject / course : Marketing Research & Analysis
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objectives

This course is designed to acquaint students with the marketing research

1
process, applications and statistical tools & techniques
This course will help students explore different approaches of Marketing
2
research and acquaint them with contemporary marketing research practices.

Prerequisites if any
Connections with Subjects
in the current or Future
courses

Module
Sr.
Content Activity* Learning outcomes
No
To understand the purpose of
Introduction to Marketing Research. marketing research.
Need & Scope of Marketing To describe a marketing
Research. information system and
Lecture
1 Structure of Marketing Research explain how it differs from
studies. marketing research.
The Marketing Research Process. Be familiar with various
stages of the marketing
research process.
Qualitative Analysis -
Brainstorming, Focus Groups, In- Understand the fundamentals
2 Depth Interviews, Projective Lecture of
Techniques, Attitude and motivation Qualitative research.
research, Concept under tests.
Lecture/Assign
ment (Primary
Primary Research -
Research-
Various aspects such as scales,
Developing
questionnaire design, sampling frame
questionnaire
& technique
& pilot testing Recap of understanding which
Secondary Research –
3 Secondary the students gained in
Secondary and Standardized sources
research – Business Research Methods
of Marketing Data
Literature
Primary & Secondary sources of
review and
Secondary Data Analysis
make a
summary)
Sr.
Content Activity* Learning outcomes
No

Market segmentation, Positioning

Research,
Lecture/Case Understand the process of
4 Product/Price/Promotion/Distribution
study marketing mix research
research, Sales Promotion Research
Campaign Tracking Research

Advertising Research, Concepts of

copy testing and ad tracking, Ad
recall, Ad Comprehension,
Understand the various aspects
Stages involved in Advertising
5 Lecture of Advertising research.
research,
Types of advertising media research-
Print, Out-door, TV/Cinema, Mobile
outdoor media,

Brand research - Lecture /

Brand Equity Research Discussion/Lea
Understand the applications of
6 Brand Valuation Research rning support
brand research
Corporate Image Measurement by industry
Research expert.

Understanding and Application of

Tools used for Marketing Analysis Understand the application of
a. Forecasting Models statistical tools and techniques
b. Discriminant Analysis to marketing problems using
Lectures with
7 c. Logistic Regression SPSS.(Techniques like
SPSS
d. Cluster Analysis regression analysis, factor
e. Multidimensional Scaling analysis are already covered in
f. Conjoint Analysis business research methods)

*Activity: Teaching-Learning process may combine the use of role plays, audio-visual
films/aids, and management exercises with individual student, and or in team considering
appropriate cases or case-lets in the field of business domain wherever applicable

Recommended Books
1 Marketing Research –Hair, Bush, Ortinau (2ndedition Tata McGraw Hill)
Marketing Research Essentials – McDaniels & Gates (3rd edition SW College
2 publications)
Marketing Research – Sunanda Easwaran and Sharmila J Singh – Oxford Publications
3 Marketing Research – Nigel Bradley – Oxford Publications
Marketing Research Essentials – McDaniels & Gates (3rd edition SW College
4. publications)
5. Marketing Research – Zikmund & Babin – Cengage Learning
6 Marketing Research – Aaker, Kumar, Day ( 9th edition John Wiley & Sons)
7 Marketing Research – Burns , Alvin, Bush, Ronald (5th edition Prentice Hall)
Marketing Research – An Applied Orientation – Naresh K Malhotra – Pearson
8 Publications
Marketing Research for managers -3rd Edition by Sunny Crounch & Mathew Housden -
9 A Butterworth-Heinemann Title
Marketing Research (Macmillan) - Rajendra Nargundkar
10

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester-end 60%
Semester : III-Elective
Title of the Subject / course : Event Management
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning objectives:

1 To familiarize students the basic concepts and decision making processes involved in
Event Management
2 To develop the conceptual & management skills at various levels in the area of overall
event management; which will enable students to analyze, develop, conceptualize and
formulate strategies in marketing of events

Prerequisites if any
Connections with Subjects
in the current or Future
courses

Module
No. Content Activity* Learning Outcome
1 Introduction of Event Management To understand basic
concepts, concepts of event
Advantages, Types of events, Role of Lectures management
events in business promotion; MICE
elements
2 Event Concept & Design – SWOT Developing a conceptual
analysis, PESTEL Analysis, Elements of Lectures/ framework for events.
event, Establishing viability of the Case Study
concept, Designing of the event. Discussion

3 Event Planning (operational To understand various

perspective): Event Objective(s), Theme aspects of planning
based event conceptualization, Event Lectures/ events from the
proposal, Event protocol, Planning Tools, Assignment perspective of execution.
Legal compliance;

4 Event Financial Planning – Budgeting, Lectures/ To understand the

Break-even projection, Contingency fund Fieldwork/ financial aspects of
& Profitability analysis. Assignment conducting an event
5 Focus on Standard operating Procedures Compliance of
& Checklists: requirements for
Venue; Timing; Guest list; Invitations; successfully organizing
Venue dressing; Equipment and facilities; an event.
Guest of honor; Speakers; Media; Lectures/
Photographers; Podium etc.; Celebrity Fieldwork
endorsement; Staff recruitment and
training; Catering; Health and safety
issues; Insurance; Delegation and vendor
management.
No. Content Activity* Learning Outcome
6 Event Marketing: Characteristics of Lectures/ To develop an
Event Marketing, Event Sponsorship. Case Study/ understanding of event
Role play marketing

7 Event Coordination and Control - To understand how event

Event Staffing – Recruitment & management companies
Selection; Training & briefing; Crowd Lectures/ align their capabilities to
Management; Operations & Logistics; Role Play/ deliver customer
Event Evaluation – Tools, Steps and Field visits satisfaction
Reason for event evaluation.

8 Trade Fairs - Objectives, Importance in Students will get

Lectures/
B2B/B2C marketing, Branding and practical exposure to all
Trade fair
Communication aspects of trade fair(s)
Visit

*Activity: Teaching-Learning process may combine the use of role plays, audio-visual
films/aids, and management exercises with individual student, and or in team considering
appropriate cases or case-lets in the field of business domain wherever applicable

Recommended Books
1 Event Management - Lynn Van Der Wagen, Brenda R. Carlos [Pearson Education]
2 Event Planning & Management – Diwakar Sharma [deep & Deep Publication Pvt.
Ltd.]
3 Event Management – Dr. Ashutosh Chaturvedi [Global india publications Pvt. Ltd.]

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester-end 60%
Semester : III-Elective
Title of the Subject / course : Healthcare Marketing
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning objectives:
1 To understand trends and opportunities in the health care sector
2 Formulate marketing strategy and tactics for the health care sector

Prerequisites if any
Connections with Subjects
in the current or Future
courses

Module
Sr. Content Activity* Learning Outcomes
No.
1. Introduction & Scope of Health Care Lecture To introduce the students
and Wellness Sector in India. to health care sector
2. Introduction to the Health Care Policy Lecture To sensitize students to
of Government of India - Project on any Government policies
Jan Aushadhi Stores (JAS), NITI one Government pertaining to health care
Aayog (National Institute for Scheme
Transforming India) Initiatives,
National Dialysis Services Programme
Sehat' (Social Endeavour for Health and
Telemedicine)
3. Wellness Sector- Overcoming Lectures/Cases Understanding the
Challenges of different stakeholders challenges peculiar to
(Users, Providers, Government & wellness sector
Educationists)
4. Market forces and its effect on the Lecture/case To understand various
health care and wellness industry- study market forces and its
Consumers & Patients (for different linkages with Healthcare
segments), sector
Economy & Finance (Affordability and
Medical insurance),
Information Technology and e-Health
(Hospital Information System, E-CRM,
Unorganised Health care providers Vs
Organised health care providers,
Government, Trust and Private health
care providers,
Government Policies,
Workforce beyond doctors,
5. „3 Cs and 4 Ps‟ for the health care and Lecture/ Integration of marketing
wellness industry. Case study concepts with health care
6.A Analysing the customer: (on various Lecture, Understanding different
parameters like- Project on segments in Healthcare
Sr. Content Activity* Learning Outcomes
No.
Poor Health Status, Younger, Health, healthcare and services
conscious, High Income, Corporate etc. wellness needs
of any two types
of customers
6.B Customer Retention: Service and Lecture, Understanding CRM
wellbeing, Loyalty Plans, Membership Study on any strategies for customer
to wellness and health care plans loyalty plan of a
hospital or
wellness
provider
7 Partnering with Insurance Providers: Lecture, Understanding the role of
Role of TPA‟s, Role of other stake Guest lecture IRDA and insurance
holders in Medical Insurance, Role of form health companies in healthcare
Hospital in Insurance supporting, insurance sector
Medical Insurance Providers, Ethics
and other issues
8 Importance of Corporate tie-ups for Lecture, Understanding
Health Care and wellness providing: Visit to a importance of corporate
Corporates policies on health and Corporate tie-ups in healthcare
wellness , Pricing for Corporates, Hospital sector
Mutual benefits to Corporates,
Hospitals and Care receivers
9 Role of the General Physician /Family Lecture,
Doctors /Neighbourhood Doctor in Project on role of
referral marketing of healthcare services GP/FD in the
health care
sector of India

*Activity: Teaching-Learning process may combine the use of role plays, audio-visual
films/aids, and management exercises with individual student, and or in team considering
appropriate cases or case-lets in the field of business domain wherever applicable.

Recommended Books
1. Essentials Of Health Care Marketing- Eric N. Berkowitz - Jones & Bartlett Learning
2. Cases In Health Care Marketing - John L. Fortenberry Jr. - Jones & Bartlett Learning
3. Heath Care Marketing – Tools And Techniques - John L. Fortenberry Jr. -Jones &
Bartlett Learning
4. Wellness Management A Lifestyle Approach for Health, Fitness and Energy - Rajasekhar
Kali Venkata – Notion press
5. Health Service Marketing – A Practitioners Guide - Richard K. T. - Springer New York

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester-end 60%
Semester : III-Elective
Title of the Subject / course : Distribution and Supply Chain Management
(SCM)
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning objectives:
1. To develop an understanding of the role of distribution and supply chain in marketing and
its importance in creating value to the customer.

Prerequisites if any
Connections with Subjects
in the current or Future
courses

Module
Sr. No. Session
Content Activity* Learning outcomes
No.
Strategic issues in Understanding the 1
Lecture and Case
1 channel decisions various elements in
Discussion
channel decisions
Issues in channel design : 1
Resources Vs need for
Lecture and Case Understanding of
2 control, types of product,
Discussion channel design
consumer behaviour,
modification of channel.
Managing channel 1
conflicts – Goal conflict,
Role conflict, To understand Key
Lecture and Case
3. Communication failure. challenges in
Discussion
Building strong brands, managing conflicts
demand pull, carrot and
stick
Types of channels, 1
Understanding
Wholesaling, retailing,
Lecture and Case different kinds of
4. flows in channels of
Discussion channels and control
distribution, distribution
aspects.
analysis and control.
Supply chain – 1
Objective, Importance Lecture and Case Understanding basics
5.
and Process flows, Bull- Discussion of supply chain
whip effect.
Demand forecasting – 2
different methods of Lecture and Case To understand how to
6
forecasting ( Time series, Discussion forecast demand
moving averages)
Sourcing decisions in Understanding 2
Lecture and Case
7 supply chain – In house negotiations and
Discussion
Vs outsourcing decisions, sourcing decisions
Sr. No. Session
Content Activity* Learning outcomes
No.
supplier selection –
auction and negotiations
The procurement 2
process, sourcing
Understanding key
planning and analysis, Lecture and Case
8 issues in managing
benchmarking the supply Discussion
supply chains.
chain and managing
global supply chains
Technology and supply 2
chains – 3D printing and
9 its impact, Material Lecture
sciences ( Development
of alternate materials )

*Activity: Teaching-Learning process may combine the use of role plays, audio-visual
films/aids, and management exercises with individual student, and or in team considering
appropriate cases or case-lets in the field of business domain wherever applicable.

Recommended Books
1 Logistical Management Donald J Bowersox
2 Strategic channel management by Bowersox & Cooper
3 Physical Distribution Management Logistical Approach Dr.K.Khanna
4 Logistics and Supply Chain Management by Martin Christopher, Pearson
5 Sales and Distribution Management by Krishna K Havaldar and Vasant Cavale
6 S. L. Gupta: Sales and Distribution Management, Excel books

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester-end 60%
Semester : III-Elective
Title of the Subject / course : Tourism Marketing
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning objectives:

To understand the application of marketing concepts to the tourism industry.

Prerequisites if any
Connections with Subjects
in the current or Future
courses

Module
Sr. Content Activity* Learning Outcomes
No.
1 Introduction to various sectors of the Lectures To understand the
Indian Tourism Industry ( Domestic potential of India for
/ International tourists ) such as domestic and foreign
medical tourism, pilgrimage, tourists.
wildlife, Tournaments, etc.

2 Segmentation of the tourism market Lectures / Case To understand the

in India and positioning as an discussions application of STP in
attractive destination for Domestic tourism marketing
and Foreign tourists

3 Role of Government in tourism Case study To understand the

marketing. discussions and Field application of ecosystem
Tourism ecosystem such as trained visits concept in tourism
guides, reliable public marketing
transportations, availability of hotel
rooms of different categories etc. as
the drivers of the tourism industry.
4 Pricing and Promotion strategy : Lectures and case To understand the
Differentiation on the basis of tour discussions interplay between pricing
packages, themes, and pricing on and the totality of service
perceived value offerings / value
propositions.
5 Channel strategy, various Lectures / Cases To understand the role of
franchisees formats such as B2B, channels in tourism.
B2C, and C2C.
Targeting customers through
exhibitions, promotions (offline and
online), placement in movies etc.
Sr. Content Activity* Learning Outcomes
No.
6 A study of some success stories in Lectures / Cases To gain lessons from
Indian tourism – Medical tourism, success stories and try to
Religious tourism. extrapolate them to other
sectors in tourism
7 Gap analysis in various sectors of Lecture / Assignment Understanding Gaps and
tourism industry SERVQUAL remedial actions in
Model service quality in the
tourism industry.

*Activity: Teaching-Learning process may combine the use of role plays, audio-visual
films/aids, and management exercises with individual student, and or in team considering
appropriate cases or case-lets in the field of business domain wherever applicable.

Recommended Books
1 Fundamentals of Marketing Stone, Marilyn A. and Desmond, John. (Routledge)
2 Marketing Management: Planning Ramaswamy V.S. and Namakumari. S (Macmillan)
& Control
3 Tourism Marketing Chaudhary, M (Oxford University Press)
4 Introduction to Travel and Tourism Bennett J. A and Strydom, J.Wilhelm (Juta Education)
Marketing

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester-end 60%
Semester : III-Elective
Title of the Subject / course : Marketing of Banking & Financial Services
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning objectives
To develop an understanding into the concept and practices in the BFS industry

Prerequisites if any
Connections with Subjects
in the current or Future
courses

Module

No Content Activity* Learning Outcomes

1 Introduction : Role of banks, Payment Lecture To familiarise students

Banks and NBFCs in credit supply to with the importance of
Indian businesses and consumers, banking services and
Definition and Principles of Insurance NBFCs

2 Types of customers and their accounts, Lecture and case To understand the role
KYC guidelines of the RBI, non- discussions of customer service and
resident accounts, importance of satisfaction in the
customer service in banks - customer banking industry
satisfaction and delight

Changing expectations and Lecture and case To understand trends in

3 perceptions, features of modern discussions modern banking.
banking – emerging trends in banking -
e-banking , universal banking, m-
banking, payment wallets
4 Banking products – Wholesale Lecture and case To understand the
banking, Retail banking – discussions various banking
personal/consumer loans, home loans, products
vehicle loans, educational loans, etc.
International banking, bancassurance,
credit cards, debit cards, other retail
banking products.
5 CRM in banking services: Loyalty Lecture and case To understand key
programs, grievance redressal discussions aspects of customer
mechanisms, priority banking, loyalty
technological aspects of banking.
No Content Activity* Learning Outcomes

6 Marketing of financial services: Lecture and case To develop a better

Special features, service marketing discussions understanding of
mix, channels for banking services, various Financial
Role of DSA/DMA in marketing bank Services available in
products. India.
7 Regulatory framework in Financial Lecture and case Understanding of
Services: Role of SEBI, RBI,AMFI, discussions Compliance issues.
IRDA
8 Risk Management: Nature of business Lecture and case Understanding the
risks, Types of business risks, Risk discussions nature and management
mitigation, Role of rating agencies of business risks
such as CRISIL, CARE, etc.

*Activity: Teaching-Learning process may combine the use of role plays, audio-visual
films/aids, and management exercises with individual student, and or in team considering
appropriate cases or case-lets in the field of business domain wherever applicable.

Recommended Books
1 Principles & Practices of Banking – IIBF, Macmillan.

2 Bhalla. V.K. – „Management of Financial Services‟ – Anmol, New Delhi.

3 Elements of Banking and Insurance – Jyotsna Sethi, Nishwan Bhatia, PHI Learning.
4 Customer Service & Banking Codes and Standards – IIBF, Taxmann.

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester-end 60%
 Proposed Revision for MMS Syllabus wef AY 2016-17 (Batch 2016-18)

Semester IV

Sr.
Common subjects
No.
1 Project Management (UA)

FINANCE SPECIALIZATION

Sr.
Electives (Any 1)
No.
Final Project (300 Marks) 1 Commercial Banking
2 Business Analytics
3 Venture Capital and Private Equity

SYSTEMS SPECIALIZATION

Sr.
Electives (Any 1)
No.
Final Project (300 Marks) 1 Strategic Information Technology Management

2 System Applications and Case Study

Managing Technology Business and IT Resource
3
Management

HRM SPECIALIZATION

Sr.
Electives (Any 1)
No.
Final Project (300 Marks) 1 OD and Change Management
2 Strategic HRM
Management of Corporate Social
3
Responsibility in organizations

OPERATIONS SPECIALIZATION

Sr.
Electives (Any 1)
No.
Final Project (300 Marks) 1 Operations Applications and Cases
2 Strategic Sourcing in Supply Management
3 Operations Outsourcing & Offshoring
 Proposed Revision for MMS Syllabus wef AY 2016-17 (Batch 2016-18)

Semester IV

Sr.
Common subjects
No.
1 Project Management (UA)

MARKETING SPECIALIZATION

Sr.
Electives (Any 1)
No.
Final Project (300 Marks) 1 Integrated Marketing Communications
2 Business to Business Marketing
3 International Marketing
4 Trends in Marketing
 UNIVERSITY OF MUMBAI, MUMBAI
Masters in Management Studies - SEMESTER IV (CBGS)
With effect from Academic year 2016-17

FINANCE

CORE
Teaching Hours Assessment Pattern
No. of Duration
No. of
Sr. Sessions Semester of
Subject Sessions Continuous Total No of
No. of 90 End Theory
of 90 Assessment Marks Credits
minutes Examination Paper (In
minutes
per week hours)
1 Project Management (UA) 27 2 40 IA 60 UA 100 3 4
2 Final Project - 3 nos - - - - - -
General Management - - - - 100 - 4
Functional Specialisation - - - - 100 - 4
Social Relevance - - - - 100 - 4

1 ELECTIVES OUT OF 3
1 Commercial Banking 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
2 Business Analytics 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
Venture Capital and Private
3 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
Equity
Total No of Credits 20

UA: University Assessment IA: Internal Assessment

 UNIVERSITY OF MUMBAI, MUMBAI
Masters in Management Studies - SEMESTER IV (CBGS)
With effect from Academic year 2016-17

SYSTEMS

CORE
Teaching Hours Assessment Pattern
No. of Duration
No. of
Sr. Sessions Semester of
Subject Sessions Continuous Total No of
No. of 90 End Theory
of 90 Assessment Marks Credits
minutes Examination Paper (In
minutes
per week hours)
1 Project Management (UA) 27 2 40 IA 60 UA 100 3 4
2 Final Project - 3 nos - - - - - - -
General Management - - - - 100 - 4
Functional Specialisation - - - - 100 - 4
Social Relevance - - - - 100 - 4

1 ELECTIVES OUT OF 3
Strategic Information Technology
1 Management
27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
System Applications and Case
2 Study
27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
Managing Technology Business
3 and IT Resource Management
27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
Total No of Credits 20
 UNIVERSITY OF MUMBAI, MUMBAI
Masters in Management Studies - SEMESTER IV (CBGS)
With effect from Academic year 2016-17

HRM

CORE
Teaching Hours Assessment Pattern
No. of Duration
No. of
Sr. Sessions Semester of
Subject Sessions Continuous Total No of
No. of 90 End Theory
of 90 Assessment Marks Credits
minutes Examination Paper (In
minutes
per week hours)
1 Project Management (UA) 27 2 40 IA 60 UA 100 3 4
2 Final Project - 3 nos - - - - 100 -
General Management - - - - 100 - 4
Functional Specialisation - - - - 100 - 4
Social Relevance - - - - 100 - 4

1 ELECTIVES OUT OF 3
1 OD and Change Management 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
2 Strategic HRM 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
Management of Corporate
3 Social Responsibility in 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
organizations
Total No of Credits 20
 UNIVERSITY OF MUMBAI, MUMBAI
Masters in Management Studies - SEMESTER IV (CBGS)
With effect from Academic year 2016-17

OPERATIONS

CORE
Teaching Hours Assessment Pattern
No. of Duration
No. of
Sr. Sessions Semester of
Subject Sessions Continuous Total No of
No. of 90 End Theory
of 90 Assessment Marks Credits
minutes Examination Paper (In
minutes
per week hours)
1 Project Management (UA) 27 2 40 IA 60 UA 100 3 4
2 Final Project - 3 nos - - - - 100 -
General Management - - - - 100 - 4
Functional Specialisation - - - - 100 - 4
Social Relevance - - - - 100 - 4

1 ELECTIVES OUT OF 3
Operations Applications and
1 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
Cases
Strategic Sourcing in Supply
2 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
Management
Operations Outsourcing &
3 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
Offshoring
Total No of Credits 20
 UNIVERSITY OF MUMBAI, MUMBAI
Masters in Management Studies - SEMESTER IV (CBGS)
With effect from Academic year 2016-17

MRKETING

CORE
Teaching Hours Assessment Pattern
No. of Duration
No. of
Sr. Sessions Semester of
Subject Sessions Continuous Total No of
No. of 90 End Theory
of 90 Assessment Marks Credits
minutes Examination Paper (In
minutes
per week hours)
1 Project Management (UA) 27 2 40 IA 60 UA 100 3 4
2 Final Project - 3 nos - - - - 100 -
General Management - - - - 100 - 4
Functional Specialisation - - - - 100 - 4
Social Relevance - - - - 100 - 4

1 ELECTIVES OUT OF 3
Integrated Marketing
1 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
Communications
2 Business to Business Marketing 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
3 International Marketing 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
4 Trends in Marketing 27 2 40 IA 60 IA 100 3 4
Total No of Credits 20
Programme - Masters in Management Studies
Semester - IV
COMMON SUBJECT

Semester : IV Core
Title of the Subject / Course : Project Management
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration in Hrs. : 40

Learning Objectives

1 To introduce students of Management to concepts of Project

2 To apply and evaluate success parameters of cost ,time and quality in project management
To apply various techniques as cpm/pert/earned value analysis and projected financial
3 statements
4 To enable student to conceive an idea, evaluate it’s feasibility and make it workable.

Finance Management( Capital budgeting, cost of capital,sources of

Prerequisites if any finance), Business Statistics, HRM, Operations Research
Connections with
Subjects in the current or
Future courses

Module
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
Overview of Project
Management: Concepts and
attributes of Project, Project
lifecycle and stake holders,
6 hrs
Project Organization, WBS,
Introduce concepts of basics of
Scope and priorities, Project Numerical examples
1 project management, Evaluate
Identification, Market feasibility and lectures
new project proposals, prepare
with Moving Average and
detailed project report.
Exponential smoothing methods,
Techno-economic feasibility,
Government policy to location,
legal aspects, Preparation of DPR
Project Planning : Time and cost
9 hrs
estimates with AON and AOA
Numerical examples Understand network diagram,
2 conventions, Budget estimates,
and lectures critical path, concepts of
Network analysis, Float analysis,
crashing network.
crashing concepts
6 hrs
Project scheduling and Risk Define risks in project
Management: Gantt chart, Numerical examples management, make resource
3
splitting and multitasking ,Risks and lectures charts, find probability of
in time estimates, PERT analysis completion of project.
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
Project Organization : Role and
3 hrs
responsibilities of Project
understand organization
4 Manager, Team development Lectures
structure, flow of authority and
model, sources of conflicts,
responsibility
conflict resolution
3 hrs
Earned value analysis : ‘S’ curve,
Understand concepts of earned
Cost and schedule performance Numerical examples
5 value, prepare revised
indices using network, Revised and lectures
estimates of cost and time.
estimates of cost and time
Financial analysis: Profitability
analysis ,Using NPV, IRR, 6 hr
Payback and discounted Payback Numerical examples Evaluate project
6
period, PI. Preparation of and lectures Financially, make projected
projected statements of Income- statements of proposal
expenditure and balance-sheet
Computer applications and 3 hr
Demonstration
7 Softwares for Project introduce student to different
lectures
Management softwares.
4 hr
8 Project Management Cases cases, presentation apply all above principles To
cases, students Presentations.

Text books

1 Project Planning estimation and assessment by Prasanna Chandra

Project Management : The Managerial Process by Gray and Larson 3E Tata McGraw-
2 Hill
3 Quantitative Techniques in Management by N D Vohra

Reference books
1 Project Management Managerial Emphasis by Meredith and Mantel

Assessment

Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
Programme - Masters in Management Studies
Semester - IV
FINANCE (ELECTIVES)

Semester : IV – Elective
Title of the Subject / course : Commercial Banking
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objective

1. To understand the concepts and fundamentals of Commercial Banking,

2. To understand the Structure and growth of banking and various services rendered
through commercial banks.

Prerequisites if any Financial Management and Financial Markets and

Institutions, Investment Banking and BSFI.
Connections with Subjects in the
current or future courses

Module

Sr. Content Activity Learning Outcome

No.
1. Introduction to Commercial Lecture and Knowledge and understanding of
Banking discussion the history of Indian banking,
Banking structure, growth/history banking sector reforms and related
of Indian banking, banking sector areas
reforms.
2. Banking Operations Lecture and Understand basic schemes of
Retail liabilities, retails assets, discussion deposit and credit, dangers of
KYC, ALM and preventive money laundering and usefulness
vigilance. of preventive vigilance
3. Banking products Lecture and Understand types of credits - term
Fund based and fee based, term discussion loan and working capital and how
loan/working capital, appraisal to appraise a credit proposal
process.
4. Legal Aspects of Banking Lecture and To understand important banking
Negotiable Instrument Act, discussion laws
Banking Regulation Act and RBI
circulars.
5. Rural Banking Lecture and Understand measures taken
India's agrarian sector and discussion towards financing priority sector
banking, regional rural banks, schemes
priority sector and micro-finance
differentiated banks, financial
inclusion.
Sr. Content Activity Learning Outcome
No.
6. Study of Bank financial Lecture and Understand how to evaluate a
statement discussion bank's performance
Components of Balance Sheet and
Profit and Loss Statement,
important ratios of bank
performance- CAMEL framework,
composition of items contributing
to net profit.
7. IRAC Norms / NPA Lecture and Understand intricacies of asset
Management discussion quality deterioration and impact on
Reasons, impact on banking banks
performance and economy,
measures taken to minimize NPA.
8. Risk Management in Banks Lecture and To know the various risks in
Credit, market and operational discussion banking operations and tools of
risks. management of risks
9. Capital Adequacy Norms Lecture and To be aware of significance of
Importance of capital for banks, discussion capital adequacy regulation and
Basel I/II/III and CAR. impact on banks
10. Treasury Lecture and Understand foreign exchange and
Role and functions of integrated discussion money market operations.
treasury.
11. Asset Liability Management Lecture and To understand importance of ALM
Interest spread, NIM. discussion and its impact on profitability
12. Regulatory Role of RBI Lecture and To know the role and functions of
Functions of RBI, role of discussion Central Banks in supervision and
monetary policy, prudential norms. control of commercial banks
13. Retail banking products Lecture and To understand various banking
Housing loan, personal loan, discussion products of retail banks
automobile loan, education loan.

Text Books
1 Indian Institute of Bank Management , Advanced Bank Management.
2 Vijayraghawan Iyengar, Introduction to Banking.
3 Raghu Palat , Retail Banking.

Reference books
1 Bharati V Pathak , The Indian Financial System.
2 Shri. S K Das, Tits Bits of General Banking.
3 Shri. S K Das , Tits Bits of General Advances and Financial Services.
4 Sukhvinder Mishra , Banking Law and Practice.
5 Indian Institute of Banking and Finance, Legal aspects of Banking Operations.

Assessment

Internal 40 %
Semester end 60%
Semester : IV – Elective
Title of the Subject / : Business Analytics
course
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objectives

1 To gain understanding of relevant statistical tools applicable for Business Analytics.

2 To learn data mining techniques using Excel and R.
3 To evaluate various models of Business Analytics.

Prerequisites if any Knowledge of Statistics and MS Excel

Connection with subjects in the current or Financial Modelling
Future courses

Module

Sr Content Activity Learning outcomes

No
1 Introduction to Analytics Classroom Basic understanding of
Meaning, application areas of business discussion business analytics
analytics, techniques of analytics.
2 Statistics for Business Analytics Discussion and Ability to apply various
Central tendencies and dispersion, central, practical using statistical tools and
limit theorem, sampling distribution, software techniques in the
hypothesis testing, simple linear process of business
regression, categorical data analysis, analytics
analysis of variance (ANOVA), non-
parametric tests.
3 Advanced Excel Proficiency Discussion and Use of advanced Excel
Describing Numeric Data, Pivot Table practical on functions
Analysis, Linear Regression, Comparing MS excel
Two Sample Variances, Comparing Two
Sample Means, Pair T Test, One Way
ANOVA, Two Way ANOVA, Generating
Random Numbers, Rank and Percentile,
Histogram Procedure, Exponential
Smoothing and Moving Average,
Sampling, Covariance and Correlation,
Goal Seek and Solver.
4 Understanding R Discussion and To understand use of R
Using R Studio, working with data in R, practical cases
R procedures. on R
5 Data Mining using Decision Tree Discussion and Data mining techniques
Introduction to decision trees, model practical using using R
design and data audit, demo of decision software
tree development, algorithm behind
decision tree and other decision tree.
Sr Content Activity Learning outcomes
No
6 Data Mining using clustering in R Discussion and Data mining techniques
Understanding cluster analysis using R, practical using using R
clustering as strategy, hierarchical R software
clustering, non-hierarchical clustering - K
means clustering, variants of hierarchical
clustering, different distance and linkage
functions.
7 Time Series Forecasting Discussion and Data mining techniques
Time series vs causal models moving practical using using R
averages, exponential smoothing, trend, software
seasonality, cyclicity causal modelling
using linear regression forecast accuracy.
8 Predictive Modelling – Logistic Discussion and Evaluation of models
Regression using R practical using
Data import and sanity check, development R Software
and validation, important categorical
variable selection, important numeric
variable selection, indicator variable
creation, stepwise regression, dealing with
multicollinearity, logistic regression score
and probability, KS calculation, coefficient
stability check, iterate for final model.
9 Overview of Big Data and Hadoop Classroom Understand tools of
Big data and Hadoop and concept, discussion business analytics
application, cloud computing, generators of
big-data.
10 Data Analysis and Applications Classroom Ability to apply
Credit risk analytics, fraud risk analytics, discussion business analytic tools
financial services marketing analytics.

Text Books

1 Laursen & Thorlund, Business analytics for managers.

2 Balram Krishnan , Business analytics: concepts and theories.
3 R N Prasad and Seema Acharya , Fundamentals of business analytics.

Reference Books

1 Thomas W Miller , Modelling techniques in predictive analytics

2 Lander ,R for everyone: advanced analytics and graphics
3 Evans ,Business analytics

Assessment

Internal 40 %
Semester end 60%
Semester : IV – Elective
Title of the Subject / : Venture Capital and Private Equity
course
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objectives

1 To develop general understanding of the venture capital and private equity industry
globally and the various players involved.
2 Provide an understanding of the private equity investment process starting from fund
raising to exiting.
3 Develop analytical valuation and deal structuring techniques used in venture capital and
buyouts.
4 To prepare students for future jobs in VCPE and related industries.

Prerequisites if any Financial Management

Connection with subjects in the Project and Infra Finance, Mergers and
current or Future courses Acquisitions and Investment Banking.

Module
Sr. Content Activity Learning outcomes
No
1 Introduction and Overview of Classroom Understanding of private equity
Venture Capital and Private Equity. discussions process
Overview and history of venture capital
industry,
evolution of private equity industry and
venture capital industry, how to choose
and approach a venture capitalist,
structure and terms of venture capital
and private equity firms.
2 Process of Venture Capital and Classroom Understanding how corporates
Private Equity Funding discussions invest in a new private equity
Venture capital cycle and private equity and
process. explanation
3 Investment Selection, Fund Raising Numerical Awareness of the current
Challenges solving and investing patterns, problems and
Sources of capital, alternative forms of classroom issues faced by industries and
fund raising and fundraising process and discussions PE investors
fallacies.
4 Valuation Methods and Techniques Numerical Understand financial valuation
Deal valuation and deal terms. and methods and strategies and the
classroom impact of dilution
discussions
5 Structuring Term Sheets Classroom Integrating the valuation with
Environmental factors surrounding term discussions term sheet
sheets, selected critical elements in and
venture term sheets. explanation
Sr. Content Activity Learning outcomes
No
6 Document and Typical Investment Classroom Understanding documents and
Conditions discussion critical pointers to due diligence
Due diligence procedures.
7 Exit Strategies for Multiple Classroom Understanding strategies made
Stakeholders discussion to negotiate and exit the fund
Consider liquidity events such as IPO, and
mergers, explanation
later stage financing, including
mezzanine financing and buy-outs.
8 Regulation of PE Funds Classroom Understanding PE funds
SEBI Alternative Investment Funds discussion regulation
(AIF) Regulations. and
explanation
9 Tax Aspect of PE Investment Classroom Overview of taxation aspects
Section 10(23FB) of Income Tax Act, discussion while choosing PE as an
1961 and investment alternative
Section 10(47) of Income Tax Act, 1961 explanation
Income types, Securities Transaction
Tax, Dividend Distribution Tax, STCG,
LTCG,
Taxation of Non Residents.
10 Private Equity Investments in Classroom To know the trends of the PE
Developing Markets discussion funding in the developing
economies
11 Private Equity, Corporate Classroom Importance of ethics and value
Governance and Ethics discussion system
Board members duty to shareholders,
composition and roles of the board of
directors in the private company.

Text Book
1 T Satyanarayan Chary , Venture Capital concepts & Applications
2 Vandana Pawar , Venture Capital Funding Global And Indian Experiences.
3 Stephen Bloomfield , Venture Capital Funding

Reference Book
1 Josh Lerner, Felda Hardymon and Ann Leamon, Venture Capital and Private Equity: A
Casebook.
2 Robert Finkel , The Masters of Private Equity and Venture Capital.
3 Joseph. W. Bartlett , Fundamentals of Venture Capital

Assessment
Internal 40 %
Semester end 60%
Programme - Masters in Management Studies
Semester - IV
SYSTEM (ELECTIVES)
Semester : III Elective
Title of the Subject / course : Strategic Information Technology Management
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objectives
1 To understand the strategic use of Information Technology for Competitive Advantage
To understand Emerging trends of information technology to devise organization
2
/business strategy
Basic understanding of Strategic Information Technology
Prerequisites if any
Management
Connections with Will connect conceptual framework to Role of Information systems
Subjects in the in organization, Some key concepts related to strategy such as
current or Future value chain, five forces, information asymmetry, emerging trends
courses in IT to devise organization /business strategy

Module
Sr. Content Activity
Learning outcomes
No.
Information Technology and Competitive
Advantage–
• Role of Information systems in organization,
Some key concepts related to strategy such as
Understand Role of
value chain, five forces, information
Information Systems in
asymmetry and Technology Investment
Business Activities and
1 • Information Technology vs. Information Lecture
Strategic Role of IT in
systems
gaining competitive
• Two different approaches for gaining
advantage
Competitive Advantages-Market
Based Approach and Resource Based Approach
• Strategic Role of IT in gaining Competitive
Advantages
ERP systems, Business Processes and IT
• Meaning and definition, introduction of
Business Process, Organizational processes and Lecture & Basic Understanding of
2
Information systems cases Enterprise systems
• Use of ERP in Business Process
• Business Process Reengineering,
Using Information for Decision Making
• How organization leverage data/information
Understanding the
for competitive advantage
importance of Decision
3 • Importance of database, data warehouse, Data Lecture
Making using Data
mining , and Business Intelligence, How they
Mining & BI Tools
can be used as part of an organization strategy
for Competitive Advantage
Sr. Content Activity
Learning outcomes
No.
Research on Internet use
Lecture Understand the Web
4 • Marketing Online- Online Advertising,
and cases Based Research Tools
Social Media and digital Marketing
Technology Trends
Emerging trends of information technology to
device business strategic,
• Web related technologies, web media, how to Grasping with the latest
Lecture
5 use world wide web for business and marketing trends in Strategic IT
and cases
purpose Domain
• Mobile technology impact of mobile
technologies on business and mobile strategy
for a business
Learning the process of
Creating a Technology Strategy
developing IT Strategy
• Developing an IT Strategy Lecture &
6 and creating new
• Writing your own strategy- Develop your Cases
strategies for web and
web, web media and mobile strategy
mobile development
Group
Discussion
7 Case Studies and presentations
&
Workshop

Text books
1 Strategic Management of Information Systems by Keri Pearlson and Carol Saunders
Strategic Management Of Technology & Innovation by Robert Burgelman, Clayton
2
Christensen, Steven Wheelwright
3 Strategic Technology Management by Betz
4 IT Strategy & Management by Sanjiva Dubey
5 The Strategic Management of Information Systems by Joe Peppard & John Ward

Reference books
Strategic Management and Information Systems: An Integrated Approach by Wendy
1
Robson
2 A Guide to Expert Systems by Donald Waterman
3 Strategic Information Systems Management by Kevin Grant
4 Work-study by ILO
5 Leading Digital - Turning technology into Business Transformation by HBR

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
Semester : III Elective
Title of the Subject / course : System Applications and Case Study
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objectives
To understand the Importance , scope and need of case study and applications areas of
1
information technology/information system for business
To have the practical applications areas of information technology &Information
2
System across the various functions and sectors of the industry

Prerequisites if any Basic understanding of System Applications and Case Study

Connections with Subjects in Will connect conceptual framework to Importance , scope
the current or Future and need of case study and applications areas of information
courses technology and Information systems for business

Module
S
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No
Importance, scope and need of case study and Understanding the
1 applications areas of information technology Lecture scope and need of IT
and information systems for business. in Business
Applications areas of information technology
& information System across the various
functions of management i.e. Marketing, Knowing the
Finance, Human Resource, Manufacturing and applications of IT in
Lecture &
2 Operations, Supply Chain Management, Various business
cases
Logistic, Customer Relationship Management functions
and also as per various different functions of
the organizations
Applications areas of information technology Understanding the IT
& Information System across the various applications across
sectors of the industry. various industry
Manufacturing sectors
Pharmaceuticals and Fine Chemicals
Chemicals & Petro - chemicals
FMCG – home appliances, Food processing,
Dairy and dairy products
3 Lecture
Mills - paper, pulp, board, textile,
Leather - Tanning of leather to making of
finished goods,
Agricultural Products – grains, jute, cotton, oil
seeds, plantation of vegetables, fruits, Understanding the IT
Heavy industries - automobiles, aircraft, ship applications across
building & maintenance, cranes, various industry
Constructions – bridges, dams, roads, sectors
S
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No
Power industries – thermal, nuclear, hydro
power stations, Merchandising, stockiest,
Trading, etc.
Insurance, Banking and Finance,
Service industry – Hospitals, hotels, Travel
and Tourism, transport,
Film – manufacturing, distribution, production
units, laboratories, editing, exhibitors,
Gem & Jewelry – Import of raw export of
finished diamond, artificial diamonds, gems
and stones,
Understand the Role
Government - Ministries, Departments like
Lecture and of IT in Govt. related
4 defense, police, RTO, passport, visa, customs,
cases areas like Passport,
central excise, railways, and the IT industry
RTO etc.
Individual
Case study and presentations of information
Assignments
5 technology and Information system across the
and
function and sectors of industries
Discussions

Text books
1 System Analysis & Design by Dennis and Roth published by Wiley
2 Analysis and Design of Information Systems by Rajaraman published by PHI
3 Analysis and Design of Information Systems by Senn published by TMH
Information Technology: Best Practices and Applications in Business by
4 T.A.Adikesavan
Information Technology in Business : Principles, Practice and Opportunities by
5 J.A.Senn

Reference books
1 System Analysis and Design by Kendall and Kendall published by Pearson
2 System Analysis & Design by Whitten & Bentley
3 Marketing Management and Information Technology by Fletcher
4 Supply Chain Information technology by David Olson
Handbook of Information technology in Finance by Paoli, Holtmann, Stathel &
5 Jakobi

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
Semester : III Elective
Title of the Subject / course : Managing Technology Business &
IT Resource Management
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objectives
1 To understand the Need and Significance of IT resource management
Understand applications of Determining IT and Information System’s Resource
2
Needs and Business
3 IT &Information Systems resources Implementation and Acceptance
Prerequisites if any Basic understanding of IT Resource Management
Connections with
Will connect conceptual framework to Need and
Subjects in the current or
Significance of IT resource management & Business
Future courses

Module
S
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No
Overview of the IT/ITES/Telecom and
related businesses in India and the world – Understanding the
1 segments of these industries , growth, Lecture overview of IT/ITES
forecasts, trends, key players, reasons for Industry
their success etc.
Challenges for businesses in the domestic
and international markets such as Business
Development, Technology Obsolescence,
Pricing, Set up & Infrastructure Costs,
Lecture & Gaining an insight on the
Talent management , Licensing costs &
cases and challenges in
2 Intellectual property rights, Mergers and
class implementing IT based
Acquisitions , Customer Contract
research Systems
Management and SLAs , managing
Innovation , legal issues, Visa’s, Foreign
Soil issues, Special Incentives and schemes
such as the Export Processing Zones etc.
Study of various business models including
onsite/off shoring, e-commerce, e-business, Getting acquainted with
3 Lecture
m – commerce and pure play ‘e’ and ‘m’ Business Models
models.
Introduction to IT and Information System
Resource Management
Understanding the
Evolution of IT and Information System Lecture and
4 Concept of IT Resource
Resource Management (Software, cases
Management
Hardware, Database, Networking, and
communications technology, human
S
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No
resource etc) for Planning and
Implementation of information technology
and technology base system across the
functions and sectors of the industries.
Gaining insight on the
Determining IT and Information System’s
Lectures, need, investments and
Resource Needs: Needs Analysis, planning
5 Research Implementation of IT
,System Cost Justifying and Investments,
and Cases Resources in an
Automation and Artificial Intelligence
Organization
Effective use of IT & Information Systems
Effective usage of IT
6 resources Implementation and Acceptance, Lectures
systems can be gained
maintenance for productivity
IT & Information Systems Resource its
Relevance of IT, HRM &
relevance to Human resource management Lectures,
Outsourced Business
7 & Business, Outsourcing challenges of Research
Functions can be well
Internal Functions – the what, Why and and Cases
understood
How
Group and
Case Studies of successful and unsuccessful
8 Individual
technology companies
assignments

Text books
Managing the IT Resource: Leadership in the Information Age by Luftman published
1
by Pearson
Technology Roadmapping for Strategy and Innovation by Moehrle, Isenmann &
2
Phaal
3 Management of Technology by Khalil
4 IT Infrastructure and Its Management by Gupta, Prakash and Jayaraman
5 Business Information Management by Benson and Davis

Reference books
1 Managing IT Infrastructure – TMI
2 A Guide to PMBoK- Project Management Institute
3 Managing Information Technology Resources by Dr.Jerry Luftman
4 Work-study by ILO

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
Programme - Masters in Management Studies
Semester - IV
HRM (ELECTIVES)

Semester : IV – Elective
Title of the Subject / course : OD and Change Management
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objectives

1 Basics of Change Management

2 Understanding OD Approaches and Models
3 Understanding Organizational Development – Diagnostics
4 Different Strategies, Approaches and Models
5 Trends in OD and Change Management

Prerequisites if any
Connections with Subjects
in the current or Future
courses

Module
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
Process of Change –
The Process of Change, Creativity &
Innovation: Organizational Change.
Definition & Key Dimensions, Factors Case Study/
that Promote Change, Creativity & Role-play/ Understand the process of
1
Innovation, Theories of Innovation Group change in detail
and Levels & Types of Innovation, Discussion
The age of Creativity, Creativity &
National prosperity, Creative
Industries & potential for growth
The Internal Environment –
Orchestrating Structure, Systems and
Resources;
The Balanced Score Card – Value
Creation and Performance Impact of change on
Case Study/
management. internal environment and
Role-play/
2 Organizational Structure – work management of the internal
Group
specifications, departmentalization, environment to make it
Discussion
chain of command, span of control, conducive to change
centralization and decentralization,
Formalization. Situational factors–
Corporate Strategy, Organizational
Size and Environmental uncertainty.
 Structural forms – Traditional and
contemporary forms. Organizing for
change, creativity and innovation -
Goal Setting and reward Systems.
Evaluation. Resources – Sufficient
resourcing. Systems of
Communication.
Organizational culture, Different
Perspectives of Organizational culture,
Can we manage Organizational
culture? Culture as an important
ingredient of Organizational Case Study/ Understanding the role of
Creativity. Role-play/ organizational culture and
3
Norms that promote Creativity and Drama/ Group its impact on change
Innovation, Norms that promote Discussion management
Implementation.
Principles of creativity and
innovation. Do strong, cohesive
cultures hinder innovation?
Definitions, underlying assumptions Case Study/
and values of Organization Role-play/ Introduction to the concept
4
Development Drama/ Group of OD
Discussion
Approaches to OD - Systems Case Study/ Study of different
Approach, Action Research Role-play/ approaches to OD
5
Drama/ Group
Discussion
Organization Diagnosis & Diagnostic
Data Collection & Analysis including
Understanding diagnosis,
Climate
Case Study/ different diagnostic models
Understanding Organizational Roles
Role-play/ and methods of data
6 Intervention theories and
Drama/ Group collection and analysis
methods –
Discussion Study of different types of
OD interventions

Monitoring Change in Organizations Case Study/

Fundamentals of monitoring change, Role-play/ Introduction to methods of
7
steps of measuring change, Drama/ Group monitoring change
methodologies for measuring change Discussion
Latest trends in OD and Change Case Study/
Management Role-play/ Study of latest trends in OD
8
Drama/ Group and change management
Discussion
9 Case studies and Presentations
Text Books
Cummings, Thomas G, Worley, Christopher G. Essentials of Organizational
1 Development and Change
Organisational Change and Development – Dipak Kumar Bhattacharya –
2 Oxford Publications

Reference Books
1 Organizational Development – French & Bell
2 Change Management by Andrew Pettigrew and Richard Whipp Infinity Books

Assessment

Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
Semester : IV-Elective
Title of the Subject / : Strategic HRM with Global Perspective
course
Course Code :
Credits : Duration in :
Hrs.

Learning Objectives

To learn the basics of HR strategy formulation and implementation in domestic as well

1
as international scenario, talent management and competency based HRM

Prerequisites if any
Connections with
Subjects in the current
or Future courses

Module
S.
Content Activity Learning Outcome
No.
1 Strategic Human Resource Management Learning the basics of
Case
Introduction, Strategic HRM- Definition , Strategic HRM
Study/Role
Aims, Approaches, Challenges. Role of
Play/Group
HR as a Strategic Partner in an
Discussions
Organisation
2 HR Strategies: Introduction to HR
Definition, Types of HR Strategies, strategies
Criteria for an Effective HR Strategy,
Case
Formulation of HR Strategies, Conducting
Study/Role
a Strategic Review, Implementing HR
Play/Group
Strategies
Discussions
Impact on Organizational Performance,
Strategic role of Top Management,
Strategic role of Line Management
3 Talent Management Introduction to talent
Career Planning and Succession Planning: management
Evolution of Careers, Career Planning
Perspectives Organization-Centered Career
Planning, Individual- Centered Career
Case
Planning
Study/Role
Succession Planning: Definition and
Play/Group
Approaches, Elements of Succession
Discussions
Planning, Relationship between Career
Planning and Succession Planning,
Challenges of Succession Planning, Global
Practices in Career and Succession
Planning
S.
Content Activity Learning Outcome
No.
4 Competency and Potential Learning basics of
Development: competencies and
Competencies defined and types of competency based HR
Competencies, Difference between practices
Competency and Potential, Potential Case
Development, Difference of Competencies Study/Role
from Skills and Knowledge, Integrated HR Play/Group
Practices through Competency Discussions
Development, Benefits from Competency-
Based HR Practices, Outcomes for
Employees’Development, Developing a
Skill Matrix, Retention Strategies
5 Strategies for Improving Organizational Learning Strategies for
Effectiveness Improving Organizational
Strategies for improving Organizational Effectiveness
Effectiveness
Strategies of Organizational Case
Transformations-Cross border HR issues Study/Role
in Mergers & Acquisitions and the role of Play/Group
HR Discussions
Strategies for Culture Management,
Strategies for Developing Learning
Organizations
Employee Engagement Strategies
6 Global Dimensions of HR Strategies Introduction to HR
HR Strategies in International Context, strategies in international
converting Global Presence into Global context
Competitive Advantage
Selection & Staffing of International
Employees
Developing Cross Cultural Sensitivity
Training & Development of International Case
Staff Study/Role
Compensation Approaches & Issues Play/Group
Performance Management in International Discussions
Organizations
International Industrial Relations,
Legislation and the international
workforce, International Labor Standards
Expatriation & Repatriation
Emerging Trends in International Labor
Markets
7 Case Studies and Presentations. Case
Study/Role
Play/Group
Discussions
Text books

1 Strategic Human Resource Management by Jeffrey Mello, Thomson South Western

Reference books
1 Strategic Human Resource Management by tanuja Agarwala,Oxford Publications
International Human Resource Management by Peter j Dowling, Device Welch, 4th
2
Edition.

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
Semester : IV-Elective
Title of the Subject / : Management of Corporate Social Responsibility in
course organizations
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration in : 40
Hrs.

Learning Objectives

According to Companies Act, 2013, at least 2% of a company’s average net profit of

immediately preceding three financial years has to be spent on CSR activity. However,
this expense is subject to compliances of the guidelines prescribed under company law.
CSR professionals with sound knowledge only can help companies benefit from the
1 expenditure and provide a detailed analysis of spending and the impact it is creating on
the targeted beneficiary as well as the bottom line of the company.

This course work will enable professionals to manage and drive CSR in their
respective organizations.

Prerequisites if any
Connections with Subjects in
Corporate Social Responsibility – Semester II
the current or Future courses

Module

Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
Definitions, Concepts and
International Frameworks of
CSR
Case Study/Role Basic Concepts of CSR
Definitions and meanings of
1 Play/Group and its relevance to the
Corporate Social Responsibility,
Discussions organization
Business at the bottom of the
pyramid, International frameworks
of CSR
History and evolution of CSR
(International and Indian)
History and evolution of CSR
(International Generic)
History and evolution of
History and Evolution of CSR Case Study/Role
CSR in the international
2 (Indian History - Detailed) – from Play/Group
arena as well as Indian
philanthropy to public-private- Discussions
context
people partnerships
Evolution of Indian CSR
framework (Pre Companies Act
2013)
Issues in Indian Economy and Case Study/Role Knowledge about key
3
Social Development | Play/Group economic and social
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
Government Expectations, Roles Discussions issues in India
and Responsibilities Introductory knowledge
Issues of poverty, unemployment, about CSR initiatives by
unskilled labour, sanitation, govt. and NGOs
immigration to urban areas and
economic and social divide.
Key international CSR initiatives of
governmental or intergovernmental
bodies
CSR and Companies Act 2013
Detailed reading, analysis and
interpretation of Section 135 and Case Study/Role Detailed knowledge about
4 Schedule VII of the Companies Act Play/Group provisions for CSR in the
2013 as well as the provisions of Discussions Companies Act 2013
the Companies (Corporate Social
Responsibility Policy) Rules, 2014
Preparation of CSR Policy |
Process of Policy Formulation
Constitution of CSR committee as
per legal guidelines | Conducting
Case Study/Role
CSR Assessment | Preparing CSR Introduction to the process
5 Play/Group
strategy framework| Tools, of CSR policy preparation
Discussions
technical guidance and standards to
be used for policy formulation |
Determining the implementation
mechanism
Implementation of CSR Policy |
Project and Programme Mode
Operationalizing the institutional
mechanism | Different modes of Detailed knowledge of
Case Study/Role
implementing the CSR strategy | methods of
6 Play/Group
Decision making criteria |Due implementation of CSR
Discussions
diligence of implementation partner Policy
| Project development and approval
| Finalizing the arrangement with
the implementation agency
Monitoring Mechanism and
Tools | Social Impact Assessment
| Evaluation (Concurrent and
Final Evaluation)
Determining mid-course Introduction to various
Case Study/Role
corrections | Recommendations for tools for monitoring and
7 Play/Group
future project designs | Identifying evaluation of CSR
Discussions
methods for conducting the impact programmes
assessment | Identifying the skills
set required for the impact
measurement team | Tools,
technical guidance and standards to
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
be used (London Benchmarking
Group(LBG) model • Social return
on investments (SROI), The SROI
network • Global impact investing
network (GIIN) • Accountability -:
AA 1000, Institute of Social and
Ethical Accountability • ISO
26000: social responsibility •
Public consultation guidelines of
Government of India)
CSR Audit
The inclusion of all significant
stakeholder groups in the auditing
process | Diversity in individual Case Study/Role
Detailed knowledge of
8 perceptions of CSR | The Play/Group
conducting a CSR Audit
shortcomings of the ‘tick-box’ Discussions
approach to auditing CSR |
Development of CSR Stakeholder
matrix
Reporting Framework
Importance of reporting | G3
guidelines for CSR | SEBI directive Case Study/Role
Detailed knowledge of
9 on ESG disclosure (if applicable) | Play/Group
preparing CSR reports
RBI guidelines on CSR, sustainable Discussions
development and nonfinancial
reporting
Brand Building and Corporate
Image
Case Study/Role Introduction to branding
Brand differentiation | Corporate
10 Play/Group and using it as a tool to
Reputation | Corporate Social
Discussions promote CSR
Marketing |Branding as a tool for
CSR
Role of Civil Society | Role of
Case Study/Role Introduction to role of
Social Entrepreneurs | Role of
11 Play/Group citizens, banks etc. in the
Supply Chain | Role of
Discussions implementation of CSR
banking/Investors
Corporate Governance and CSR
Definition of Corporate
Governance | Scope and benefits |
Principles of Corporate Governance
Case Study/Role
| Governance Metrics International Introduction to Corporate
12 Play/Group
(GMI) | World Bank and G7 governance
Discussions
Response | Government as
Shareholder: The Institutional
Investor as Proxy for the Public
Interest
Sustainable Development Case Study/Role Introduction to
13
Concept of sustainable Play/Group sustainability and
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
development | Preparing Discussions preparation of
Sustainability Report sustainability report

Text books

Corporate Social Responsibility: Concepts and Cases : the Indian Experience

1
By C. V. Baxi, Ajit Prasad
2 Handbook of Corporate Social Responsibility in India: PWC and CII

Reference books
Key Concepts in Corporate Social Responsibility By Suzanne Benn, Dianne Bolton –
1
Sage Publications
Corporate Social Responsibility, Entrepreneurship, and Innovation
2
By Kenneth Amaeshi, Paul Nnodim, Osuji Onyeka - Routledge
Corporate Social Responsibility and Sustainable Development in Emerging ...
3
edited by Dhirendra K. Vajpeyi, Roopinder Oberoi – Lexington Books
Empowering Organizations through Corporate Social Responsibility
4
edited by Wolf, Ruth, Thoedora Issa and monica Thiel – IGI Global
5 Corporate Governance, 5th Edition By Robert A. G. Monks, Nell Minow - Wiley
Corporate Social Responsibility An Implementation Guide for Business By Paul
6
Hohnen – International Institute for Sustainable Development
Corporate social responsibility Audit: from theory to practice By R Morimoto, J Ash
7
& C Hope – University of Cambridge

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
Programme - Masters in Management Studies
Semester - IV
OPERATIONS (ELECTIVES)
Semester : III Electives
Title of the Subject / course : Operations Applications and Cases
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objectives
To enable a student to understand the complex processes and operations of product &
1 service industry
To apply various techniques, tools & practices in different situations to design & execute
2 system in best manner
To develop a model as an extension from academic to practical complex real life
3 situation.

Statistics for Management, Operations Management,

Prerequisites if any
Operations Research, Cost & Management accounting,
Financial Management
Connections with Subjects in
Project Management
the current or Future courses
Module
Content Activity Learning outcomes
Application of Operations Apply basic principles of
Management in Complex Lecture, examples on Operations Management
1
situations, Resource planning, Spread sheet, cases & understand resource
Process analysis review limitations and its impact
Applications in production & retail
Lecture, examples on To understand material
2 sector, practical examples of
Spread sheet, cases planning in Retail sector
MRP-I & II on Excel
Applications related with To understand labour
Lecture, examples on
3 workforce, examples of aggregate force planning and its
Spread sheet, cases
planning on Excel nuances
Applications related with plant, To understand problems
investment, replacement of plant maintenance and
Lecture, examples on
4 &maintenance, Robotic process parts replacement, find
Spread sheet, cases
and financial evaluation, optimum ideal period of
period of replacement on excel replacement
Application of learning in Find impact of learning
Lecture, examples on
5 tendering &bidding, cost aspects, on cost of delivery in
Spread sheet, cases
examples on excel bidding
Uses in insurance, BPO/KPO, Lecture, examples on To apply principles in
6
entertainment, production, etc. Spread sheet, cases sectors like insurance etc.
Text Book
Operations Management Chase Aquilano, Jacobs
Operations and Supply Chain Management F. Robert Jacobs, Richard Chase

Reference books
Production and Operations Management Norman Gaither
Operations Management: An Integrated Approach: Danny Samson, Prakash J. Singh

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
Semester : IV Electives
Title of the Subject / course : Strategic Sourcing in Supply Management
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objectives
Introduce various parameters required to develop and implement a procurement
1
strategy that aligns with the overall competitive strategy of the organization.
Provide knowledge to understand how Strategic sourcing enhances efficiency and
2
value, ultimately impacting the profitability of the entire organization.
Familiarize with concepts of ethical and contractual risk management, sustainability,
3
and legal issues faced by purchasing and supply chain managers.

Prerequisites if any Materials Management

Connections with Subjects in
the current or Future courses

Module
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
Introduction to purchasing and supply
chain management
A new competitive environment, Why
Purchasing Important.
Lecture
Purchasing and supply Management, Supply Basic understanding
1 and
chains and value chains of Purchasing
discussion.
Enablers of purchase ad supply chain
management
Evolution of Purchasing and supply
management.
Purchasing and supply process
Objectives –Supply continuity, Sourcing
process efficiency and effectiveness Lecture
Development of Basic
2 Develop Supply base management, Develop and
purchasing strategies
aligned goals with internal stake holders discussion.
Developing purchasing strategies that support
organizational goals and objectives.
Strategic Supply Management- Roles and
Responsibilities
Spend analysis, Demand management and
specifications / SOW’s
Category Management and supplier evaluation Lecture Understanding about
3 / selection and pattern of spending
Contract Management(Purchase and Service), discussion. and costing
Cost Management, Managing the procure to
pay process
Supplier relationship Management.
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
Improving Procure to pay process
Forecast and plan requirement, Needs
clarification, Purchase requisitioning of work.
Travelling purchase requisitions / Bar codes,
Forecast and customer orders. Lecture Understanding of
4 Reorder point system, Stock checks, Cross and purchase cycle from
functional sourcing teams. discussion. requisition to payment
Supplier identification and selection,Bidding
or Negotiations, Request for quotations.
Specifications or Blueprints, Evaluate
Suppliers.
International procurement-Imports.
a) International commercial terms.
b) Import procedures and documentation.
Lecture
c) Categories of importers.
with
d) Identification of foreign sources. Basic introduction to
display of
e) Payment terms including Letter of credit. imports
relevant
f) Types of L/Cs.
documents
g) Custom tariff
h) Custom clearance.
i) Bill of Lading and other documents
Purchase order preparation
Purchase order, Blanket purchase order, and
Material purchase release
Receipt and inspection, Material packing slip,
Lecture Understanding of
Bill of Lading
5 and types of purchase
Receiving Discrepancy report, Invoice
discussion. orders
settlement and payment
Record Maintenance, Continuously measure
and Manage supplier performance
Reengineering the procure to pay process
Types of Purchases
Raw material, Semi finished goods,
components, support items, Services, and
Capital equipment.
Transportation and third-party purchasing,
Lecture Understanding about
Online requisitioning systems.
6 and classification about
Procurement cards issued to users, Electronic
discussion. various types of items.
purchasing commerce through internet
Long term purchase agreements, Online
ordering system to suppliers
Purchasing process redesign, Online ordering
through electronic catalogue.
Purchasing and Supply chain Organization Understanding of
Organization structure, Location of authority, Lecture organization stricture
7 Centralized or Decentralized structure, and and link between
Drivers, advantages of Centralized or discussion. purchase and supply
Decentralized structure. chain function.
Sr.
Content Activity Learning outcomes
No.
Reporting of Purchasing positions and Factors
affecting Purchasing position.
Scope and Job Tasks of Purchasing / Supply
Management Report.
Separating Strategic and Operational
Purchasing.
Supplier Evaluation and Selection
Identify Potential Supply Sources, Use of
Lecture Understanding of
preferred Suppliers.
8 and Supplier evolution
Key supplier evolution Criteria.
discussion. and selection.
Developing a Supplier Evaluation and
Selection Survey, Tools and approaches.
Purchasing Analysis: Tools and Techniques
Lecture Understanding of
Project management, Learning Curve
9 and Tools used in
Analysis, Value Analysis/Value Engineering.
discussion. Purchasing.
Quantity Discount Analysis, Process Mapping
Worldwide Sourcing
Overview, Why source Worldwide, Barriers to
Lecture Understanding of
Worldwide sourcing
10 and worldwide sourcing
Developing worldwide sourcing programme.
discussion. with currency impact.
Cost associated with international purchasing,
Managing Currency Risks.
Strategic Cost Management
A structured Approach to cost Reduction. Lecture Understanding of
11 Price Analysis, Cost analysis techniques and costing and reduction
Total cost ownership, Collaborative discussion. of cost.
Approaches to cost management.
Negotiation
The Negotiation Framework in supply
Management, Negotiation Planning. Lecture
Understanding
12 Power in Negotiation, Negotiation Tactics, and
Negotiation
Win-Win Negotiation. discussion.
International negotiation, The Impact of
Electronic Media on Negotiation
Legal aspects and Ethics in purchasing
Legal authority and personal liability of the
purchasing manager Lecture
Understanding ethics
13 Contract Law, The uniform commercial code, and
in PURCHASING.
Patents and Intellectual property discussion.
Antitrust and unfair trade practice laws, Laws
affecting Global purchasing
Text books
Handfield , Monczka , Giunipero ,
1 Sourcing and Supply chain Management
Patterson
Procurement Principles and Management Peter Baily, David Farmer, Barry
2
Crocker, David Jessop, and David Jones
3 Strategic Sourcing V V Sople

Reference books
Peter Baily, David Farmer, Barry
1 Procurement Principles and Management
Crocker
2 Strategic Procurement Caroline Booth

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester end 60%
Semester : IV Electives
Title of the Subject / course : Operations Outsourcing and Offshoring
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning Objectives
1 To understand the size & extent of Outsourcing & Offshoring
2 To know the risks & benefits of Outsourcing & Offshoring
3 To understand the decision making process for Outsourcing & Offshoring
4 Financial Evaluations for the Outsourcing & Offshoring
5 Non-financial Evaluations for the Outsourcing & Offshoring

Operations Management, Service Operations

Prerequisites if any
Management
Connections with Subjects in the
Project Management
current or Future courses

Module
Content Activity Learning outcomes
Outsourcing
a) Introduction
b) Concept
Lecture with Understanding Outsourcing
1 c) Goals and Objectives
discussion concept
d) Sourcing , Outsourcing versus
subcontracting
e) Capacity, capability
Importance of Outsourcing
Lecture with
a) Cost Understanding Importance to
2 discussion on
b) Benefits the Organization
examples
c) Challenges
Factors driving Outsourcing
a) Scale of production or service
b) In house productivity
c) Core/non core activities Discussion
d) Efficiency with
Learning about important
3 e) Technology examples&
factors in Outsourcing
f) Lack of expertise numerical
g) Frequency of activity problems
h) Environment
i) Financial Analysis
j) Non-Financial Analysis
Implementation of Outsourcing
a) Cost Analysis
Lecture with
b) Negotiation
examples & How to implement
4 c) Contract
numerical Outsourcing
d) Network analysis for
problems
implementation
e) Execution of activities
 Content Activity Learning outcomes
Outsourcing Benefits
a) Cost
b) Capital Investment
Lecture with
c) Manpower
numerical Understanding of financial as
5 d) Access to Expertise
examples & well as non-financial benefits
e) Economies of scale
discussion
f) Technology
g) Quality
h) Pooling effect of variability
Outsourcing Challenges
a) Contract risk
b) Outsource Firm Risk
Risks pertaining to
c) Pricing risk Lecture with
6 Outsourcing & mitigation of
d) Risk of creating Competitors discussion
those risks
e) Information Privacy Risk
f) Firm Specific Risk
g) Organizational Identity risk
Offshoring
Basic understanding of
a) Definition
7 Lecture Offshoring with respect to
b) Concept
India
c) Importance for India
Activities Offshored
a) Professional Judgement
b) Communication Oriented Learning about processes
Lecture with
8 c) Back-office transaction which are normally offshored
discussion
Process to India
d) Manufacturing
e) Services
Quantification of Offshoring Financial impact for
9 a) India specific Lecture organization as well as for
b) Opportunities India
Offshoring Cost Issues
a) Employees
b) Transportation
c) Perks
Lecture with Learning about costs related
10 d) Security
discussion to Offshoring
e) Utilities
f) Training expenses
g) Tax rates
h) Communication expenses
Offshoring Non Cost Issues
a) Quality
b) Job status
c) Productivity
Lecture with Learning about non-cost
11 d) Response time
discussion issues of Offshoring
e) Communication
f) Knowledge
g) Cultural bias
h) Distance
 Content Activity Learning outcomes
Ethics of Offshoring
a) Profitability
b) Exploitation
Lecture with Ethical issues facing the
12 c) Employment
discussion Offshoring
d) Political relationship
e) Trade disputes
f) International disputes
Implementation of Offshoring
Operations
Lecture with Issues related to
13 a) Change of working style
discussion implementation
b) Change of priority
c) Capital intensive

Text books
 The handbook of Global Outsourcing & Ilan Oshri, Julia Kotlarsky
1
Offshoring
2
3

Reference books
Barba Navaretti, G. and A. J.
1 Multinational Firms in the World Economy
Venables
Metters, King-Metters, Pullman and
2 Successful Service Operations Management
Walton

Assessment
Internal 40% or 25 %
Semester end 60% or 75 %
Programme - Masters in Management Studies
Semester - IV
MARKETING (ELECTIVES)

Semester : IV-Elective
Title of the Subject / course : Integrated Marketing Communications
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning objectives
To understand how key elements of IMC i.e. Advertising, Public Relations, Sales Promotion,
Direct Marketing are integrated.

Prerequisites if any
Connections with Subjects
in the current or Future
courses

Module
No. Content Activity* Learning Outcome
1 Lecture Understanding Basics of IMC
Definition of IMC, Key Features,
Types.
2 Lecture Understanding different
Advertising-Types of Media - TV,
Media for Advertising
Print, Radio, OOH, Internet
3 Advertising- Developing the Lecture / To understand the working of
Campaign, effect of Celebrity Industry Guest an Ad-Agency
endorsements. Lecture
Advertising Agency- Functions,
Types, Structure
4 Reputation Management-Issues Lecture / Case To learn how to manage
and challenges. study perceptions during crisis
discussions
5 Promotional campaigns : Sales Lecture / Case To learn the dynamics of
Promotion- Consumer Promotions, study various promotions
Trade Promotions etc. discussions /
videos
6 Direct Marketing-Methods, Lecture / Case To understand direct
Advantages, Limitations study marketing tools and
discussions techniques.

7 Media Planning- Media and Lecture / Case To understand the various

Message, Media Planning Process, study issues of media planning.
Media Objectives, discussions
Media Scheduling, Media
Planning Implementation
 No. Content Activity* Learning Outcome
8 Personal Selling- Principles, Lecture / Case To familiarize the different
Negotiation Skills. study aspects of direct selling in
Public relations, Internet discussions person and through internet
Marketing-Email Advertising,
Mobile Marketing, Search Engine
Advertising, Social Media
Marketing
*Activity: Teaching-Learning process may combine the use of role plays, audio-visual
films/aids, and management exercises with individual student, and or in team considering
appropriate cases or case-lets in the field of business domain wherever applicable

Recommended Book
Advertising and Promotion by George Belch, Michael Belch, Keyoor Purani, 9 th
1
Edition, McGraw Hill
Integrated Marketing Communication in Advertising and Promotion by Terence
2
Shimp,8th Edition, Cengage Learning
3 Advertising and Promotion by Jaishree Jethwaney & Shruti Jain, 2nd Edition, Oxford

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester-end 60%
Semester : IV-Elective
Title of the Subject / course : Business to Business Marketing
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning objectives
To develop an understanding of key aspects of B2B Marketing and manage marketing
programmes for B2B markets.

Prerequisites if any
Connections with Subjects
in the current or Future
courses

Module
S. No Content Activity* Learning Outcome
Introduction to Industrial Marketing,
Differences between Industrial &
Consumer Marketing, Types of B2B
Lecture and
products – Heavy and Light To understand basics of
1 Class room
equipments, systems, raw and B2B marketing
discussions
processed materials, consumable
supplies, components and industrial
services
Industrial Marketing Environment,
Types of Customers, Types of buying Lecture and
To understand Industrial
2 situations, Key challenges – Managing Class room
marketing environment
commoditization of products, hybrid discussions
channels, CSR issues.
Segmentation of B2B –
Product/Applications matrix,
Differences in customer strategy,
Types of segmentation: Needs
Lecture and To understand
approach, Identifiable/Accessible
3 Class room segmentation parameters
approach, Shapiro-Bonoma Nested
discussions in B2B marketing
Hierarchy approach - Demographics,
Operation variables, purchasing
approaches, situational factors,
buyer’s personal characteristics
Market selection: Horizontal vs
To understand the
vertical choice in the value chain. Lecture and
consequences of
4 Product form, consequences of Class room
investment decisions in
resource commitment by the firm discussions
identifying markets.
across the value chain.
Specialty vs. commodity markets:
Types of specialities – convenience Lecture and To understand dynamics
5 specialty, availability specialty, Class room of B2B from specialty to
functional specialty, relationship discussions commodity.
specialty.
S. No Content Activity* Learning Outcome
Types of commodities – Pure
commodities, price/performance
commodities
Dynamics of commodity market and
commoditization process
B2B Product Decisions – Service
Lecture and To understand strategies
augmentation, Product-Service
6 Class room for value added products
bundling, Product/ Process innovation,
discussions and services.
Service innovation.
Types of customer benefits in B2B
markets: Tangible financial benefits,
non-tangible financial benefits, Lecture and To understand different
7 tangible non-financial benefits, non- Class room types of customer
tangible non-financial benefits, loyalty discussions benefits.
benefits, B2B branding – Ingredient
branding
Models of organisational buying
behaviour: Sheth BUYGRID model – Lecture and To understand various
8 Webster Wind model Class room models of organisation
Developing buyer-seller relationships discussions buying behaviour
– Dwyer’s 5 phases
Key Account Management:
Definition, Drivers – Rise of global Lecture and To understand how to
9 customers, JIT. Class room identify and manage key
Selection of Key Accounts – Criteria, discussions accounts.
Analysis of buying process
Firm networks: Uppsala Model
(Johanson and Vahlne), Transaction To understand the
cost theory (Rugman and Williamson), Lecture and importance of
10 Business Ecosystem (Moore). Class room developing a competitive
Network formation – Alliances , JV, discussions advantage in dominant
Decomposition of value chains, Role designs
of networks in dominant design

*Activity: Teaching-Learning process may combine the use of role plays, audio-visual
films/aids, and management exercises with individual student, and or in team considering
appropriate cases or case-lets in the field of business domain wherever applicable.

Recommended Book
1 Business to Business Marketing, Havaldar : IInd Edition, McGraw Hill
2 Industrial Marketing Robert, Reeder
3 Ingredient Branding, Kotler , Springer

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester-end 60%
Semester : IV-Elective
Title of the Subject / course : International Marketing
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning objectives
1 To develop an understanding of key issues in marketing across borders
2 To study the impact of various factors on a firm’s business model and entry modes in
international markets

Prerequisites if any
Connections with Subjects
in the current or Future
courses

Module
No. Content Activity* Learning Outcomes
1 Competing in international markets: Lecture / Case To understand issues in
advantages of going global; Market study discussions deciding whether the
Analysis: infrastructure, use of proxies firm should go global
like electricity/steel production to and the trade-offs
estimate markets where data is involved
lacking/unreliable. Internet/mobile
penetration etc.
2 Market Entry Strategies: types of Lecture / Case To understand issues
entry, determinants of entry – consumer study discussions which determine which
behavior, demographics, Country of country to enter
origin, national brand preferences; Free
trade agreements with other countries,
legal and regulatory barriers etc.
3 Segmentation of markets: identifying Lectures/Case Understanding STP in
segments in countries/regions to target discussions / field the global context
with a marketing programme, visits to MNCs /
Positioning (common/ country- Exporters
specific), consistency of product
messages across countries, universal
themes to connect consumers globally.
4 International Market Research: Lecture / Case To understand
Primary and secondary research, issues study discussions challenges in
in field studies, quality and availability international market
of data, challenges and limitations of research
international market research
5 Product adaptation: Keegan’s matrix, Lecture / Case Understand issues in
balance between customization and study discussions product diffusion
standardization of products, impact of globally
culture, economy, and country
innovativeness on diffusion of
innovation, legal issues in packaging
including the impact of WTO Sanitary
and Phyto-sanitary standards (SPS)
6 Global branding: Kotler and Keller’s Lecture / Case Understand how to
“10 commandments of Global study discussions build global brands
branding”, consistency of brand
cultures, role of different authors on
branding : popular culture, company,
consumers, influencers
7 Pricing: importance of gray channels, Lecture / Case Understand issues in
pricing corridor, transfer pricing and study discussions pricing decisions
dumping in international markets
8 Promotions: legal and cultural issues in Lecture / Case To understand the
promotions across borders; difficulties study discussions issues in cross-cultural
in translating into foreign languages and promotions
blunders thereof
9 Channel management: complexity in Lecture / Case To understand strategic
different methods of product study discussions issues in managing
distribution, addressing issues, Omni channels across borders
channels, cultural issues determining
channel choices, conflicts and
resolution
10 INCOTERMS: Letter of credit – Lecture / Case To understand
implications and cautions, DA/DP, study discussions incoterms in
FOB,C&F, CIF, FAS etc. international trade

*Activity: Teaching-Learning process may combine the use of role plays, audio-visual
films/aids, and management exercises with individual student, and or in team considering
appropriate cases or case-lets in the field of business domain wherever applicable.

Text and Reference books

1 Global Marketing, Warren J. Keegan, Mark C. Green, Pearson
2 International Marketing, Vern Terpstra, James Foley, Naper publishing group
3 Global Marketing Management, Masaki Kotabe, Wiley

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester-end 60%
Semester : IV-Elective
Title of the Subject / course : Trends in Marketing
Course Code :
Credits : 4 Duration : 40

Learning objectives
To develop an appreciation of the impact of rapidly changing environment on marketing
strategies and giving insights to students to respond to these changes.

Prerequisites if any
Connections with Subjects
in the current or Future
courses

Module
No Content Activity* Learning Outcomes
Overview of trends: Collaborative
Understanding the impact
marketing, the globalization paradox,
1 Lecture of key drivers on
impact of new technologies and global
marketing programs.
production and consumption.
UN Millennium Development Goals:
Concepts, cause related marketing, To understand the impact
2 Lecture
social marketing, Marketing of of marketing on society
environmental friendly products
Marketing of Non-profit organizations
– concepts, characteristics, To understand the
Lecture/ Case
3 differentiation – image management, marketing issues related to
discussion
image causation, and satisfaction non-profit organizations.
measurement.
Marketing to the Bottom of Pyramid
(BoP): Challenges in BoP market,
constraint consumer decision making
Understanding
and BoP. Overcoming barriers to
4 Lecture characteristics of BoP
diffusion of innovation in BoP
markets.
markets, innovative pricing,
promotion, distribution,
communication for BoP markets.
Marketing of Luxury Goods: Trend
Lecture/ Case To understand marketing
5 towards premiumization,
discussion dynamics of luxury goods
characteristics of luxury goods,
Experiential Marketing – Customer Lecture/ Case To understand experiential
6
expectation and experience discussion marketing
Recent practices in Marketing: Price –
Freemium, Place-E-commerce, Lecture/ Case To understand the recent
7
Inflight, etc. Product, Promotion- discussion practices in marketing
YouTube, OOH, etc.
 No Content Activity* Learning Outcomes
Data driven Marketing: Use of big and To understand ethical
Lecture/ Case
8 small data for marketing decisions, issues in data driven
discussion
privacy issues marketing
Technology in Marketing – Internet of
Lecture/ Case To understand use of
9 Things (IOT)/Information and
discussion technology in marketing
Communication Technology (ICT)
Cyberwarfare – Role in competitor Lecture/Case To understand new ways
10
intelligence discussion of attacking competition

*Activity: Teaching-Learning process may combine the use of role plays, audio-visual
films/aids, and management exercises with individual student, and or in team considering
appropriate cases or case-lets in the field of business domain wherever applicable.

Recommended Book
Ali Ghobrani
1 Marketing in the Cyber Era: Strategies and Emerging Trends published by IGL
Global
2 Marketing 3.O Phillip Kotler
3 Fortune at the Bottom of Pyramid C.K. Prahalad
4 Handbook on Management of Non-Profit Organizations Easo John
5 Social Marketing Perspectives and Viewpoints Lazer, William
6 I have a dream Rashmi Bansal
C.K. Prahalad &
7 The Core Competence of the Corporation
Gary Hamel
C.K. Prahalad &
Venkat
8 The Future of Competition
Ramaswamy (
2004)
M. S. Krishnan &
9 The New Age of Innovation
C.K. Prahalad
10 Analysis for Marketing Planning Lehman & Winer
11 Strategic Marketing Shahjahan
12 We are like that only Rama Bijapurkar

Assessment
Internal 40%
Semester-end 60%